Marylebone Life Magazine October 2025

Page 1


A solution designed, a feeling created.

Professional | Approachable | Bespoke

Focus On: Facelifts

With age, the face loses volume and support, so the skin can start to sag particularly around the cheeks, jawline and neck. Sun damage can cause wrinkles and change skin pigmentation.

Face lift surgery removes excess skin whilst tightening the structural architecture beneath, to leave the contours supported and smoother.

Who is it for?

It is most appropriate for adults (typically over the age of 45) with lower facial sagging.

Why get surgery?

A facelift provides a longer term solution for sagging and wrinkled skin. The scars are hidden in the natural folds of the skin around the ear. For many people surgery is explored because they are unhappy with the way their skin is ageing which impacts their self confidence and quality of life.

What are the types of surgery?

A face lift is tailored bespokely to the needs of the individual. Sometimes there is also a need to address the eyelids and/or neck at the same time and/or use combined techniques that include fat transfer to increase volume and injections to relieve muscular tension. Sometimes nonsurgical manoeuvres can delay the need for surgical intervention.

Chris Abela is an experienced reconstructive and cosmetic surgeon. He prides himself on providing each individual with a professional, bespoke and compassionate approach with a gentle bedside manner and discretion at the heart of every consultation. He has clinics at 84 Harley Street and at Wimbledon Parkside.

If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk

REDEFINING INTERIOR AESTHETICS

We transform spaces into timeless stories of design, where architecture meets emotion and craftsmanship meets innovation. With award-winning projects across three continents, we create interiors that elevate everyday living into a curated experience.

Where art and Elegance meet

For more information, visit www.ohrastudio.com

Email: info@ohrastudio.com | Tel: (0)208 187 1188

Creating spaces that tell personal stories, blending timeless design with purposeful detail and quiet luxury

LIFE MAGAZINES

This Autumn, leading artists, award winning designers, and expert horticulturists will come together at Kew Gardens to stage a fashion revolution. Visitors will discover how plants and fungi are inspiring a new wave of sustainable design, with immersive installations, living gardens, community textile projects, and collections from some of the UK’s most exciting emerging designers.

The Connaught Grill at the legendary Mayfair hotel has joined forces with Purdey, masters of bespoke sporting shotgun and luxury clothing, to unveil a menu that showcases the best of British game produce and its journey to the table.

Following a stand-out summer festival in June, London Restaurant Festival returns with an equally impressive line up. With over 60 events, this Autumn’s festival celebrates a diverse array of chefs, cuisines and experiences across the Capital’s best restaurants.

This November, Lots Road Auctions in Chelsea will present a rare and significant opportunity to acquire pieces from the private collection of Anouska Hempel, whose career has left an indelible mark on both the worlds of film, high fashion, architecture and interior design. Spanning decades of exceptional creative output, Hempel’s work can be seen in everything from couture runways to meticulously designed hotels, private residences and restaurants globally.

EDITOR FAYE MANNING

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT KATIE MILLER

SUB EDITOR NICHOLAS PETER

FASHION EDITOR LARA ACCISON

DESIGN & PRODUCTION LISA WADE

SOCIAL MEDIA PARKER JONES

ACCOUNT MANAGERS

VANESSA LANE, NICOLA DREW, LISA WESTERMAN

ACCOUNTS TRACEY HALLS, ANDREE GEORGIOU

DIRECTORS RORY SMITH, PATRICK SMITH

PUBLISHED BY FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD

0844 800 8439

WWW.THELIFEMAGAZINES.COM

LIFEMAGAZINES

PAD LONDON

PAD London is returning to its iconic location, Berkeley Square, in the heart of London’s affluent Mayfair district for its 17th edition.

Launched in 2007 as the first international fair dedicated to design in the UK, PAD London is the only fair in the UK exclusively dedicated to 20thC and Contemporary Design, taking place every October during Frieze. The prestigious fair will once again delight art and design lovers with a world-class selection of works bringing together an exceptional and innovative array of works by renowned artists and designers.

For 2025, PAD London will be showcasing a strong line-up of 67 international renowned galleries from 20 countries showcasing exquisite pieces spanning Contemporary and 20th Century Design, and Collectible Jewellery,

NEW EXHIBITORS: THE NEXT GENERATION

PAD London is welcoming 11 exciting new galleries led by bold young dealers energising the design world through their fresh perspective and playful new modes of storytelling. These dynamic new talents assert PAD London’s unwavering

commitment to fostering and promoting the prolific evolution of design in all its forms.

CONTEMPORARY DESIGN EXHIBITORS

World-class contemporary design galleries will return to PAD London with a strong line-up of international creatives, many of whom will present ground-breaking pieces that combine masterful craftsmanship with invention and pioneering concepts.

HISTORIC DESIGN EXHIBITORS

Leading global experts in the field of 20th century design will present rare collectible pieces, some of which are available for sale for the first me. With many staging imaginative dialogues between works from various eras and cultures, this year’s edition will offer a rare opportunity to discover works by legendary and forgotten masters.

JEWELLERY EXHIBITORS

Collectible jewellery has gained huge momentum at international art fairs, a genre supported by PAD since its inception in 2007. Seven visionary contemporary and high-jewellery galleries will enhance this exceptional gathering of collectable objects. Many of the exhibited pieces will challenge conventional expectations about jewellery through improbable material combinations and imaginative designs.

All coming together to offer an exceptional panorama of the most coveted and iconic works available on the market today.

THE DETAILS

For more details and to purchase tickets visit pad-fairs.com

Follow the fair on Instagram, Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn @padesignart #PADLondon

Clockwise from top left: Garden Whispers collection by Andrea Nassar. Image courtesy of PIKD and PAD London; Muschelblumen By Max Ernst, 1928.
of

DANTE TAKES CLARIDGE’S FROM MANHATTAN TO MAYFAIR

Extended until the end of 2025, due to popular demand.

New York’s award-winning restaurant and aperitivo cocktail bar, Dante, collaborated with Claridge’s Restaurant for a month-long residency in June. Now following high demand, the 5-star Mayfair hotel is proud to extend their residency until the end of 2025.

Dante Takes Claridge’s brings the vibrant spirit of downtown Manhattan to the heart of Mayfair, serving its signature cocktails and nostalgic New York-inspired menu, alongside a delicious weekend brunch, delivered in true Claridge’s style. Founded over a century ago as an Italian café in Greenwich Village, Dante embodies the very essence of New York dining with impeccable cocktails and oldschool hospitality.

Taking centre stage in Claridge’s Restaurant and hotfooting from The Big Apple, is Linden Pride and Nathalie Hudson, the husband-and-wife duo behind Dante. They bring their legendary theatrical flair to Mayfair and introducing ‘Aperitivo Hour’ daily in bar.

Their cocktail menu includes signatures drinks, such as The Garibaldi with Campari and Dante’s famous ‘fluffy’ orange juice, the Dante Martini, Negroni Bianco, and even the Chocolate Negroni ‘fountain’, created with Botanist gin, Campari, Punt e Mes, crème de cacao and chocolate bitters.

As London steps out of summer and into the colder months, the Dante team look forward to introducing new seasonal dishes with an added twist of New York flair. Keep an eye out to see what ‘Fall’ deliciousness arrives on the menu, there are rumours of pumpkins aplenty, Toffee Apple Manhattans, Tiramisu Eggnog and Panettone

Negronis as we celebrate Dante’s favourite time of year!

“As London steps out of summer and into the colder months, the Dante team look forward to introducing new seasonal dishes with an added twist of New York flair”

A New York-style brunch is served on weekends, from stacks of Buttermilk pancakes and bacon, Banana bread with ricotta and honey, Huevos rancheros, corn tortilla, salsa verde, bacon, avocado and fried eggs.

Linden Pride, Dante Co-Founder, commented, “It’s a real pinch me moment to be in residence in Claridge’s, one of my favourite hotels in the world, and we can’t wait to welcome our London friends and family to raise a martini with us as Dante takes Claridge’s this summer.”

Dante Takes is available to book via claridges.co.uk

Claridge’s, Brook Street, Mayfair, W1K 4HR

RM Sotheby’s London to Brighton Veteran Car Run 2025

Sunday, 2 November 2025

In true tradition, the Royal Automobile Club, in partnership with RM Sotheby’s, will be staging the annual London to Brighton Veteran Car Run.

Crowds can expect a magnificent spectacle with the rare opportunity to watch more than 400+ owners of prized pre-1905 horseless carriages embark upon a 60-mile journey from Hyde Park to the Sussex coast. Some will be petrolpowered; some run on steam - and there are even some electric models! Moreover, with an eye on the future, this year increasing numbers of the veterans are running on sustainable biofuels.

Also watch out for early bicycles, including high wheelers (‘penny farthings’) and motorcycles.

On leaving Hyde Park at 7am, the traditional starting point since 1936, the veteran cars head down Constitution Hill, passing Buckingham Palace and on to The Mall, before making their

way towards Westminster Square.

The veterans will then pass Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament – where 129 years ago the Locomotives on the Highway Act was passed to raise the speed limit for ‘light locomotives’ from 4mph to 14mph.

Once across Westminster Bridge, the route splits into two with half taking the traditional A23 direction via Kennington, Brixton and Streatham and the other half travels along Albert Embankment before heading across Clapham Common, then through Tooting and Mitcham.

The cars reunite on the A236 north of Croydon as they head south through Surrey to Sussex over the scenic South Downs, towards the finishing line on Brighton’s Madeira Drive.

The first vehicles are expected to arrive shortly after 10am. There are no prizes for being first but to be sure of a coveted finishers’ medal, participants need to make it to the seafront before the 4.30pm dusk curfew.

Watching the Run is a fantastic experience for spectators - the route ensures there are plenty of fabulous viewing spots for the many thousands of spectators who line the streets to wave the veterans on their way.

For more details, visit veterancarrun.com

“More than 400+ owners of prized pre-1905 horseless carriages embark upon a 60-mile journey”

LOTS ROAD AUCTIONS

To offer rare pieces from the private collection of internationally celebrated designer, Anouska Hempel

AUCTION DATES:

23rd November

Anouska Hempel

Fine Interiors Auctions

30th November

Anouska Hempel

Couture and Luxe

This November, Lots Road Auctions will present a rare and significant opportunity to acquire pieces from the private collection of Anouska Hempel, whose career has left an indelible mark on both the worlds of film, high fashion, architecture and interior design. Spanning decades of exceptional creative output, Hempel’s work can be seen in everything from couture runways to meticulously designed hotels, private residences and restaurants globally. Now, for the first time, collectors will have access to personally selected works from her projects and

design archive – a curated assembly that reflects a lifetime of innovation and artistic vision.

The collection includes furniture, lighting, unique objets d’art, and rare couture garments –each one a testament to Hempel’s unmistakable style and unwavering pursuit of design and craftsmanship.

“This is more than a collection – it is a culmination of a life in design,” said Nick Carter, Managing Director of Lots Road Auctions. “Each item speaks to Hempel’s extraordinary legacy and creative power. It is an honour to present these rare pieces to the market.”

The sale offers collectors, curators, and admirers an unprecedented chance to acquire objects once held by one of the design world’s most respected figures – a tangible connection to a legacy that continues to inspire.

Public viewing will take place at Lots Road’s saleroom, from Thursday 20th November from 11am. lotsroad.com

September 14th

The Modern Home Auction

September 21st

Fine Interiors Auction

September 24th

Lighting and Mirrors

September 28th

The Modern Home Auction

CELEBRATE SUMO WITH SERIES OF EVENTS AT JAPAN HOUSE LONDON

This October, Japan House London hosts a series of talks and demonstrations offering rare insights into the world of sumo, joining local celebrations as the Grand Sumo Tournament comes to the Royal Albert Hall.

From Tuesday 14 to Saturday 18 October, in collaboration with the Japan National Tourism Organization (JNTO), guests from the Japan Sumo Association share their expertise in a programme exploring the many roles that sustain the sport. For UK audiences, this is a rare opportunity to hear directly from practitioners, with sessions hosted by commentator Hiro Morita and appearances from wrestlers including yokozuna Ōnosato Daiki and rising star Hakuōhō Tetsuya.

On Tuesday 14 October, Tokoami, a skilled tokoyama (sumo hairdresser), demonstrates the intricate craft of styling the mage (topknot), including the ornate ōichō, worn by wrestlers on special occasions. Hakuōhō Tetsuya takes part as model, also sharing his experiences as a rikishi (wrestler).

On Thursday 16 October, audiences meet two of sumo’s most respected figures: the 39th Kimura

Shōnosuke, the highest-ranking gyōji (referee), and yokozuna Ōnosato Daiki. Together they discuss the duties of referees and wrestlers at the sport’s pinnacle, from rituals and rankings to life in the ring.

On Saturday 18 October, Shigeo, a veteran yobidashi (ring attendant and announcer), offers a glimpse into the essential work of building the dohyō and calling wrestlers to the ring. He is joined by rikishi Ōhō Kōnosuke, who speaks about training, preparation and the collaboration between wrestlers and yobidashi.

Each event includes audience Q&A and some will be live streamed for those unable to attend in person. Tickets are available via JapanHouseLondon.uk. The Shop at Japan House London will also be offering sumo-inspired products until December, including T-shirts, plates and books, available in-store and online.

Guests visiting Japan House London can also see the free current exhibition, Pictograms: Iconic Japanese Designs, on until 9 November, featuring a life-size sumo pictogram alongside some fascinating insight into global visual communication.

japanhouselondon.uk

“Each event includes audience Q&A and some will be live streamed for those unable to attend in person”

Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD

Sets Sail with Striking Marine Art Collection This Autumn

Tucked within the cultural heart of London’s Covent Garden, one fine art gallery is preparing to unveil an evocative new exhibition that promises to transport visitors to the majesty of the sea. Known for curating works that marry classic aesthetics with contemporary resonance, the gallery is setting a distinctive tone this September and October with its seasonal theme: Marine Art Paintings.

The forthcoming showcase will feature a compelling selection of seascapes, maritime scenes, and nautical still lifes, capturing the raw beauty, mystery, and movement of the ocean. With works ranging from classical interpretations to modern abstractions, the collection reflects the timeless human connection to the sea – both as a source of inspiration and a force of nature.

Situated amidst the lively streets of Covent Garden, the gallery has built a strong reputation as the online destination for collectors, art enthusiasts, and tourists alike. Its rotating exhibitions continue to reflect a commitment to notable artists, offering carefully selected historical

works that resonate with depth and emotion.

The Marine Art theme aims to evoke not only visual intrigue but also an emotional journey. From tranquil coastal harbors to storm-tossed vessels, the paintings on display invite viewers to explore the varying moods of maritime life. Each piece has been thoughtfully curated to contribute to a cohesive narrative – one that honors the legacy of marine painting while embracing fresh artistic perspectives.

In a season where London begins its quiet transition into autumn, this marine-inspired exhibition serves as both an escape and a reflection. Visitors are encouraged to immerse themselves in the rich textures and dynamic brushstrokes that bring the ocean to life on canvas.

The gallery’s Marine Art exhibition can be viewed online from early September through the end of October, with select works available for acquisition. Art lovers can expect an intimate and inspiring encounter with one of nature’s most powerful elements – seen through the eyes of gifted contemporary artists.

To discover the latest arrivals or to arrange a private viewing, visit the gallery or reach out to the team for a personalised introduction to their everevolving collection.

“In a season where London begins its quiet transition into autumn, this marine-inspired exhibition serves as both an escape and a reflection”

CONTACT

DETAILS:

Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD Covent Garden, London, UK

Email: cheshireantiques consultant@gmail.com

Phone:

+44 (0) 7494 763 382

Instagram: @cheshireantiquesconsultantltd Website: cheshireantiquesconsultantltd.com

Cheshire

Discover a world of timeless beauty and investment-quality art at Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD. Our online gallery offers an expertly curated collection of fine artworks—ranging from Old Masters and maritime paintings to historic portrait miniatures and iconic period pieces.

Each artwork is carefully chosen for authenticity, provenance, and artistic merit, ensuring our clients acquire pieces of enduring value. Whether you are a passionate collector, an interior designer, or someone seeking a unique investment, we provide expert consultation tailored to your needs.

From the elegance of Georgian portraiture to dramatic maritime scenes and rare 19th-century works, our collection represents the very best of fine art traditions.

AUTHENTIC. CURATED. INSPIRING.

Explore our full collection today: cheshireantiquesconsultantltd.com For enquiries, online virtual viewings, or consultation: +44 7494 763382 | cheshireantiquesconsultant@gmail.com

Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD – bringing history, culture, and elegance directly to your collection.

LONDON RESTAURANT FESTIVAL ANNOUNCES EXCITING AUTUMN LINE-UP

Following a stand-out summer festival in June, London Restaurant Festival returns with an equally impressive lineup. With over 60 events, this Autumn’s festival celebrates a diverse array of chefs, cuisines and experiences across the Capital’s best restaurants.

Throughout October 2025. In partnership with American Express some of London’s latest restaurants with ‘Hottest New Openings’. From an immersion in Ukrainian cuisine at Sino to the latest Big Mamma restaurant Barbarella, each is sure to be a night not to be missed.

October sees a month of culinary delights and experiences, from classic London Restaurant Festival series including ‘Top Ten Cuisines’ and ‘Restaurant-Hopping Tours’ to a series of gastronomic masterclasses and themed events. Experience an exclusive evening of dining at

Marylebone will play host to a series of events this Autumn, offering a chance to explore this special corner of central London. Head to Marylebone Village for a Food and Drink tour of Moxon Street, famed for its independent specialist shops, from pioneering cheesemonger La Fromagerie to The Ginger Pig. Explore the streets of Portman Marylebone with their ‘Restaurant-

Hopping Tours’ in Seymour Place and New Quebec Street, offering guests the chance to try four different unique restaurants in one evening, from La Petite Poissonerie to Fire & Wine by Boxcar.

‘Top Ten Cuisines’ will once again highlight the impressive diversity of London’s dining scene, from Thai food with Sebby Holmes at Farang to Anthony Demetre at Wild Honey, each offering 4 special courses accompanied by a welcome glass of Gusbourne English sparkling wine.

Guests can explore the impressive culinary offerings in the Fleet Street Quarter, including a ‘Gourmet Odyssey’ around three of the area’s best restaurants, from Leydi to Chinese Cricket Club. Elsewhere, ‘Flavours of Japan’ will spotlight some of the best Japanese restaurants in the Capital, from Taka Marylebone to Noren Sake.

In addition to the already impressive line-up will be a series of unique ‘Festival Highlights’ exclusive to this Autumn. Head to pioneering gallery FRAMELESS for a tour of their latest exhibition, followed by a dinner at Jackson Boxer’s The Corner at Selfridges, or experience ‘The Best of the West End’, with a foodie tour including a cooking class at Jamie Oliver’s new cookery school on Oxford Street.

Throughout October, restaurant discovery and booking platform OpenTable will return with its ‘Festival Menus’. A variety of restaurants, including Frog by Adam Handling and Flesh and Buns, will be offering unmissable menus for every occasion throughout the capital,

created exclusively for London Restaurant Festival. Planning a speedy lunch, chic dinner, or a celebratory weekend meal with friends? there will be a Festival Menu for you!

Chris Wright, Managing Partner of LRF, says: “This year’s London Restaurant Festival once again celebrates the incredible diversity of London’s dining scene, with this year playing host to some of the most exciting events in 17 years of the festival.”

Whether it’s gaining a new skill or knowledge at one of the masterclasses, or experiencing a oneoff menu at one of London’s most talked about restaurants, this Autumn’s London Restaurant Festival is one not to be missed. londonrestaurantfestival.com

ABOUT LONDON RESTAURANT FESTIVAL

London Restaurant Festival is a city-wide celebration of the London restaurant scene and has been for the last 17 years. It stands as a key pillar in the dining events scene both for restaurants and American Express® Cardmembers, twice a year.

The festival was established to celebrate and reflect the phenomenally vibrant London restaurant scene through exclusive experiences that inspire people to visit as many restaurants as possible throughout June and October.

The Last Days of Pompeii: The Immersive Exhibition

Opens on 14 November 2025

The award-winning The Last Days of Pompeii: The Immersive Exhibition is set to join the London cultural scene at Immerse LDN, bringing one of history’s most dramatic events vividly to life.

This spectacular experience transports visitors back to the streets, homes, and temples of Pompeii before the infamous eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD.

Drawing on archaeology, storytelling, and cutting-edge technology, the exhibition offers an unforgettable journey into a world frozen in time. Step into an immersive experience that allows you to see glittering villas, hear the distant rumble of the volcano, feel the bustle of the marketplace, and witness the shocking force that changed Pompeii forever.

This is not simply a museum display - it’s a multi-sensory adventure. Giant screens with 360-degree projections, and spatial soundscapes surround you, while atmospheric design puts you right in the heart of the action. Whether you’re fascinated by ancient history, moved by human stories, or drawn to spectacular visual experiences, this exhibition captures the tragedy and wonder of Pompeii in a way you’ve never seen before.

Visitors will encounter extraordinary replicas of artefacts, from mosaics to everyday household items, alongside vivid reconstructions of pivotal

moments. It’s both a compelling history lesson and a deeply emotional experience - reminding us that behind the ash and rubble were real people.

The Last Days of Pompeii is perfect for history lovers, families, school groups, and cultural explorers looking for something truly unique. It’s also a rare chance to connect ancient events to the modern world, reflecting on resilience, loss, and the enduring power of storytelling.

Located at Immerse LDN, the exhibition is well connected by Underground, DLR, boat, car and Cable Car and offers easy access for day trips, evenings out, or weekend adventures.

But be quick, the exhibition is only in town for 16-weeks, so advance booking is highly recommended.

Step back almost 2,000 years. Hear the roar of Vesuvius. See Pompeii before the ash fell. Don’t miss the chance to experience history’s most famous disaster like never before. pompeii-experience.com

“The exhibition offers an unforgettable journey into a world frozen in time”

TROUBADOUR GREENWICH PENINSULA THEATRE

Troubadour Theatres, one of London’s most innovative theatre companies, is thrilled to announce bold expansion plans with the development of two brand-new, state-of-the-art 1,500-seat auditoriums, as part of the launch of its next flagship venue: Troubadour Greenwich Peninsula Theatre.

Building on the success of Troubadour’s existing venues (Troubadour Wembley Park Theatre which is currently home to the smashhit revival of Starlight Express) and the newly built Troubadour Canary Wharf Theatre which launches with the first-ever theatre adaptation of The Hunger Games) this new theatre complex will continue the company’s mission to reimagine performance spaces, create world-class cultural destinations, and bring unforgettable live experiences to audiences across London and beyond.

The two new 1,500-seat spaces, which will act as receiving houses, are designed to host largescale, dynamic productions, offering unmatched flexibility for producers and an extraordinary theatre-going experience for audiences. Each will feature cutting-edge technical capabilities, modern front-of-house facilities, and the welcoming atmosphere that has become a hallmark of the Troubadour brand.

Troubadour Greenwich Peninsula Theatre is

set to open its doors in Autumn 2026 as a vibrant new home for groundbreaking productions and international live entertainment. Easily accessible from central London, Essex and the Home counties, with excellent transport links, the spaces will be positioned at the heart of London’s most ambitious new cultural destination, already home to 5,500+ residents and 180+ businesses, the theatre will further cement Greenwich Peninsula’s reputation as a premier destination for arts and culture.

Oliver Royds & Tristan Baker, Joint Founders & CEO of Troubadour Theatres, said:

“At Troubadour, we believe in creating spaces that inspire both artists and audiences. The launch of Troubadour Greenwich Peninsula Theatre with the development of two additional 1,500-seat venues represent a thrilling new chapter for us.

London remains one of the world’s great theatre capitals, and we’re proud to be expanding its cultural map with bold, versatile venues designed for the next generation of live performance.”

Troubadour Theatres has established itself as a trailblazer in transforming spaces into thriving cultural landmarks. The addition of Greenwich Peninsula is set to further strengthen the company’s reputation as a leader in innovative theatre-making and venue development. troubadourtheatres.com

Troubadour Theatres announces the launch of

Good Housekeeping Live

With Country Living Christmas Market. From 12–15 November 2025, Business Design Centre

In partnership with L’Oréal Paris, this year’s festive showcase will feature a host of additional experiences, including a new event stage, festive Food Market, champagne bar, and Artisan Gallery.

Visitors will also be treated to talks from some of the UK’s most beloved figures from the worlds of entertainment, food, fashion, and literature:

The Good Conversations Main Stage, open to Good Housekeeping VIP ticket holders, will host actor, Sir David Suchet, Michelin-star chef, Raymond Blanc OBE, and broadcast journalist and author, Clare Balding CBE. Other star speakers include Tom Parker-Bowles, Gaby Roslin, Dame Emma Bridgewater, Mary Portas OBE, Alexander Armstrong, Susie Dent, and Dame Jacqueline Wilson.

New for this year, the Market Stage will host workshops, talks and tips across home, lifestyle, beauty and more, including with TV presenter Steph McGovern, author Dawn O’Porter and award-winning wine writer, Will Lyons.

Visitors can enjoy a curated programme of food tasting experiences and live cookery demonstrations at the Good Housekeeping Kitchen stage, plus the Country Living Christmas Market showcasing over 140 artisan makers and independent brands.

Silver tickets are priced at £20 and include one day’s entry to the Country Living Christmas Market, Kitchen and Market stages, celebrity book signings and the L’Oréal Paris experience. Silver plus includes a glass of fizz, fast-track entry and complimentary cloakroom. VIP tickets are £60 and include entry to the A-list speakers on the Good Conversations main stage as well as the VIP Lounge, with free coffee and fizz and a fabulous goody bag.

L’Oréal Paris will be offering guests the opportunity to immerse themselves in the world of beauty. Guests can look forward to personalised skincare and makeup experiences led by expert beauty professionals, as well as opportunities to discover the latest beauty trends, tips, and tricks.

The event’s travel partners will be Holland America Line and Seabourn, who will have branded presence throughout the event, and sales lounges in both the Market and VIP area offering expert advice and inspiration on premium and luxury cruise, adventure and expedition holidays. Holland America Line and Seabourn will also present daily content across stages including a festive wine tasting with award-winning wine writer, Will Lyons, and a live cooking demonstration with Fleet Executive Chef, Sinu Pillai.

For further details and to purchase tickets, visit goodhousekeepinglive.co.uk

“Visitors will also be treated to talks from some of the UK’s most beloved figures from the worlds of entertainment, food, fashion, and literature”

Cossu Sardinia is an independent luxury handbag brand celebrating the art of Italian artistry. We offer timeless Italian leather handbags, crafted for women who appreciate quality, practicality, and everyday luxury. www.cossusardinia.com | Instagram @cossusardinia

THE CONNAUGHT GRILL COLLABORATES WITH PURDEY

To Celebrate Game Season. A seasonal tribute to the best of British game produce

The Connaught Grill at the legendary Mayfair hotel has joined forces with Purdey, masters of bespoke sporting shotgun and luxury clothing, to unveil a menu that showcases the best of British game produce and its journey to the table.

Available to book until 31st January 2026, the collaboration brings together two Mayfair neighbours and British heritage brands, each with a long-standing passion for honouring the season, in a timeless tribute to game at its peak. Rooted in Mayfair’s legacy of craftsmanship, the neighbourhood has long been home to Britain’s finest artisans and where tradition, style and dining come together.

The Connaught Grill is known for its tailored service, theatrical touches, and seasonally changing menus. Its local friend Purdey, founded in 1814, is a distinguished gunmaker specialising in high-end bespoke shotguns, rifles, and luxury clothing and accessories, including signature tweed whisky flasks and elegant shooting attire.

The Connaught Grill’s Game Menu, in collaboration with Purdey, begins with the welcome cocktail The Game Changer, blending Billecart Salmon Brut Champagne, Sipsmith Sloe

“Available to book until 31st January 2026, the collaboration brings together two Mayfair neighbours and British heritage brands”

Gin, with bergamot and tonka bean syrup, served with a Purdey flask. To pair, The Purdey Game Pie is presented as an ode to Purdey’s founder, James Purdey, as it was his favourite dish, which features squab, venison, and rabbit in suet pastry, the perfect seasonal bite.

Throughout the ultimate dining experience, Purdey’s finest accessories are showcased at every turn, from signature flasks to staff adorned in Purdey tweed ties and neck scarves. Guests can also choose their own Purdey knife, included in the bespoke knife box that is a hallmark of The Connaught Grill, to expertly carve their dishes. £147.00 per person, includes a welcome cocktail, six course menu, as well as a complimentary tour at Purdey Mayfair. A classic wine pairing at an additional £90.00 is available alongside the prestige pairing at £200.00.

THE DETAILS

For more details and to view the full menu, visit the-connaught.co.uk

The Connaught, Carlos Place, Mayfair W1K 2AL

purdey.com

James Purdey & Sons, Audley House, 57 - 58 South Audley Street, London, W1K 2ED

JThe RSC’s Wendy & Peter Pan

at the Barbican in London. Tuesday 21 October - Saturday 22 November 2025

oin the Royal Shakespeare Company this autumn as it returns to the Barbican with an exhilarating new take on a beloved classic myth of love, loss, redemption –and pirates.

Fly away to Neverland as you’ve never experienced it before, with Wendy & Peter Pan –Ella Hickson’s darkly witty retelling of JM Barrie’s Peter Pan directed by Jonathan Munby, featuring Lolita Chakrabarti, Daniel Krikler, Charlotte Mills, Hannah Saxby and RSC Associate Artist Toby Stephens

Follow Wendy on an awfully big adventure as she journeys far from the safety of the Darling’s nursery, taking centre stage in her quest to find the key to her parents’ forgotten happiness – the child they once lost, and discovers how the power of just one happy thought can set flight to newfound joy.

With Peter Pan, fairy Tink and Tiger Lily as her unlikely allies, Wendy gives the Lost Boys a run for their money as she takes on the diabolical Captain Hook in this ‘spectacular’ (Guardian) staging and ultimately learns what it really means to grow up.

With breathtaking sets from designer Colin Richmond, flying, sword fighting and more than a sprinkling of fairy dust, Wendy & Peter Pan is an unforgettable journey for all the family, playing for 5 weeks only until 22 November.

Age guidance: 7+.

Book Now: Tickets from just £25.

For more details and to purchase tickets visit barbican.org.uk. Barbican Centre, Silk Street, London, EC2Y 8DS

Photo Credit: Marc Brenner

The David Bowie Centre opens at V&A East Storehouse

V&A East Storehouse has opened its doors to the world-first David Bowie Centre on East Bank in Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park.

The Centre is first and foremost a working archive and collections store with reading areas and a study room. Visitors can book one-on-one time with their selections from the 90,000+ items in Bowie’s archive through the pioneering new Order an Object service and via appointments with the V&A Archives team.

Access to visit the David Bowie Centre is free but ticketed, with new ticket drops every six weeks. Within the first week of object appointments going live, over 500 items were requested by the public. The most popular object is a frockcoat designed by Alexander McQueen and David Bowie for his 50th Birthday Concert in 1997.

The David Bowie Centre is brought to life with nine rotating mini displays featuring approximately 200 highlights exploring different themes and elements of the archive from Bowie’s creative process and personas to his many collaborators and influences spanning Little Richard to Jungle and Drum & Bass.

The central space includes a dedicated area for exploring the archive further, where visitors who have booked a ticket to see the displays, can

explore topic boxes housing curated selections of reproductions of archival material. Overhead hang twenty of Bowie’s most iconic fashion and costumes in their special storage bags, from Freddie Burretti’s Ziggy Stardust looks to Agnes b’s Heathen ensembles, and Bowie’s 1992 Thierry Mugler wedding suit.

A new film created showcases performances and music videos spanning Bowie’s career

Above: A V&A Collections Access Officer handles a life mask by William Forsche of David Bowie’s face painted to resemble his makeup from Aladdin Sane. Photo by David Parry for the V&A
Second page: top: David Bowie performing on the Ziggy Stardust tour, 1973 © Mick Rock 1973, Estate of Mick Rock 2025
Far right: Replica of the ‘Tokyo Pop’ jumpsuit made by Kansai Yamamoto and worn by David Bowie as Ziggy Stardust. Image courtesy of the V&A
Right: David Bowie with Red Steinberger Hohner electric guitar used in Valentine’s Day music video. Photo by Jimmy King © The David Bowie ArchiveTM

and an interactive installation, ‘The Library of Connections’, traces the wide-spread impact of Bowie on popular culture from the sit-com Friends to Issey Miyake fashion and musicians from Lady Gaga, Charli XCX, Janelle Monae, and Kendrick Lamar.

NEW REVELATIONS AND UNSEEN ITEMS

The working archive and Order and Object service invites visitors on a personal journey to explore unseen aspects of Bowie’s extraordinary creative process. Items include Bowie’s first ever instrument – a saxophone brought for him by his father in the early 1960s, iconic and unfinished costumes, stage sets, and Jim Henson-designed life size puppets of Bowie’s many personas for a music video that was never released.

Bowie’s extensive collection of writing, sketches, storyboards, handwritten and unreleased lyrics, digital artwork, music sheets and correspondence all offer personal insights into his creative process.

Also available to order is one of Bowie’s final Ziggy Stardust ensembles, never seen in the UK, the clapperboard used for the film The Man Who Fell To Earth (1976), artwork, materials and costume related to Bowie’s 50th birthday concert in 1997, and Bowie’s original cover designs for albums Hours and Lodger, among others.

Items tracing the creation of Bowie’s final albums, The Next Day (released 2013) and Blackstar (released 2016) – not seen until now –are also available to book, including costumes, posters and props for The Next Day such as the origami birds Bowie made for his October 2013 NME cover shoot. Blackstar items include Bowie’s own sketches, a costume Bowie decorated by hand for the 2016 ‘Lazurus’ music video referencing an iconic 1975 photoshoot shot by Steve Schapiro, alongside Bowie’s own artwork and awards.

Revelations within the displays span Bowie’s prophetic writings on the future of the internet, photographs from recording sessions, his artist’s palette and self-portrait, and a series of unrealised projects. Discovered in Bowie’s office after his untimely passing was The Spectator – a musical set in 18th century London. Bowie researched artists, writers, queer communities, criminals and public executions for the project to illustrate a London society on the cusp of modernity.

On display are his notepad, index cards,

“Also available to order is one of Bowie’s final Ziggy Stardust ensembles, never seen in the UK, the clapperboard used for the film The Man Who Fell To Earth (1976), artwork, materials and costume related to Bowie’s 50th birthday concert in 1997, and Bowie’s original cover designs for albums Hours and Lodger, among others”

and sticky notes outlining historical events, potential characters, and possible scenes for the musical set around Covent Garden in the 1700s, including historical and invented characters. The musical would open with the dramatic real-life public execution of the notorious criminal, Jack Sheppard, on 16 November 1724.

For more information on the David Bowie Centre and to sign-up for updates, please visit: vam.ac.uk/exhibitions/david-bowie-centre. V&A East Storehouse, Parkes Street, Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park, Hackney Wick, E20 3AX

You, Me, Sticks & Sushi

In London’s ever-growing dining scene, Sticks’n’Sushi has carved out a unique niche, blending Scandinavian design with Japanese cuisine. Founded in 1994 by brothers Jens and Kim Rahbek and Thor Andersen, the concept was inspired by their half-Japanese, half-Danish heritage, creating a dining experience that fuses two culinary traditions.

Born in Copenhagen, the restaurant has since expanded across London, with branches in Covent Garden, Soho, Wimbledon, Greenwich, Victoria, King’s Road, Kingston, Richmond, Islington, Battersea, Shoreditch, White City and Canary Wharf.

Each venue feels sleek yet inviting; Nordic minimalism softened by warm lighting and the constant hum of happy diners.

Often described as “ a sushi restaurant even for those who don’t like fish”, the menu combines both traditional and creative sushi with a wide variety of grilled “sticks” (yakitori) and other nonsushi dishes. With plenty of meat, seafood, and vegetarian options, it’s also a safe choice for those not keen on raw fish. The children’s menu (£10–12 per sushi box) is ingenious: a mix of edamame, crudités, veggie sushi, rice, chicken meatball sticks or salmon teriyaki, and the iconic chocolate fish. The restaurant also accommodates allergies

brilliantly, with many dishes naturally gluten-free. The menu is broad without being overwhelming, with sushi and sashimi sitting alongside hearty yakitori sticks from the grill. A standout dish for me is the Beef Tataki (gluten-free): thinly sliced seared beef, served delicately pink with a citrus-soy dressing.

Upon entering the restaurant, guests are greeted with the expression “irasshaimase”which means “welcome, please come in.” That warmth, paired with a luxe yet relaxed setting, makes Sticks’n’Sushi suitable for a date night, family lunch, or birthday celebration with friends.

What sets Sticks’n’Sushi apart from other high-end chains, however, is its commitment to experiences. One of the brilliant offerings is the Kids Sushi Masterclass, designed for children aged 8 to 12.

Held at select branches including Richmond, Greenwich, Chelsea, and Shoreditch, these 90-minute workshops give young foodies the chance to roll their own maki and shape nigiri under expert guidance. Each child leaves not only with a box of sushi they’ve crafted themselves but also a goody bag complete with a rolling mat, bandana, chopsticks, and certificate. Classes run during school holidays and weekends (do check the website for details). At £40 per child, they’re well-priced considering the quality and thoughtful extras. Spaces are limited to around 10–15participants, ensuring an intimate experience. Parents can watch (or join in with a purchased ticket), making it just as enjoyable for adults as it is for kids.

Whether you’re a sushi aficionado, a firsttimer, or a family looking for a unique day out, Sticks’n’Sushi delivers something special every time - just don’t miss out on your chocolate fish (which might mean stealing it from your kids sushi box!) sticksnsushi.com/gb/en/restaurants

“Held at select branches including Richmond, Greenwich, Chelsea, and Shoreditch, these 90-minute workshops give young foodies the chance to roll their own maki and shape nigiri under expert guidance”

MAKE IT A CHRISTMAS TO REMEMBER. CELEBRATE AT THE GINSTITUTE

The Best Gin Blending Experience in London

A Christmas Party Like No Other

Looking for the ultimate way to celebrate the festive season? Portobello Road Distillery @ The Star host a unique and immersive gin making experience, The Ginstitute, in the heart of Notting Hill – the perfect Christmas party for gin lovers, cocktail fans, and festive spirits alike.

Set inside the oldest cocktail bar on London’s iconic Portobello Road, the Ginstitute offers a fascinating journey into gin’s rich (and sometimes scandalous) past, all while indulging in festive gin cocktails that bring plenty of Christmas cheer.

Founded in 2011 by passionate gin enthusiasts, The Ginstitute is London’s original and premier gin blending experience. Today, it stands as a joyful tribute to the capital’s enduring love affair with gin – and the perfect place to toast the season.

Your experience begins with a guided story through gin’s history, followed by a hands-on session blending your very own personalised bottle. Under the expert guidance of a Ginstructor, guests nose their way through botanicals, carefully selecting flavours to create a bespoke gin – the ultimate Christmas keepsake. Recipes are saved on file, so

you and your guests can reorder your personal blend time and time again.

Why it’s perfect for Christmas celebrations:

• A festive, flavour-filled celebration in one of London’s most iconic settings.

• Gin cocktails to toast the season along the way.

• Every guest leaves with their own personalised bottle – the gift that keeps on giving.

• Vouchers available for unforgettable Christmas presents.

Whether you’re planning a company Christmas party, a festive get-together with friends, or looking for a unique seasonal gift, The Ginstitute delivers a sparkling, flavour-packed experience that guarantees good tidings and great spirits.

THE DETAILS

To book your experience or to purchase vouchers, follow the QR code or email info@portobelloroaddistillery.com

Family Company celebrating 59 years of excellence.

• Heating & Environmental Specialists

• Service & Maintenance Contracts

• Pool Refurbishments

• Chemicals, Equipment, Safety Covers

• Moveable Floors

• Saunas & Steam Rooms

• Hot Tub Showroom

• Supporters of Ordinary 2 Extraordinary

The Decorative Fair: Celebrating 40 years of Antiques, Design, and Art

Until 5 October 2025. Battersea Park, London SW11

4N

Since its inception in September 1985, The Decorative Fair has led the way in bringing together the world of interior design and antiques. In the sales booklet for the first Fair, talking about the then existing fairs scene, the Organisers stated: “to a certain extent, interior designers have been neglected. There has until now been no specialist setting in which designers can meet dealers... and where their particular needs are understood and catered to.”

The growth in the 1980s of dealers in what are now termed decorative antiques and objects saw the launch of‘ The Decorative Antiques & Textiles Fair’ (its original name)as a welcome initiative. Exhibitors were positively encouraged to be creative with their stand displays to inspire buyers; textiles were experiencing a boom in interest, with the ‘full’ country house look of swags and tails(plus ruched blinds)at the windows, chintzcovered squashy sofas stuffed with cushions, fabric-draped side tables at its apogee. Designers and decorators embraced the event, as did their clients, who came to shop in their droves.

It seems we have turned almost full circle in

terms of interiors fashion since then. Having weathered the austere years of chrome and black, the sparse loft look, minimalism and the like by adapting its offering to include mid-century and post-modern design along with contemporary art (as well as shunning the ‘chuck out your chintz’ brigade)

The Decorative Fair is now the longest running and largest antiques, design and art event of its kind in the UK. With 130 exhibitors coming from across the UK and Europe, the offering is more diverse than ever. The event prides itself on the quality and breadth of the stock for sale. It is a Fair at which one could happily decorate any style of home from top to bottom in one go.

For inspiration and excitement, a fun and relaxed ambience and wealth of choice, The Decorative Fair cannot be matched. Its worldwide renown is why international trade make a beeline for the event three times a year, joining the tens of thousands of private buyers that attend, looking for individuality and creative ideas for their decorating schemes. For more details visit decorativefair.com

Sept
“The Decorative Fair is now the longest running and largest antiques, design and art event of its kind in the UK”
Flyer for the 2nd Decorative Fair,
1986
Christopher Butterworth
Justin Evershed-Martin

CAKES & COCKTAILS FIT FOR A QUEEN

The Berkeley collaborates with Manolo Blahnik. Until 22nd March 2026

In celebration of the highly anticipated exhibition, Marie Antoinette Style at the V&A South Kensington – The Berkeley, Knightsbridge’s landmark hotel is collaborating with legendary shoe designer Manolo Blahnik on an exclusive ‘Cakes & Cocktails fit for a Queen’ menu.

Paying tribute to the most fashionable queen in history, the experience takes place in The Berkeley Bar’s pink-hued Snug, a secluded hideaway featuring a spectacular mural by New York-based artist TM Davy, depicting female faces with mysterious and knowing expressions – much like the secret discussions which took place in Marie Antoinette’s court at the Palace of Versailles during the 18th century.

Devised by The Berkeley’s Bars Manager Marcello Cauda, guests are invited to indulge in a curated selection of couture cocktails and refined mocktails. Detail and decadence are at the heart of the menu, encompassing a blend of the last queen of France and Manolo Blahnik’s favourite flavours.

HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE:

Manolo’s Martini - Mr Blahnik’s favourite tipple, a timeless classic with Grey Goose vodka, Bergamot, Beeswax, and Orange Blossom, honouring Marie Antoinette’s daily ritual of bathing in orange blossom scented water

La Reine Privée with Toffee Vodka, Pisco, Apricot, White Chocolate, Orange, Almond and Croissant Air

The Versailles Spritz with Grey Goose Vodka, Provence Rosé wine, Lillet Blanc, Berry cordial, Jasmine, Coconut

La Dauphine’s Garden (also available as a mocktail) with Bombay gin infused with rose, St Germain Elderflower, Violet, Butterfly pea flower, Champagne

The menu is expertly paired with a seasonal collection of cakes. Blending elevated mixology and decadent desserts.

THE DETAILS

The experience in The Snug at The Berkeley Bar is bookable Monday to Sunday at 12pm, 2pm, and 4pm. Each timeslot is exclusive to a party – maximum size of 6 guests.

For more information and to book, please visit .the-berkeley.co.uk/restaurantsbars/the-berkeley-bar-andterrace/ the-berkeley.co.uk .manoloblahnik.com.

‘A professional, classically trained and highly experienced approach to interior design’

Carnaby Street Unveils ‘All Is Bright’ 2025

Carnaby Street has now announced its brand-new Christmas scheme ‘All is Bright’. The colourful new display will provide the perfect backdrop for festive revelry, late-night shopping and Christmas gettogethers in the heart of Soho from Thursday, 6th November and throughout the festive season.

Last year, Carnaby Street unveiled a groundbreaking, design-led Christmas lights installation, set to evolve over the following five years. The new ‘All is Bright’ display marks the next chapter of the sustainable, state-of-the-art scheme, introducing a fresh and dynamic direction for the 2025 festivities. This year, the iconic Carnaby Street arches will also be decorated to create the perfect festive picture moment. Blending timeless tradition with the creativity and vibrancy that define Soho, the lights ensure visitors and Londoners alike experience the very essence of Christmas in the capital.

Carnaby Street’s unique festive atmosphere is brought to life not only by its lights but also through its unrivalled mix of shopping and dining. Visitors can discover fashion must-haves and gifting ideas from both new and established stores including Tala, Pureseoul, Farm Rio, Charlotte Tilbury, GANNI, Adidas Originals, MAC, END., Astrid & Miyu, and Carhartt WIP, alongside independent concept boutiques and international flagships. These exciting new openings, combined with the destination’s beloved favourites, continue

THE DETAILS

The ‘All is Bright’ switch-on will take place on Thursday 6th November 2025, with a series of festive events and celebrations continuing throughout the season.

to cement Carnaby Street’s reputation as a hub of style, creativity, and innovation.

For those looking for a little respite postshopping, the food and drink scene in Carnaby Street and Soho continues to shine just as brightly. Upcoming openings include Heard and ALTA, alongside the highly anticipated relaunch of The Shaston Arms. These join a line-up that already includes Soho favourites HIMI, Kiln, Rita’s, Marjorie’s, and Mountain, as well as immersive venues like Cahoots and Little Violet Door.

Kingly Court, the area’s iconic three-storey dining destination, will also serve up cosy festive energy and flavours. The balconies will be draped in cascading lights, creating an intimate glow for diners as they enjoy celebratory menus from the likes of Goldies, Darjeeling Express, Imad’s Syrian Kitchen and Donia. Adding to the sense of occasion, a programme of festive events and activities will bring extra sparkle to the area, with more details to be unveiled soon.

Catherine Riccomini, Director of Marketing and Communications at Shaftesbury Capital, said: “Carnaby Street has long set the standard for Christmas in London, and this year’s ‘All is Bright’ design takes our five-year lighting scheme to bold new heights. This colourful installation captures the joy and optimism of the season while reflecting the creativity and vibrancy that make Soho unique, ensuring an unforgettable festive experience for everyone who visits.”

The UK’s First Hell’s Kitchen to Open in Spring 2026 at The Cumberland Hotel, London

Restaurants Global and The Clermont Hotel Group Partner to Open UK’s First Hell’s Kitchen

Gordon Ramsay Restaurants

Global and The Clermont Hotel Group are proud to announce the arrival of Hell’s Kitchen to the United Kingdom. Opening in Spring 2026 at Marble Arch’s iconic Cumberland Hotel, this landmark launch marks the beginning of a multi-site partnership between the two powerhouse hospitality groups. Inspired by the hit television series created by Michelin starred chef Gordon Ramsay, Hell’s Kitchen brings the drama and energy of the show directly to the table. Gordon Ramsay Restaurants Global has crafted an immersive dining experience that captures the intensity of the series while pairing outstanding food and drink with world class service.

Since debuting its flagship in Las Vegas in 2018, Hell’s Kitchen has become a global favourite with eight locations across the United States and Europe.

The restaurants have served over one million Beef Wellingtons and continue to draw fans in destinations including Las Vegas, Lake Tahoe, Southern California, Atlantic City, Washington D.C., Connecticut, Miami and Ibiza. Now, London will finally join the family in Spring 2026.

Situated in one of London’s most soughtafter locations, The Cumberland champions the city’s cultural and music scene, inspired by its rich history of housing music legends. With 900 bedrooms, extensive meeting and event spaces and a newly evolved food, beverage and entertainment offering, the hotel blends comfort and quality while catering to the needs of both leisure and corporate guests.

This iconic setting will provide the perfect stage for the UK’s first Hell’s Kitchen. Guests can

expect a striking new restaurant filled with theatre and performance, an open kitchen where the brigade works in full view and a contemporary bar showcasing the latest trends in mixology.

Gordon Ramsay says: “Bringing Hell’s Kitchen to the UK for the first time is an incredible full circle moment. London is where it all began in 1998, so this feels like a real homecoming. Hell’s Kitchen is about fire, theatre and bold flavours, and I can’t wait to share the signature dishes guests love alongside new creations, developed especially for London’s diners.”

“The menu at Hell’s Kitchen London will feature a mix of signature favourites and new dishes”

The menu at Hell’s Kitchen London will feature a mix of signature favourites and new dishes. Guests can enjoy Ramsay’s celebrated Beef Wellington, Seared Scallops and Lobster Risotto, along with indulgent desserts such as Sticky Toffee Pudding and Apple Butterscotch Cheesecake.

The bar will enhance the experience with expertly crafted cocktails. Highlights include Notes from Gordon, a refreshing blend of Plymouth Dry Gin, green tea, lemongrass, peach and lemon, complete with a personal message from Gordon. An extensive wine list will also be available, showcasing exceptional bottles from across the world to complement the menu.

Pedro da Silva, General Manager at The Cumberland Hotel, says: “We are very proud to be the first venue to welcome Hell’s Kitchen to the UK. We look forward to offering hotel guests and visitors alike a taste of Gordon Ramsay’s iconic dishes, all within our hotel.”

Hell’s Kitchen at The Cumberland Hotel will open in Spring 2026.

FASHION MEETS FLORA:

Kew’s Material World festival champions a greener future for fashion Temperate House, Kew Gardens, until 2 November 2025

This autumn, leading artists, awardwinning designers, and expert horticulturists will come together at Kew Gardens to stage a fashion revolution. Visitors will discover how plants and fungi are inspiring a new wave of sustainable design, with immersive installations, living gardens, community textile projects, and collections from some of the UK’s most exciting emerging designers.

Inspired by the rich resources which plants and fungi offer the clothing industry and bringing together global artists, award-winning designers and leading horticulturists, Material World is set to be London’s most innovative exploration of sustainable style. The festival aims to reshape perceptions of clothing and textiles, highlighting how everyday fashion choices impact biodiversity, climate, and the ecosystems that sustain life on earth.

HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE:

Artist and environmentalist Nnenna Okore will create a bespoke commission formed from biodegradable materials including organic cotton, hessian and cheesecloth. Floating above Kew’s magnificent collection of rare and endangered plants, vast wing-like forms create an interactive spatial experience, inspiring reflection on ecological responsibility, and forging deeper connections between fashion, design, and the ecosystems that sustain us.

Award-winning garden designer Lottie Delamain celebrates the plants behind natural dyes and fibres in her living installation Global Threads. Transforming an octagonal chamber of the glasshouse, the creation invites visitors to explore the plant material contained within their own clothing. Global Threads showcases the wealth of resources available in the natural world to create a more sustainable fashion industry, celebrating the plants that create dyes and fibres, and reestablishing an often-lost connections between what we wear and what we grow.

London College of Fashion alumni debut new collections created from plants and fungi, curated by LCF students. The next generation of fashion designers presents a forward-thinking showcase of fashion created from plants, fungi, and natural materials. This display explores how the plant world can help the fashion industry achieve

sustainable style. Accompanying events offer fun and interactive ways for fashion enthusiasts, sustainability advocates and green-fingered visitors to further uncover how plants and fungi can drive sustainable change. From vibrant After-Hours events with DJs, poetry performances and costume performances, to talks on sustainable styling, hands-on workshops and demonstrations, Material World will reveal the stories within our wardrobes to inspire pioneering and positive change.

For more information, visit kew.org

Lottie Delamain
Spirit Dance, Nnenna Okore

ELEMIS and Aston Martin Announce Multi-Year Partnership

Luxury British heritage meets world-class innovation

Globally renowned British skincare brand ELEMIS has announced a multi-year international partnership with Aston Martin, the ultra-luxury high performance marque behind some of the world’s most iconic cars. This unique collaboration brings together two of the UK’s most celebrated brands, united by a heritage of craftsmanship, innovation, and performance.

Fusing treatments with next-generation technology and clinically-proven skincare for decades, ELEMIS is passionate about empowering their communities with confidence.

As the Official Skincare Partner of Aston Martin, ELEMIS hosts premium skincare experiences at Aston Martin events and flagship locations around the world. Co-branded activations and bespoke product launches reflect the brands’ shared commitment to quality, precision, and innovation.

The partnership debuted at the Goodwood

Festival of Speed, the quintessentially British motorsport celebration held in the stunning parklands of Goodwood House. ELEMIS was present at the official Aston Martin Hospitality Lounge, offering VIP clients, media and creators an indulgent moment of self-care following a day of exhilarating, high-speed experiences.

The partnership continued at the prestigious Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, where ELEMIS unveiled a luxury Pop-Up Spa at the exclusive Aston Martin House. Further activations will be revealed in the coming months.

Through its partnership with Aston Martin Aramco, the luxury brand promotes inclusivity within the world of Formula One, which has recently seen a shift in fan demographic. The latest study indicates that 41 per cent of fans are women, and the fastest growing fanbase, women aged 16 to 24. The focus on inclusion aligns with Aston Martin Aramco’s Make A Mark responsible business strategy which aims to drive positive

“The partnership continued at the prestigious Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, where ELEMIS unveiled a luxury Pop-Up Spa”

There is still plenty of time left for golf in 2025

Golf was first played here in 1903 when a nine-hole course was opened. As we approach our 125th anniversary the course is a haven for golfers. Come and try our very own ‘Amen Corner’ of 3 consecutive par 3’s. Not a golfer, no problem relax on the terrace and take in the stunning view.

Clubhouse:

A relaxing area to meet friends for coffee or lunch, arrange a family celebration or to meet a business colleague [free Wi-Fi available]. Christmas lunches will be available throughout December.

Our team will make you feel welcome, don’t take our word for it see the testimonials on the club’s website.

Lowood, Eaglesfield Road Shooters Hill, London SE18 3DA

Telephone: 020 8854 6368

Office: Ext 2 | Bar: Ext 3 | Pro Shop: Ext 4

www.shgc.co.uk

admin@shgc.co.uk

Golf Course and 2026 bookings being taken: Our 18 hole parkland course has hosted several Kent Golf competitions over the years and is home to the Annual Mayor of Greenwich Charity Golf Day.

Visitors, societies and Golf days are very welcome, bookings can be made via the office.

See you on the 1st tee!

Membership:

A variety of Golf memberships are available, along with social options also. We would very much like you to be part of our community.

progress through the influence of the sport.

As Aston Martin Aramco Formula One™ Team Driver Ambassador and Head of F1 Academy – a Formula One™-backed initiative designed to develop and showcase female drivers – professional racing driver Jessica Hawkins champions this growing community, inspiring the next generation of motorsport enthusiasts, making racing more inclusive for everyone.

In collaboration with Aston Martin, ELEMIS has curated four different skincare collections, ideal for either your day-to-night skincare routine or for rejuvenating your skin. Each ELEMIS Aston Martin gift sets comes with an exclusive ELEMIS x Aston Martin travel bag, perfect for taking your skincare on the go.

Whichever ELEMIS x Aston Martin skincare gift set you choose; each collection also comes with an exclusive ELEMIS x Aston Martin F1-branded travel bag, meaning it’s the perfect skincare gift for an F1 fan.

Rooted in British heritage yet forwardlooking in vision, this partnership redefines the standard for luxury lifestyle collaborations. From high-octane to spa relaxation, Aston Martin

and ELEMIS form the ideal partnership to bring together exhilarating experiences with an opportunity to unwind and relax.

This partnership marks a bold new chapter for both brands as they expand their global presence and set a new benchmark at the intersection of lifestyle and performance.

“At ELEMIS, we’ve always believed in delivering excellence through innovation, craftsmanship and care, values we share with Aston Martin. This partnership represents a powerful meeting of minds, marrying innovative skincare with high-performance cars. Together, we’re creating immersive, sensorial experiences that redefine modern luxury for a global audience. Both ELEMIS and Aston Martin Aramco have the hunger to win; I’m proud and excited to see our partnership come to life.” Sean Harrington, ELEMIS Co-Founder & CEO

Whether it’s precision engineering or advanced skin science, both ELEMIS and Aston Martin deliver exceptional experiences for those who expect the extraordinary. uk.elemis.com

astonmartin.com/en-gb

“This partnership marks a bold new chapter for both brands as they expand their global presence and set a new benchmark at the intersection of lifestyle and performance”

“Britain is raising a generation unable to find true love”

Lorin Krenn

Acrisis is unfolding behind closed doors. More than 40% of UK adults are now single, a number that has surged over the past 30 years. International relationship coach Lorin Krenn warns that the roots of this problem stretch back to childhood, and if left unaddressed, Britain risks producing generations unable to form deep, lasting love.

“Every child needs to experience love they can trust. Love that does not disappear or waver depending on how they show up,” Lorin explains. “They must feel their authentic energy is welcomed and celebrated. Without that, they grow into adults who feel unsafe in love.”

According to Krenn, two essentials are missing in far too many childhoods: unconditional love

“Every

child needs to experience love they can trust”

and authentic safety. Both parents are meant to provide both, yet in practice children tend to look to the mother for love and to the father for safety and recognition. When either of these essentials is absent, the child grows into an adult who struggles to trust love and to relax into intimacy.

“These wounds often surface in relationships,” says Krenn. “Some constantly need reassurance, others withdraw to avoid being hurt. Both are rooted in the same wound: not feeling safe to be fully themselves in love.”

Krenn warns that the consequences go beyond romance. These unhealed wounds spill into every area of life, shaping how people work, how they handle conflict, and how they see their own worth. When a person does not feel safe in love, they often do not feel safe in life itself. This creates cycles of anxiety, overachievement, avoidance, or the constant search for validation, none of which provide the deep fulfilment people crave.

He is renowned for guiding men, women, and couples worldwide to heal mother and father wounds, emotional scars that silently sabotage relationships. His workshops blend spiritual depth with practical tools, helping participants finally feel

accepted, safe, and capable of true intimacy.

“Blaming your parents will not heal you,” Krenn adds. “But validating your experience, recognising how your body still carries those wounds, and creating repeated safe experiences will. That is how you break the cycle.”

This October, Lorin Krenn brings his acclaimed EVOLVE teachings to London in an immersive live event. The gathering will guide participants to heal mother and father wounds, embody their highest truth, and transform their relationships from the core.

Places have almost gone, and the event is expected to sell out.

HEALING YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE MASCULINE

Starting Sunday 26th October 2025

This Programme will speak to you in a way so that you can open and trust again and it will teach you everything you need to know about men in order to be the most embodied and conscious woman that you can be in your current and future relationship.

THE CYCLE BREAKER’S PATH

7th December 2025 via Zoom

A 2.5-hour immersive workshop to heal your lineage, step into your calling, and reclaim your light.

THE AWAKENED MASCULINE PROGRAMME

Starting 11th January 2026

An 8-week immersive journey into the depths of unleashing your awakened masculine power. You will have Lorin as your personal guide through live calls, written modules, embodiment practices and much more.

To secure your ticket or learn more about Lorin’s upcoming trainings, visit lorinkrenn.com/trainings

Posh Pawn and the Rise of Modern Luxury

When Posh Pawn first hit TV screens, it offered a fascinating glimpse into a world few had seen before—where Ferraris, fine art, and luxury watches were traded at the counter of a pawnbroker. Fast forward to today, and the demand for high-end goods has never been stronger, with Prestige Pawnbrokers continuing to sit at the heart of this booming market.

the watch became the key to unlocking liquidity while allowing the client to retain ownership of a treasured heirloom.

Fine jewellery continues to tell stories of its own. From antique diamond rings with rich family histories to elegant Cartier bracelets, these pieces are being redefined as wearable investments. Today’s market prizes not just sparkle but provenance, with heritage brands and unique designs commanding particularly strong demand. Then there are luxury handbags, a category that has exploded in recent years. Hermès Birkin and Kelly bags, once seen as rare indulgences, are now investment staples—some outperforming traditional assets like gold. With waiting lists stretching years, many collectors turn to the resale market, where prestige pawnbroking provides both access and assurance of authenticity.

What keeps Posh Pawn so compelling is how it brings these global trends to life through personal stories. Every Rolex, diamond ring, or designer handbag comes with a client navigating today’s fast-moving luxury landscape. For some, pawnbroking provides quick liquidity; for others, it’s a way to realise the hidden potential of their collections, whether needing a loan or simply selling.

Prestige Pawnbrokers has redefined the industry for the modern era, showing that pawnbroking is no longer just about necessity—it’s about recognising luxury items as both treasures and tangible assets.

Take, for instance, a Rolex Daytona that recently came through the doors. Originally purchased decades ago to mark a milestone achievement, the watch had been carefully looked after, complete with its original box and papers. The owner, now looking for short-term funding for a business venture, wasn’t ready to part with it forever. Our specialists recognised the Daytona’s rarity— its pristine dial and limited-edition reference number placed it firmly in the realm of serious collectors. Valued well into the tens of thousands,

106 Draycott Avenue, Chelsea, London SW3 3AE

Tel: 020 3984 4206

2-2a George Street, Richmond TW9 1JY

Tel: 020 8948 4867

Sandra-Mae Lux Jazz Like This Is Always In Season

You may not have heard of her yet but Sandra-Mae Lux may just be writing and singing the songs you’ve been longing for.

For over ten years, Lux and her writing partner Alan Marriott, have been honing their songwriting skills. The result, Seasons in Jazz is a modern classic, a true celebration of the beauty and craft of the masters of the past. Drawing on the romantic classics of the early twentieth century (sung by the likes of Frank Sinatra, Ella Fitzgerald, and Nat King Cole), Lux and Marriott have created an entirely new canon of songs that are reassuringly familiar - and yet catch the sentiment of where we are now.

But it’s not just the quality of the writing that stands out. Lux has also enticed the cream of London’s jazz talents out to play, and warmed the whole thing up in a studio kitchen full of top, tried and tested equipment that Ella or Frank would have been totally at home with. And it is this

attention to authenticity and detail as well as her sweet, smokey delivery that gives this project its heart and warmth. Lush, beautiful, swingy, Seasons in Jazz is the perfect album to help you unwind from a busy day.

Lux’s mission is to put great songwriting front and center again, penning tunes that aren’t just sonic wallpaper, but music you can really listen to. It’s like a ‘jazz nouveau’ songbook - both beautiful and crafty music that celebrates the true art of songwriting.

As Nick Lea in Jazz Views said - “this is a very beautiful album that looks to the past for inspiration without allowing nostalgia to take over.”

Season’s in Jazz could quickly become ‘that’ album you put on when you can’t think of what to put on. These are love songs that you can love again and again. Songs that put a smile on your face.

So sit back, pour yourself a glass of your favorite tipple and do yourself a favour; listen to Seasons In Jazz. sandramaelux.com

“Season’s in Jazz could quickly become ‘that’ album you put on when you can’t think of what to put on. These are love songs that you can love again and again. Songs that put a smile on your face”

SEASONS IN JAZZ SANDRA-MAE LUX

The latest album from the award-winning songwriter, multi-instrumentalist and vocalist

EDITOR’S CHOICE

“This

original songs draws from the Great American Songbook tradition, with storytelling at its core.”

— Peter Quinn, JazzWise Magazine Listen,

BELLA LOTTIE: A Beautiful Life for the Dogs We Love

What began as a personal mission – designing pieces that balanced comfort, durability and style – has grown into a collection that celebrates the deep bond between people and their dogs.

When I stepped into the world of Bella Lottie three years ago, I had one heartfelt aim: to create dog accessories that not only I would be proud to use, but ones that celebrate the unconditional love and loyalty we receive from our dogs every single day.

As a devoted dog owner, I knew from the start that Bella Lottie had to be more than just a pet accessories company. I wanted to craft pieces that were thoughtful, well-made, and beautifully designed for the adventures our dogs take with us.

Since taking the reins, I’ve poured my heart into evolving the brand, adding collections that reflect the seasons, the places we roam, and the soul of a

“I had one heartfelt aim: to create dog accessories that not only I would be proud to use, but ones that celebrate the unconditional love and loyalty we receive from our dogs every single day”

life shared with dogs.

Each design is made with comfort and elegance in mind – crafted not just for function, but to honour the connection between dog and human.

This autumn, we are proud to introduce two new designs inspired by the Scottish Highlands: The Balmoral and The Skye Tartans.

These bring heritage and charm to everyday walks – perfect for cool trails, muddy paws, and cosy pub stops.

For the explorers, our Adventure Collection captures the spirit of the outdoors – misty mountains, canvas weekends, and everywhere in between.

Our Coastal Collection celebrates windswept walks and sea spray – sturdy, stylish, and made for salty adventures.

And when only luxury will do, our Velvet Couture Collection brings opulence to the everyday. Soft, rich velvets in timeless shades of pink, classic black, and bold red, finished with refined hardware – made for dogs who deserve a little glamour.

Bella Lottie is more than accessories – it’s a way of celebrating life with our four-legged companions, every fabric is chosen with care, and every design starts with a simple question: what would make this special?

bellalottiefetch.co.uk

Follow: @bellalottie_fetch

Welcome to Bella Lottie....

Just before Christmas 2022 I had the privilege of taking over this fabulous company. With an entourage of four legged friends, this seemed like the perfect job....and it turns out it was.

The new Bella Lottie Team are working day and night to design and bring new and exciting products to our loyal and new customers.

With so many things in the pipe line, we hope there will be something for everyone.

The Bella Lottie community that has been created is absolutely amazing, and I am so grateful for all your support!

Lots of Love, Nadine & The Bella Lottie fam x

Barbarians to face All Blacks XV this Autumn in London

Two of the most iconic teams in rugby, the Barbarians and All Blacks will lock horns in an unmissable fixture in London this autumn.

Brentford FC’s Gtech Community Stadium will host the clash on Saturday 1st November - KO 1.15pm, with tickets priced from just *£35 for Adults and *£17.50 for Kids (U16).

The Barbarians’ last three appearances in London have seen the invitational side record back-to-back wins over Fiji in 2024 and a World XV in 2023 - both at Allianz Stadium, Twickenham - and against an All Blacks XV at Tottenham Hotspur Stadium in 2022.

Fixtures between the Barbarians and New Zealand sides stretch back more than 70 years and include the game’s ‘greatest try’ by Gareth Edwards in 1973. And this November’s game will be another entertaining encounter.

A total of 173 Kiwis have pulled on the famous black and white Barbarians jersey over the years, including All Blacks legends Zinzan Brooke, Christian Cullen, Jonah Lomu, Justin Marshall, Carlos Spencer, Joe Rokocoko, Richie McCaw, Ma’a Nonu and more recently former All Black captains Sam Whitelock and Sam Cane to

THE DETAILS

Tickets are on sale via ticketmaster.co.uk and brentfordfc.com. Secure your seats early and be part of this historic match from *£35 for Adults and *£17.50 for Under16s. Visit Brentford FC’s website for Hospitality Packages from £179 VAT + per person. (*Booking Fees apply).

name a few.

The All Blacks XV will include a mix of current and future All Blacks, giving the next tier of talent an exciting opportunity to prove themselves on the international stage.

November’s rematch will mark a new piece of Barbarians history, with the Club running out at Gtech Community Stadium for the first time ever and as usual the Barbarian team will feature profile global international players.

With the Barbarians renowned for their attacking style and the opportunity to see the world-famous Haka first hand, this is expected to be a white-hot ticket for rugby fans eager to see rugby at its finest.

SPIRIT OF CHRISTMAS

The UK’s most iconic Christmas event, Spirit of Christmas Fair, opens its doors for 2025 next month. Beautifully presented with experiences as well as shopping, it signifies the start of the Christmas season. Now in its 24th year, the event hosts over 600 exhibitors and welcomes over 50,000 enthusiastic shoppers over the seven days.

Filled with carefully curated, independent designer makers, the Fair is full of gift ideas, beauty and wellness, men and women’s fashion, homeware, Christmas decorations, jewellery, accessories and children’s clothes, as well as the finest products from award-winning artisan food and drink producers.

Returning visitors will be enthused by the influx of exciting new exhibitors, as well as the return of popular brands such as White Coco, Ankole and Harry Rocks plus unusual brands such as Dragon’s Den featured company, Beevive as well as The Print Rescuer, Walkies the Board Game and Diddly Squat Farm.

New for this year is ‘Spirit Rising Stars’ showcasing brand new small businesses. It will include around 30 new businesses who have been trading for less than five years. They will be located on the gallery level alongside the popular artisan producers.

Food and drink stands on the gallery level have increased for 2025 in response to visitor feedback and include the likes of Fatso chocolate, Pimentae Margarita Cocktails, Exmoor Caviar, Crazy Bastard

Sauce and The Gin Bothy.

This is an event for social shoppers and serious shoppers, intent on discovering upmarket, original brands but even the most committed consumers need refuelling. For restaurant bookings, this year’s chef is Great British Menu winner, Kate Austen will be designing a bespoke menu to be served all day. There will also be the ever-popular cream teas and three Louis Roederer champagne bars.

Visitors love the annual talks and interactive workshops which include for this year: Louis Roederer Champagne tasting, personal Christmas styling, Reverend Hubert cocktail masterclass, tablescaping, Lavenders Blue floral demonstrations and Clodagh McKenna cooking demonstrations.

Ticket includes entry to Condé Nast Traveller Luxury Travel Fair which takes place alongside the Spirit of Christmas. Visitors can meet face-to-face with specialists and leading tour operators from over 80 unmissable travel brands. The show also features complimentary live talks from leading travel experts and personalities.

For more ticket options and information visit spiritofchristmasfair.co.uk

“Returning visitors will be enthused by the

influx of exciting new exhibitors, as well as the return of popular brands”

Introducing Nobu at Home: fine dining without leaving the house

Nobu London Old Park Lane proudly unveils Nobu At Home - a premium dining service that brings Nobu’s legendary flavours and unmistakable style straight to your door.

Nobu at Home makes at-home gatherings as memorable as dining out. It’s more elevated than a takeaway; a refined, ready-to-enjoy experience created for those who love to host, celebrate, and savour life’s most memorable moments, always with extraordinary food at the heart. Diners can order Nobu’s most-loved dishes, freshly prepared with stunning presentation in premium packaging acting as beautiful serving dishes.

From the iconic Black Cod Miso and Yellowtail Jalapeño, to delicate Sushi and Sashimi platters and indulgent Wagyu beef specialities, Nobu At Home brings the dishes that made Nobu a global phenomenon to your home. Every bite reflects the brand’s signature balance of Japanese tradition and Peruvian influence, designed to delight both long term Nobu lovers and first-time guests alike.

From stress-free dinner parties and elevated office celebrations to birthdays, anniversaries, or intimate milestones, Nobu At Home turns any gathering into something unforgettable. It’s the ultimate way to impress.

Perfect, too, for event planners, concierge

services and businesses looking to create truly standout moments.

Launching with a three-mile delivery radius from Nobu Old Park Lane or available for collection directly from the restaurant. Orders can be placed via the Nobu Old Park Lane website or by phone, with minimum 48 hours notice. With a minimum spend of £500, every order is designed to deliver on scale, style, and sophistication. noburestaurants.com

WORLD CHAMPION SPRINGBOKS AND JAPAN MEET AT WEMBLEY STADIUM IN NOVEMBER

International rugby coaching heavyweights

Rassie Erasmus and Eddie Jones will go head-to-head in London this autumn, as South Africa take on Japan at Wembley Stadium on Saturday 1st November – KO4:10pm.

The fixture marks the first international rugby union event to be held at the iconic north London venue since 2016 with tickets available from *£55 for Adults and *£27.50 for Juniors (U16) via Ticketmaster and Wembley Stadium.

South Africa, two-time defending Rugby World Cup champions, are no strangers to hosting fixtures in London having defeated Wales 41-13 in June 2024 at Allianz Stadium, Twickenham.

Widely regarded as one of the greatest rugby coaches of all time, Springbok Head Coach Rassie Erasmus commented, “We are delighted to be starting off our tour of the Northern Hemisphere with a match against Japan at the iconic Wembley Stadium. The last time the Boks played at Wembley was in 2016 against the Barbarians, in a tense affair which went down to the wire in a 31-31 drawn match.”

in the UK for our fixtures in London over the past few years and I am sure this match will be no different, especially being at one of the most famous sporting venues in the world.”

This will be only the fourth meeting between South Africa and Japan with the Springboks winning the last two encounters (both in 2019). However, the Brave Blossoms are renowned for playing fast, attacking, high-tempo rugby, which claimed a remarkable 34-32 victory against the Springboks in the 2015 Rugby World Cup at the American Express Community Stadium ‘Miracle of Brighton’ match.

Eddie Jones, Head Coach of Japan for that match in 2015, returned to the Brave Blossoms in 2024 after stints in charge of England and Australia.

“We have had fantastic support from our fans

The match promises to be another spectacular sporting fixture under the arch, with many of the World’s leading players on show. Fans can expect an incredible atmosphere at the world’s most famous stadium.

Secure your seats early and witness history in the making again!

THE DETAILS

Tickets are available at ticketmaster.co.uk or wembleystadium.com from *£55 for adults and *£27.50 for kids (U16) – Buy Now!

Adult Group Rates are available with a 10% discount on ten or more tickets purchased.

Hospitality packages are also available visit wembleystadium.com/experiences *(booking fees apply)

The Gold Standard in Children’s Riding, Just an Hour from London

In the heart of the South Downs, Lavant Equestrian offers discerning families a rare blend of uncompromising safety, expert coaching and countryside freedom, giving children the very best start in the saddle.

For London families, the South Downs have long offered a restorative escape: rolling hills, fresh air, and a slower pace of life. Just over an hour from the capital, one destination has quietly set the benchmark in children’s riding.

“Just over an hour from London, yet a world apart.”

Lavant Equestrian, near Chichester, is not simply a riding school but a place where horses and children thrive side by side. Its approach is rooted in trust and welfare. Horses live outdoors all year in carefully managed herds, free to move as nature intended, producing calm, balanced animals that are safe and reliable for children to ride. For parents, that assurance of safety is as important as the quality of teaching.

Membership provides children with consistent weekly lessons: the same coach, the same horse, the same time each week. This rhythm builds muscle memory, turning practice into progress and giving children a strong physical and mental foundation in the saddle. More than a pastime, riding here is treated as a serious sport that develops coordination, focus and resilience, alongside empathy and emotional intelligence.

For those ready to take the next step, Lavant Equestrian offers a unique pony loan arrangement.

This gives children the opportunity to experience the pride and responsibility of caring for a pony, while still benefiting from expert support. The bonds created through this experience are often profound and enduring.

Opportunities extend beyond lessons, with a full calendar of holiday camps, countryside hacks and themed events encouraging children to explore the wider joys of horsemanship. Sustainability also shapes daily life, from organic land management to hedgerow planting, creating a landscape where riders, horses, and wildlife all benefit.

At its core, Lavant Equestrian is about riding, taught by experienced coaches who combine technical expertise with a deep commitment to safety and trust. Every detail, from the horses to the teaching, is designed to give children the strongest possible foundation in the saddle.

Lavant Equestrian. Where People and Horses Thrive.

lavantequestrian.co.uk riding@lavantequestrian.co.uk 01243 530460

“Lavant Equestrian, near Chichester, is not simply a riding school but a place where horses and children thrive side by side”

Bring Christmas Home at the Ideal Home Show Christmas 2025

Olympia London, 26 – 30 November 2025

This November, Olympia London will be transformed into a festive wonderland as the Ideal Home Show Christmas returns, promising the ultimate shopping day out for the whole family. From interiors and decorations to gifts and gourmet delights, it’s the perfect way to kick-start the season.

A Festive One-Stop Shop

With three beautifully themed show sections, there’s something to inspire every Christmas:

• Christmas Home – Stylish interiors and ideas to make your home sparkle.

• Christmas Decorations – Twinkling lights, ornaments, and seasonal styling.

• Christmas Gifts – Unique, thoughtful presents for everyone on your list.

Shoppers can browse hundreds of exhibitors, from artisan makers to household names, while enjoying exclusive discounts and festive inspiration under one roof.

Seasonal Highlights

On the Christmas Theatre and Christmas Kitchen, celebrity guests and experts will share tips, recipes, and décor inspiration. Names include Annie Sloan, Dean Edwards, Melanie Lissack, Melissa Hemsley, Gurdeep Loyal and Jon Watts.

Brand new for 2025, Tipsy Workshops offer a chance to sip fizz while crafting. From wreath-

making to cocktail classes, visitors can enjoy hands-on sessions and take home their own festive creations.

And of course, no visit would be complete without a selfie with Santa!

VIP Experience

For those who want something extra special, VIP tickets enhance the day into a luxurious treat. These premium tickets include fast-track entry, unlimited access to a relaxing VIP lounge, a glass of Prosecco (or non-alcoholic alternative), a goody bag filled with seasonal treats worth over £30, plus a free cloakroom service. VIP tickets are only available for guests over 16, and standard ticket discounts do not apply.

THE DETAILS

Three Shows in One Ticket

Your ticket also includes entry to: Eat & Drink Festival – Discover seasonal flavours, gourmet hampers, artisan bakes and festive tipples. The Cake & Bake Show – Indulge in sweet treats, live demos, and baking inspiration from experts and celebrity guests. That’s three festive experiences, all wrapped into one unmissable day out.

26 – 30 November 2025

10am – 5pm daily

Olympia London, Hammersmith Road, London W14 8UX

EXCLUSIVE OFFER FOR LIFE MAGAZINE READERS:

£10 standard any day tickets. Visit idealhomeshowchristmas.co.uk and use code IHSXLIFE at checkout.

We have introduced our own finishing line and specialise in staircase cladding inc. spindles and handrail to match the floors

A Sweet Day Out at The Cake & Bake Show 2025

Olympia, London, 26 – 30 November 2025

London’s ultimate baking and cake deocrating event is back! For five indulgent days, The Cake & Bake Show returns to Olympia, London, bringing together everything a baker or cake lover could dream of - from live demos and spectacular showstoppers, to shopping and hands-on masterclasses.

Baking Inspiration Around Every Corner

Step inside and explore a treasure trove of products from top baking and cake decorating brands. Stock up on sprinkles, premium ingredients, cookie cutters, tools, and packaging essentials to fuel your next kitchen creation.

The Cake & Bake Stage will host a line-up of much-loved bakers and cake artists, each ready to share recipes, clever baking hacks and cake decorating secrets to help you raise your game.

Get Hands-On with the Experts

For those who want to get hands-on, Pro Masterclasses are the place to be. Roll up your sleeves and learn directly from the experts, picking up new techniques and creating your own sweet treats to take home.

And don’t miss the spectacular Cake Competition and Gingerbread Competition in partnership with The Gingerbread City, where the UK’s most talented sugarcraft and cake artists showcase their artistry in jaw-dropping creations.

VIP Experience – A Treat in Itself

Why not make your day extra special with VIP Tickets? You’ll enjoy fast-track entry, access to the exclusive VIP Lounge, a glass of Prosecco (or non-alcoholic alternative), private cloakroom service, and a luxury goody bag packed with festive treats worth over £30. It’s the perfect way to sweeten your show experience and soak up the atmosphere in style.

Triple the Festive Fun

Your Cake & Bake Show ticket also includes entry to the Ideal Home Show Christmas and the Eat & Drink Festival. That’s three festive shows for the price of one – the perfect recipe for a full day out with family and friends.

EVENT DETAILS

26 – 30 November 2025 10am – 5pm daily Olympia London, Hammersmith Road, London W14 8UX EXCLUSIVE OFFER FOR

Exclusive offer for Life magazine readers: £10 standard any day tickets. Visit thecakeandbakeshow.co.uk use code CABLIFE at checkout.

A Feast for the Senses at Eat & Drink Festival Christmas

Olympia London, 26 – 30 November 2025

EVENT DETAILS

26 – 30 November 2025

10am – 5pm daily

Olympia London, Hammersmith Road, W14 8UX

EXCLUSIVE OFFER FOR LIFE MAGAZINE READERS:

£10 standard any day tickets. Visit idealhomeshowchristmas.co.uk and use code EADLIFE at checkout.

VIP: £55 (advance) idealhomeshowchristmas.co.uk

Whether you’re seeking giftworthy gourmet treats, hands-on demonstrations, or just a joyful festive outing, Eat & Drink Festival Christmas offers a sensory celebration of the season.

Prepare to kindle the festive spirit through flavour – the Eat & Drink Festival Christmas returns to Olympia as part of the Ideal Home Show Christmas, offering a delicious day out.

Sample, Sip & Be Inspired

Across themed areas, this winter food festival showcases artisan producers, global cuisine, seasonal sips, and independent delights. Whether you’re hunting for festive ingredients or craving street-food treats, you’ll find it all under one roof. Enjoy festive flavours from top street food visionaries at The Great Eat. From quick bites to hearty dishes and sweet seasonal treats, it’s the perfect place to indulge, explore and celebrate the joy of food in a warm, welcoming Christmas atmosphere.

In The Christmas Market, explore stalls brimming with chutneys, cheeses, seafood, breads, oils, preserves and more - everything you need to create the ultimate Christmas feast or fill your festive hampers.

At the heart of it all is The Christmas Kitchen, a live stage where celebrity chefs, drinks experts, and foodie favourites present cooking demos and seasonal hacks. Expect to see Andrew Dickens

and Dean Edwards tackling the ultimate Christmas turkey and more culinary inspiration for your holiday menu.

VIP Tickets – Elevate the Experience

Upgrade your visit with VIP Tickets for a touch of indulgence. Expect fast-track entry, access to an exclusive VIP Lounge, a glass of Prosecco (or non-alcoholic alternative), a goody bag filled with seasonal treats (worth over £30), and private cloakroom service. These VIP perks are available for a limited number of tickets, so early booking is strongly recommended. www. idealhomeshowchristmas.co.uk

It’s All Included

A ticket to Eat & Drink Festival also grants access to the Ideal Home Show Christmas and The Cake & Bake Show – three unforgettable experiences in one spectacular outing.

Chiswick Nursing Centre

Offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence & respite care

Restore your strength and health after an illness or operation by letting us take good care of you with individually tailored nursing care and our in-house physio, excellent chef and expert hairdresser.

The Chiswick Nursing Centre’s physiotherapists work seamlessly with nursing staff to provide the highest levels of integrated care.

As a part of the rehabilitation programme, the Centre’s qualified physiotherapists work closely with nursing staff to help patients achieve their goals. Highly experienced in the treatment and management of numerous conditions, the Centre’s physio team are experts in the field of rehabilitation. We support convalescence after surgery and to aid cancer recovery, including care of those with a range of other complex needs. We have particular expertise in rehabilitation following hip replacements and knee replacements.

The physiotherapy sessions are tailored to help recover mobility and the physio team aims to provide early detection of any movement related problems. Through their treatment the Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence to promote an excellent quality of life through improved health and wellbeing.

One resident commented: “I spent a week in the rehabilitation/convalescent Balmoral Suite following a hip replacement operation. All the staff were reassuring (especially in the few days after I arrived), friendly, helpful and caring and nothing was too much trouble. The daily physio was gentle but challenging and beneficial. A really positive experience - I would recommend to anyone in a similar position.

“The Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence”

THE DETAILS

Please email enquiries@ chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk or call 07568 106258. chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk

Chiswick Nursing Centre offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence, respite & nursing care. We also offer holiday stays for carers who need a break – with maximum peace of mind –so they can take time for themselves. Respite care should be a proper break for you. Short term or long term, we can take care of your loved one so that you can rest, recuperate and re-energise, or simply catch up on your to do list.

With free parking on-site, the care home is a convenient location to be treated for a range of conditions including post-surgical rehabilitation and orthopaedic and musculosketal conditions. So, whether its physiotherapy, rehabilitation or convalescence, respite care, dementia care, longterm complex nursing care or general residential care, rest assured your loved one will be in safe hands at the Chiswick Nursing Centre.

Luxury Living at The Vale

Ahome is more than just bricks and mortar. At The Vale, their collection of 30 luxury apartments available to rent, have been designed, so you can enjoy your retirement in a welcoming and vibrant community, without the worry of maintaining a property. Their contemporary apartments are beautifully crafted to the highest standards. Lightfilled open-plan living spaces, luxury kitchens and beautiful bathrooms combine style and accessibility.

Expect Porcelanosa kitchens with integrated Bosch appliances, built-in storage, underfloor heating and walk-in showers. Senior living can bring a change in pace and priority. They believe that The Vale enables you to live life to the fullest, safe in the knowledge that personalised care is available if required.

Their aim has always been to combine convenience, security contemporary retirement living in south London and affordability with access to a comprehensive range of hospitality. Knowing that support is available means you can embrace life with peace of mind.

With the Fleming one-bedroom elegant apartment, you can have the best of both worlds with a restful, stylish, open plan living room

“Moving to The Vale was an excellent decision on my part; it’s the best of both worlds - independent living but with help on hand 24 hours a day should you need it”

complete with hi spec, fully fitted kitchen. Add to this a chic double master bedroom with its fitted wardrobe and contemporary bathroom, all for a monthly cost that needn’t break the bank.

At The Vale you can have as much company and social life as you wish. The Bar & Bistro is perfect for catching up with friends. For a cosy place to read the papers or play cards, the library and lounge offer a comfortable, beautifully decorated environment. And if pampering is what you’re after, the on-site hair salon offers treatments or if you want to learn a new craft, the hobbies room is the place to go.

Nestled in a peaceful location a short distance from Streatham, The Vale is more than just a new home - it’s a future filled with opportunities. Are you unsure about making the move to a retirement village?

Contact The Vale’s friendly team for a private appointment or to arrange a viewing. thevaleliving.co.uk Tel: 08081 696511

TPR Property Solutions

Independent Search Agent & Property Consultant Covering Sussex

Finding your dream property in the country can be a huge challenge, especially if you’re moving to a new area. Engaging an independent search agent can help to get under the bonnet of the mainstream market and gain access to properties unavailable to those relying on the internet.

As a former Equity Partner in Strutt & Parker, I have over 40 years’ experience of the upper end market across Sussex and the South-East. As a result, my ‘little black book’ is second to none. Acting solely for buyers, we utilise this network of contacts, market expertise, longstanding relationships with the selling agents and unprecedented local knowledge to find properties for our clients.

Once briefed on our client’s specific requirements, we commence the search, engage with the selling agents, and consult our extensive personal network. We often view properties on behalf of our clients, saving them valuable time, before providing candid feedback. We liaise with them throughout the whole process, advise on value and negotiate the purchase. Once terms have been agreed, we recommend the very best professionals and monitor the transaction to exchange of contracts and completion.

Acting for clients over the last 18 months, over 60% of the properties we have found for clients have been secured completely ‘off-market’.

Please do contact us if you’re considering a move to Sussex. We’d be delighted to hear from you.

Tim Page-Ratcliff FNAEA

Tim@tprpropertysolutions.co.uk 07592-107524

Jeannie Pritchard MRICS

Jeannie@tprpropertysolutions.co.uk 07979-950551

Find out more and follow us

Web: tprpropertysolutions.co.uk

Instagram: @tprpropertysolutions

CLIENT TESTIMONIAL

“Tim and Jeannie at TPR could not have been more efficient, helpful and resourceful during our search to find a perfect new home. They worked tirelessly on our behalf to help us to achieve our goal and provided us with huge amounts of invaluable local knowledge, property purchase advice and much needed encouragement and support during what is usually a stressful process.”

Lightfield development, Barnet

With 85% sold at our Lightfield development in Barnet, an exciting range of incentives available including deposit contributions*, £2,500 John Lewis ‘Gift of Experience’*, and the Bank of England interest rate reduction, now is the time to secure your new apartment. Situated in the heart of High Barnet with the Spires Shopping Centre on your doorstep and just a short walk to High Barnet underground station, these one- and two-bedroom apartments and penthouses are built to multi award-winning developer Shanly Homes’ exacting standards. Lightfield benefits from easy access to the M25 and A1, and excellent local schools. These energy efficient homes are ready-to-go with all appliances included, cost-effective underfloor heating, and a host of other features meaning you could save over £979/year in energy costs^.

“We’re delighted to offer this prestigious, gated development to our discerning customers who

have been impressed by the size and specification of the apartments. With over 85% now sold, demand has been high, and we’ve had an incredible amount of interest for the final phase.”

Nick Staton, owner Statons Estate Agents. shanlyhomes.com

*Terms and conditions apply. Selected plots only. Pricing correct at time of print. Ask our sales consultants for more information. ^HBF “Watt a Save” Report 2025.

Focus: Meet the contractors crafting some of London’s most stylish homes

Spokesperson: Kristian Brown, Founder and Managing Director of Turnkey Contractors

Founded in 2021 and based in London, Turnkey Contractors, the family-led luxury building and development specialists are renowned for delivering bespoke, design-led projects across London and the Home Counties. With an extensive portfolio spanning high value renovations and multimillion-pound properties, the award winning business has established itself as a trusted partner amongst leading architects and clients seeking homes that combine excellent craftsmanship with contemporary design.

Founded by Director Kristian Brown, Turnkey has grown to a 70-strong team in just four years. This expansion reflects both the strength of its business model and the rising demand for bespoke and high-end residential development in the region. In the last financial year alone, the business has achieved a 75% year on year profit growth, cementing its reputation as a fast growing leader in the luxury construction and development industry.

Discussing the businesses growth and the increased demand for design-led residential projects, Kristian Brown, Founder and Managing

Director, says: “The luxury residential sector is constantly shifting. Our role is not just to deliver exceptional homes, but to work closely with architects and homeowners and combine rigorous standards to deliver a seamless client experience.”

At the heart of Turnkey’s appeal is its fullservice approach, covering land acquisition and development, and the sensitive remodelling of homes that successfully blend old and new. Managing every detail under one roof ensures a seamless journey from concept to completion. Over the last four years, Turnkey has built an extensive portfolio of projects across London and the Home Counties, ranging from Victorian terrace restorations, transforming central London family homes with contemporary glass extensions and modernising period properties with luxury features such as wine cellars and wellness suites.

Turnkey’s reputation is further strengthened by prestigious industry accreditations, including multiple ISOs, Construction Line Gold and CHAS. While these credentials support expansion into government and public sector projects, the company remains firmly anchored by its founding values: creativity, quality and excellence. For more information on starting your luxury project or to view Turnkey’s full portfolio, please visit: turnkeycontractors.co.uk instagram.com/turnkeycontractors

ART GUIDE

– Stunning art from local, national and international artists –

IMAGE: LAPADA BERKELEY SQUARE FAIR 2025

LAPADA Berkeley Square Fair 2025

28 October – 2 November Berkeley Square, Mayfair From Art Deco to Fine Jewels

The LAPADA Berkeley Square Fair returns to transform one of London’s most elegant squares into a must-visit destination for collectors, connoisseurs and the culturally curious in the run up to Christmas.

A highlight of the city’s luxury and cultural calendar, the Fair will host over 80 galleries and dealers, offering everything from jewellery and art to classic antiques.

This year’s marquee, designed by Adam Ellis Studio - known for its work with Annabel’s and The Savoy - will feature Carnival Bloom, a striking autumnal botanical design that sets the stage for the objects within. Alongside the Fair’s landmark partnership with Haute Jewels this year, visitors can explore…

Key Highlights

Alongside the Fair’s landmark partnership with Haute Jewels this year, visitors can explore Butchoff Antiques, known for museum-quality furniture, Koopman Rare Art’s fine collection of

antique jewellery and gold boxes, Whitford Fine Art showing work from Matisse’s pupil, Mildred Bendall, and discover Gladwell & Patterson, London’s oldest gallery, which joins the fair for the first time.

Jewellery and Watches

Koopman Rare Art (Jewels), one of the world’s leading dealers, will present exceptional antique jewellery. Watch specialist dealers Howard Walwyn and Timewise Vintage Watches present standout timepieces from 17th and 19th-century English to iconic models from Rolex, Patek Philippe, and Vacheron Constantin.

Furniture and Objects

BBC Antiques Roadshow regular Lennox Cato will showcase 18th and 19th-century English furniture, Jay Arenski will share unusual and eclectic pieces, and Hatchwell Antiques will present unexpected and astonishing items across aeronautical, optics, and classical.

100 years of Art Deco

To honour a century of the Art Deco movement - a style that epitomised glamour, geometry and modernity - the Fair will feature rare and iconic pieces including a Sèvres vase created for the 1924 Paris Olympics, and Meissen horse models by Max Esser (c.1928), presented by decorative arts specialist Serhat Ahmet. Other highlights include exquisite glassware by René Lalique, Daum and Schneider, M&D Moir and a very rare 1935 Monaco Grand Prix poster offered by AntikBar.

Timely and exquisitely curated, LAPADA Berkeley Square Fair remains a cultural highlight of the London art calendar - a place to discover the new and eclectic. Information and tickets visit lapadalondon.com

Antikbar, Monaco Right:

Art by Annie Mitra

Annie Mitra is a contemporary British artist of German and Anglo-Indian decent. Originally emerging as a children’s book author and illustrator, Mitra’s work has evolved into fine art where she seeks depth and texture deeply rooted and influenced by her environment.

Having lived in both Paris and New York, a graduate of Parson’s School of Design, she now resides and works from her studio situated in leafy Barnes, Southwest London.

ARTIST’S STATEMENT

My paintings are an intimate reflection on nature, everyday objects that surround us and the profound shift in perspective that can emerge from stillness. After a diagnosis of breast cancer compelled me to put down my illustrative work, painting became a crucial release – a way to stop, focus, and find a powerful voice in quiet images.

I primarily work with acrylic, drawn to its richness, colour, and texture. Previously, I worked in the precise medium of gouache for children’s books, but I now embrace the fluid possibilities of acrylic. In the midst of my treatment, this exploration of a new medium found its focus in a single subject: the colour blue. Any blue, but specifically cobalt, became a vital touchstone during my healing process.

My work has since evolved to embrace a bolder palette, exploring bright and saturated colours,

such as those inspired by trips to Marrakech. In this way, my creations parallel my own journey, transitioning from periods of intense introspection to a renewed embrace of vitality. I am deeply influenced by colourists like Mark Rothko and Milton Avery, particularly in their ability to use contrast to create soft texture and incredible depth that is open to interpretation.

While my subjects, from nature scenes to still life, often appear quiet, I strive to create images that are powerful and engaging to the viewer. My aim is to evoke a sense of thoughtful connection to the world around us, reminding us that even the most ordinary objects and moments can hold a deep, restorative beauty.

anniemitra.art. Instagram: annie_mitra_art anniemitra@btinternet.com

“I strive to create images that are powerful and engaging to the viewer”

London-based artist Heather Green (B. Middlesbrough, 1993) explores notions of coherence through an ongoing exploration of material processes and chemical interactions, favouring intuition over intention. Green’s compositions echo the bodily and natural phenomena through fluid gestures, allowing forms and motifs to emerge, dissolve and reconfigure, slipping between order and collapse.

Web: heathergreen.co.uk | Instagram: @heathergreen.art

Email: info@heathergreen.co.uk

Between Spirit and Surface Exploring the Dualities of Painting

This autumn, Wimbledon’s Ad Lib Gallery presents Between Spirit and Surface 30 October - 9 November 2025

Agroup exhibition exploring the dualities of painting: instinctive yet material, spiritual yet tactile.

Featuring four contemporary female painters: Sarah Cox, Colette Moscati, Hanna Wildman and Emma Tweedie, the exhibition invites you to pause and reflect on the space between emotion and surface, memory and mark.

Hanna Wildman, who is inspired by the faded glamour of urban decay says “Beauty is not polished; it’s found in the raw and the real.”

Sarah, Emma and Colette find inspiration in the nature.

Sarah Cox’s work bursts with rhythm and vitality, her gestural marks and flashes of colour echo the energetic essence of the land. Sarah says “I come alive by walking in nature and the canvas becomes a place from which my spirit breaks free.”

Emma Tweedie’s technique involves layering, subtracting, and dissolving pigment, Emma creates nuanced compositions where control and release coexist. Her paintings evoke the elemental forces of land, sea, and sky while whispering of memory,

ancient wisdom, and metaphysical energy. Emma says “Each canvas becomes a contemplative portal.”

Colette’s canvases are filled with abundance, inviting viewers to encounter familiar scenes anew, through light, colour, and movement. She describes her paintings as a “visceral celebration of life.”

THE DETAILS

Between Spirit and Surface

Ad Lib Gallery, Wimbledon 30 Oct - 9 Nov 2025

Explore the tension between intuition and materiality in this group exhibition of contemporary female painters. Colette Moscati, Hanna Wildman, Sarah Cox, and Emma Tweedie invite viewers to step into the space between spirit and surface, where colour, texture, and energy converge.

Private View: Thurs 30 Oct, 6-8pm For Further Information adlib.online

Colette Moscati, Fleeting, 100x150cm, Acrylic
Sarah Cox, The Smell of Rainbows, Acrylic on canvas, 80cm x80cm
Sarah Cox, Landscape Painter, Studio shot

Charlotte Harron

Step into Charlotte Harron’s world of striking landscapes, where geometry and emotion collide. Her bold use of form, accompanied by dynamic shifts in colour and light, reimagines nature with a fresh, dynamic perspective. During the month of October, see her work at The Other Art Fair, 9–12th October, Truman Brewery, London. Charlotte also features in a group show at Ad Lib Gallery, Wimbledon, 9-19th October and the Art Below poster exhibition at Regent’s Park tube station .

Explore more at www.charlotteharronart.com and follow her journey on Instagram @charlotte_harron_art.

This year Burnt Peach is putting personalised gifting at the heart of the season. From hand-illustrated portraits to bold typographic prints, every piece is designed to be affordable, meaningful, and unforgettable. These are the gifts you’ll struggle to give away, the ones you’ll secretly want to keep for yourself.

Gifts for Parents

Christmas is the perfect time to give parents something truly unique. Burnt Peach’s Little Peach Portraits capture children exactly as they are today, in hand-drawn silhouette form. Created by real artists, each portrait includes a proof before print so parents can be sure every detail is right. Starting at £49.99, these bespoke artworks are a heartfelt way to celebrate family and create a gift that grows more precious each year.

Gifts for Under £50

For thoughtful gifting on a budget, Burnt Peach’s bold letter prints, foodie favourites and smaller

BURNT PEACH Christmas Gift Guide 2025

personalised portraits are ideal. Starting under £50, they’re perfect for friends, teachers, and family members who love stylish decor with meaning. From striking initials to gratitude designs and playful kitchen prints, these artworks are ready to brighten up gallery walls, kitchens, or kids’ rooms with a personal touch.

Gifts for Pet Lovers

Pets are family too, and Burnt Peach’s custom pet portraits are a beautiful way to celebrate them at Christmas. Each hand-illustrated silhouette captures the unique character of a beloved dog, cat, or furry friend. Starting at £49.99, these portraits make an unforgettable gift for animal lovers – a stylish, meaningful keepsake they’ll treasure long after the festive season.

Gifts for Kids

The gift every child’s room deserves. Burnt Peach’s personalised prints make unforgettable presents for little ones. The Little Peach Portraits capture children’s unique features in timeless silhouette form, often paired with their name for a truly personal touch. Alongside this, the empowering Be More You print is designed to inspire confidence and positivity, making it a thoughtful addition to kids’ rooms. Starting at £49.99, these artworks are as meaningful as they are stylish – keepsakes children and parents will treasure for years.

Founded by designer and mum Pia Gill, Burnt Peach creates bold, meaningful, personalised art designed to make their littleness last a lifetime. Explore the full collections at burntpeach.co.uk.

Amanda Horvath is a celebrated contemporary artist whose work is deeply inspired by the wild natural landscapes and tranquil woodlands of her home in the Peak District. Her paintings are a heartfelt response to nature, capturing its quiet serenity and bringing the calming essence of the outdoors into interior spaces.

“I attempt to capture the shifting seasons, the ethereal light filtering through trees, and the dramatic interplay of shadows. Through this, I invite the viewer to create their own narrative and connect with the spirit of the forest. My love for nature and its expression through colour has grown from childhood and past experiences.”

With a distinctive style that emphasizes mood and light, her paintings balance abstraction and realism. She blends a variety of techniques to craft richly textured, vibrant pieces full of life and beauty. Her art continues to captivate audiences and has found homes in private collections worldwide.

Visit www.amandahorvath.co.uk email amandahorvath.art@gmail.com https://www.instagram.com/amandahorvathfineart/

Banksy’s Piranhas artwork moved into storage ahead of London Museum display

Banksy’s Piranhas artwork has moved into protective storage ahead of its display at the London Museum’s new location.

The artwork, which shows fish spray-painted on a police sentry box, made headlines last summer when it appeared as part of the street artist’s animal-themed collection in the capital, which concluded with a gorilla appearing to lift up a shutter on the entrance to London Zoo.

The Piranhas piece is now in the care of London Museum and will be kept in secure storage before it becomes accessible to the public as part of a permanent display at the museum’s Smithfield location, which is opening in 2026.

Before it was painted to resemble a fish tank, the sentry box had stood in Ludgate Hill since the 1990s.

Following confirmation from the reclusive artist that he was responsible, the box was temporarily relocated by the City Of London Corporation

“Before it was painted to resemble a fish tank, the sentry box had stood in Ludgate Hill since the 1990s”

to Guildhall Yard, where thousands of visitors viewed it from behind safety barriers. It was later moved to Guildhall’s South Ambulatory.

Banksy’s London animals collection was made up of nine works including a rhino seemingly mounting a silver Nissan Micra, two elephant silhouettes with their trunks stretched out towards each other, and three monkeys that looked as though they were swinging on a bridge.

Some of the works, which also included a howling wolf on a satellite dish, were removed, covered up or vandalised, after being painted across the city from August 5 to August 13.

Policy chairman of the City of London Corporation, Chris Hayward, said: “Banksy stopped Londoners in their tracks when this piece appeared in the Square Mile – and now, we’re making it available to millions.

“By securing it for London Museum, we’re not only protecting a unique slice of the City’s story, but also adding an artwork that will become one of the museum’s star attractions.”

The chairman of the City of London Corporation’s culture, heritage, and libraries committee, Brendan Barns, said: “Banksy’s Piranhas are already part of City legend – and soon, they’ll be part of London’s story, too.

“Moving this piece into the care of London Museum guarantees that millions of people will be able to enjoy it, alongside an extraordinary collection that celebrates the capital’s creativity and diversity.”

Head of curatorial at London Museum Glyn Davies added: “With the arrival of Banksy’s Piranhas, our collection now spans from Roman graffiti to our first piece of contemporary street art.

“This work by one of the world’s most iconic artists now belongs to Londoners, and will keep making waves when it goes on show next year in the Museum’s new Smithfield home.”

London Museum’s London Wall site opened in 1976 and closed in December 2022 in preparation for the move to Smithfield. London Museum Docklands remains open.

Converging Perspectives: Three Solo Shows at Gallery Different

This autumn, Gallery Different unveils three solo exhibitions that together form a compelling dialogue between the mythical, the political, and the psychological. Running concurrently, Making Strange by Natalie Papamichael, Wings, Horns and Humans by Lucianne Lassalle, and New Work by Matt Lambert invite visitors to consider how contemporary art reshapes the ways we see ourselves and the world around us.

“By painting herself into art history, Papamichael invites us to question who gets to tell the story.”

With wit and audacity, Natalie Papamichael reimagines familiar masterpieces through a feminist and political lens. Her exhibition, Making Strange, draws on Bertolt Brecht’s principle of disrupting expectation.

Papamichael inserts herself into iconic images, reframing gender, power, and representation. Alongside these art-historical interventions, her pandemic-era satires offer sharp, humorous critiques of leadership and public trust. A highlight is the debut of her fashion collection, inspired by her paintings, unveiled live on 30 October 2025.

“I aim to celebrate the exuberant wildness and freedom that is inherent in our inner nature.” — Lucianne Lassalle

Acclaimed sculptor Lassalle brings her mythic vision to Gallery Different. With over four decades devoted to the human form, her collection fuses classical craftsmanship with contemporary concerns, drawing on archetypes to explore the tension between the sacred and the feral.

Raised in a Parisian artistic family and now based in Bristol, Lassalle’s sculptures unite human, animal, and spiritual energies. Her process is grounded in tradition yet attuned to urban narratives. Join her on 6th November for an artist talk and live demonstration.

“Lambert paints the mind as much as the body.”

Providing a complementary counterpoint, Matt Lambert’s New Work explores interior landscapes: identity, memory, and the tensions of selfhood. Working across oils, sculptural forms, and unconventional surfaces, Lambert channels both intimate vulnerability and cultural resonance revealing a deep curiosity about how we think and feel. His work demonstrates his ability to fuse emotional intensity with aesthetic precision, and is often deeply personal

Together, these exhibitions embody Gallery Different’s spirit of bold individuality: Papamichael unsettles; Lassalle elevates; and Lambert introspects—distinct voices harmonising in their search for meaning.

THE DETAILS

Private View: 23rd October

Fashion Show: 30th October 2025

Artist Talk & Demonstration: 6th November 2025

Exhibition dates: 22nd October - 10th November 2025 at Gallery Different, 14 Percy Street, London W1T 1DR gallerydifferent.co.uk

From left: Natalie Papamichael in the Studio Agency (Detail) by Matt Lambert
The Three Graces by Lucianne Lassalle

THE RUSSELL GALLERY

Sue has been exhibiting with The Russell Gallery for over 20 years.

From Mediterranean pine trees and sandy bays, to the verdant springtime of Shropshire, the work of Sue Campion is based on memory and reflections on places from her travels, her garden, and the Shropshire hills that surround her home.

Working as a display artist throughout the 60’s and 70’s, Sue spent time painting in Spain, Belgium, Sweden and Australia. From 1986-90 she studied Fine Art at Nottingham Trent University

In 2007 she was elected a member of the Royal Society of British Artists.

Lisa Takahashi, in her review, beautifully encapsulates Sue Campion’s artistry. Drawing parallels between Sue’s work and celebrated artists like Hockney, Bonnard, and Van Gogh, she highlights Sue’s innate ability to weave landscapes into bold fabric-like designs, resonating with a visual poetry that captures the essence of a place.

Sue’s pastels s are not just landscapes; they are symphonies of colour, emotions, and memories woven onto the paper, inviting us to embark on a journey through her world of artistry and imagination.

The Russell Gallery, 12 Lower Richmond Road Putney, London SW15 1JP russell-gallery.com

Top left: Valley near Grenada 34x36 Top: Gondoliers hat 20x30 Centre, left: Church in the hollow 34x36; Centre, right: Sheep at Cound 38x42 Above: Orange sun in spring 24x30
Hillside Village, Andalucia pastel 28” x 32”
Wintry hills, Shropshire pastel 38 “ x 42”

Explore Alberta Canada’s Wild Side

Waterton Lakes National Park

LUXURY TRAVEL

LONDON’S ONLY EXCLUSIVE TRAVEL FAIR RETURNS

6 – 9 November 2025, London Olympia

Discerning travellers will head to The Luxury Travel Show this Autumn for inspiration at London’s only event dedicated to those experienced and seasoned explorers who like to venture off the beaten path.

The Fair connects visitors directly with 80 of the world’s leading luxury tour operators, boutique hotels, and safari specialists, in one place for four days.

For 2025 the Fair has increased in size and moving from the gallery level of the National Hall to its new location on the ground floor - giving the event even more space for features and travel ideas.

Visitors are taken on a journey to explore such adventures as Antarctic cruises, mountain biking in Namibia, wildlife photography in India or trips along the silk road. Experts have travelled to the far reaches of the earth from the unspoilt wonder of natural rain forests to remote desert islands and spectacular African landscapes by private safari. This in-depth knowledge allows them to inspire, curate and plan spectacular trips for their customers.

The Fair plays host to top brands including Abercrombie & Kent, Audley Travel, Oceania Cruises, Kuoni, Trailfinders, Emirates Holidays, Hidden Iceland alongside smaller independent brands such as Humbolt Travel, Hidden Iceland, Tracks Safaris and Wildfoot.

This year’s Fair sees a brand-new restaurant partnership with acclaimed chef Kate Austen. As the youngest female chef to win the main dish in Great British Menu, Kate will be showcasing her signature style with a special menu designed exclusively for the Fair.

TALKS

The Fair also offers a whole host of specialist talks where visitors can hear invigorating stories and gain expert insights and advice.

Visitors can soak up some extraordinary travel inspiration thanks to an exciting line-up of celebrity guest speakers. Highlights include beloved wildlife presenter Michaela Strachan and the charismatic Race Across the World duo Brian and Melvyn, ready to share their wit, wisdom, and wanderlust.

Tickets include entry to Spirit of Christmas which takes place alongside The Luxury Travel Fair.

Whether you’re for beautiful interior decorations, a sumptuous gift or a fashion accessory to complete your festive ensemble amongst the 600 stalls, you’ll find it all.

THE DETAILS

For tickets and information visit luxurytravelfair.com

Photo: Jake Irish
Photo: Jean Vella
Photo: Patrick Robert Doyle
Photo: Niketh Vellanki

8 Breathtaking Moments on a Rocky Mountaineer Journey

There are journeys that change you, scenes that linger, and vistas that insist you pause. On Rocky Mountaineer, the train car becomes a moving theatre, rolling through the Canadian Rockies with beauty that’s rarely seen. In 2026, that experience reaches new heights with Passage to the Peaks – Rocky Mountaineer’s newest rail route. Designed to showcase even more of Western Canada’s awe-inspiring landscapes, this journey promises breathtaking moments at every turn.

Mount Rundle

– A Portrait in Motion

Before the train winds deep into the Rockies, Mount Rundle commands attention. Rising sharply above Banff, its iconic silhouette is etched against the sky. In the early morning or golden hour, it reflects in Vermilion Lakes like a painting come to life. Whether you catch it from the train or during a stop in Banff, Mount Rundle is bold, serene and unforgettable.

Jasper National Park – Where Stillness is Grand

As the train rolls into Jasper, the air turns crisper,

the peaks sharper. Forests stretch, rivers carve their banks and the pace slows. In Jasper, you sense the magnitude of nature - not just the height of mountains, but the breath between trees, the silence between sounds.

Moose Lake – Reflections at the Edge of Wilderness

Tucked along the route between Jasper and Kamloops, Moose Lake is a stretch of still water that catches the light. Framed by dense forest and flanked by mountains, the lake often mirrors the sky in perfect symmetry.

Rogers Pass – A Mountain Passage Through Time

As the train approaches Rogers Pass in the heart of Glacier National Park, the grandeur is undeniable. Towering peaks frame a corridor of alpine wonder, once one of the most challenging routes for early railway builders. Today, the pass offers breathtaking views of ancient glaciers, avalanche sheds, and mountain slopes that tell stories of resilience and raw beauty. It’s a journey through both nature and history.

“The Rockies are alive with wildlife, and from your seat or during off-train adventures, you just might catch a glimpse of nature at its most unscripted”

Pyramid Falls – Nature’s Cascading Spectacle

Hidden deep within the rainforest-like surroundings between Kamloops and Jasper, Pyramid Falls appears almost out of nowhere. The train slows as it hugs the tracks beside this powerful waterfall – white water tumbling dramatically down a sheer cliff face, so close you can almost feel its mist.

Shuswap Lake – Where Water Meets

Wilderness

As the train follows the shoreline, Shuswap Lake stretches wide and still. Forested hills rise gently from the water’s edge, and reflections ripple with passing light. It’s a peaceful contrast to the peaks before – a quiet, glimmering pause in the journey.

The Spiral Tunnels & Kicking Horse Canyon

Few engineering feats are as photogenic as these. The Spiral Tunnels coil through the mountains, easing the railway’s ascent. In Kicking Horse Canyon, precipitous cliffs tumble toward the canyon floor, roaring river below. The train edges along ledges, enters tunnels, emerges into light – it feels cinematic.

Wildlife Encounters – The Unscripted Magic

While the train offers luxury and views, some of the most memorable moments come unannounced. A bear foraging at the forest’s edge. Elk moving through a meadow. Eagles tracing the sky. The Rockies are alive with wildlife, and from your seat or during off-train adventures, you just might catch a glimpse of nature at its most

unscripted. This is a journey for the senses. For the heart. For the places that demand to be seen, not merely passed by.

Depart from Banff and journey through the heart of the Canadian Rockies, passing highlights such as Stoney Creek Bridge and the impressive Mount Robson, en route to Jasper. Passage to the Peaks, available for a limited time in 2026, offers this unforgettable experience with prices starting from £7,319 per person departing June 2026.

Contact First Class Holidays: 0161 888 5623 fcholidays.com

SELF-CATER, SELF-CARE

More recently there has been a shift in our perception of luxury that is steering us back to basics, with the focus on authenticity, service and sustainability – a quiet luxury of sorts – and Ireland is waking up and taking notes. While hotels will always hold a place in our hearts, there are some occasions –a landmark birthday or a trip with the extended family – that demand a little more home comfort. Or just a chance to slow down for a weekend in Connemara.

Within The Village (withinthevillage.ie) in the picture-perfect coastal village of Roundstone, Co. Galway, is a unique concept in luxury Irish holiday rentals and slow travel with an on-going focus on artisan craft, design and community.

Integrity and hospitality are at the core of this small family run business. From the sensitive renovation of the houses from 2021 – 2023 to the ongoing collaborations and support of local and ethical suppliers and artists.

Consisting of a collection of five luxury interconnecting cottages and townhouses there is little hint from outside the understated terrace of sage-green houses on the main street in the village, of the warm hospitality, coastal garden and magical sea views and Irish warmth that await from within. Inspired by the rugged landscape of Connemara, the houses and gardens were brought to life by the collective talents of standout local artisan designers and craftspeople. Design-savvy guests will note pieces by some of Ireland’s most celebrated creatives including Dorothy Cross (dorothycross.com), The Tweed Project (The Tweed Project), Joe Hogan (joehoganbaskets.com), Cliodhna Prendergast (cliodhnaprendergast.com)

THE DETAILS

Website: withinthevillage.ie

Contact: info@withinthevillage.ie

Follow on Instagram: @withinthevillageroundstone

Roundstone, Connemara, Co. Galway, Ireland - H91 DD 27

and award-winning landscape Gardner, Mark Grehan (thegarden.ie). Along with complimentary treats to make every stay more enjoyable from Burren Perfumery (The Burren Perfumery) and Voya toiletries (voya.ie ), to Cloon Keen candles (cloonkeen.com ) and local freshly baked goods delivered to your door each morning. Each element of the guest experience has been carefully considered by the owners.

Loosely based around the Italian Albergo Diffuso (scattered hotel) model of hospitality, the principle is that these award winning cottages and outdoor space are designed in a contemporary yet authentic style and overseen by a host, based in a central reception area in the middle of the small village community and where guests can become part of local life. They are encouraged to stay a while and immerse themselves totally into the West of Ireland way of life. Instead of food and beverage being provided in-house, they are available locally in nearby shops, cafes, restaurants and traditional pubs, spreading the benefits of tourism throughout the village. The fully equipped kitchens and living spaces allow for a luxury selfcatering experience with the option of additional in-house services provided, if required.

Available individually or collectively for shortterm stays sleeping from 2 to 28 guests it is an ideal space to host individuals, families and groups of friends and is your ideal Irish hideaway.

The entire space is available for exclusive hire for private specialist groups, corporate events and intimate family celebrations.

Transport, private catering and specialist experiences can be arranged for exclusive hires.

Danesfield House Hotel and Spa

A Haven of Relaxation This Autumn

As the vibrant leaves of autumn paint the Chiltern Hills in amber and gold, there is no better time to indulge in a restorative escape at Danesfield House Hotel and Spa, a country retreat just 30 minutes from London. Nestled between Marlow and Henley-on-Thames, this Grade II listed country house combines timeless elegance with modern luxury – making it the perfect sanctuary for both mind and body as the seasons change.

Approached by a sweeping driveway and framed by 65 acres of landscaped gardens, Danesfield House is a sight to behold. Its striking Italian Renaissance-style architecture, adorned with ivy and surrounded by the russet tones of autumn, sets the scene for an unforgettable stay. Inside, the atmosphere is warm, inviting and steeped in heritage, from grand fireplaces to sophisticated lounges that encourage slow living.

The true heart of Danesfield House lies in its award-winning Spa Illuminata Danesfield

House. This wellness haven offers a full range of treatments designed to rejuvenate and restore, from bespoke facials to tension-melting massages. Guests can also make the most of the state-of-theart facilities, including a 20-metre swimming pool, Jacuzzi and aromatherapy steam room – ideal for escaping the chill of crisp autumn days.

Dining is equally memorable. The Orangery restaurant, with sweeping views over the River Thames, celebrates seasonal ingredients crafted into exquisite dishes. Whether it’s a leisurely afternoon tea or a romantic dinner, each meal reflects a sense of indulgence rooted in the season.

As autumn blends into winter, Danesfield House becomes even more enchanting – a place where you can wrap yourself in tranquillity, indulge in luxury and emerge refreshed, just in time for the festive season. For those seeking a short escape with long-lasting serenity, Danesfield House Hotel and Spa offers nothing less than relaxation heaven. danesfieldhouse.co.uk

EXPERIENCE THE LUXURY OF IKOS RESORTS

8 unique resorts nestled amongst 6 magnificent destinations

Call now to speak to one of our Ikos specialists and secure your unbeatable price!

IKOS ANDALUSIA | COSTA DEL SOL, SPAIN

For vibrant culture, lush gardens, sunsets and Spanish flair.

IKOS PORTO PETRO | MALLORCA, SPAIN

For hidden coves, fragrant pines, understated design and beautiful green spaces.

IKOS DASSIA | CORFU, GREECE

For cosmopolitan tastes, unspoilt beaches and sweeping Ionian vistas.

IKOS ODISIA | CORFU, GREECE

For laid back luxury, open spaces and golden sands.

IKOS ARIA | KOS, GREECE

For stunning Greek landscapes, the history of Hippocrates, azure waters and verdant vineyards.

IKOS OLIVIA | HALKIDIKI, GREECE

For discreet gardens, tranquil olive groves and exotic Mediterranean beaches.

IKOS OCEANIA | HALKIDIKI, GREECE

For long sandy beaches, turquoise waters, Greek culture and infinite views.

COMING SOON IKOS KISSAMOS | CRETE, GREECE

WE ARE PROUD MEMBER OF IKOS PRESTIGE CLUB, OFFERING EXCLUSIVE UPGRADES AND DISCOUNTS.

Ikos Andalusia Deluxe Pool
Ikos Porto Petro Lobby Bar
Ikos Andulacia
Ikos Aria

BOOKING 2.0: The New Blueprint for Chartering a Yacht

Chartering a yacht has always symbolized exclusivity, privacy, and tailored luxury. But as luxury travel evolves, so too has the charter journey. What was once a slow, consultant-led process is now faster, more transparent, and increasingly digital, without losing its bespoke essence.

Leading this shift is IYC – The International Yacht Company – one of the world’s foremost yachting firms. With a digital-first platform, IYC simplifies the first steps of chartering while preserving the expertise and personal touch that define the experience.

IYC’s website gives clients autonomy and confidence from the outset. Intuitive search tools, detailed yacht comparisons, and transparent pricing (including taxes and APA) make browsing seamless. Features such as saved searches, instant alerts, and enquiry lists allow first-time clients to explore at their own pace, while returners enjoy a streamlined path to rebooking.

A standout innovation is IYC Reserve, a oneclick function that secures yacht availability in real time. With over 140 charters annually booked through this tool, clients value its speed and

ABOUT IYC

IYC is one of the world’s largest international yachting companies, with over 165 yachts in its charter fleet and offices across key yachting hubs worldwide. Offering expert brokerage, charter, management, and new build services, IYC is dedicated to delivering seamless client experiences, powered by innovation and backed by a passionate team of industry experts.

More information on iyc.com

certainty before being connected with an IYC consultant who perfects every detail.

Crucially, technology enhances rather than replaces the human element. Consultants remain central, applying their unmatched knowledge to pair guests with the right crew, refine itineraries, and ensure every charter feels tailor-made.

Looking ahead, booking will become even more personalized, with AI-driven recommendations, VR yacht previews, and eco-conscious filters. Yet at its core, yachting is about more than efficiency: it is about trust, expertise, and creating lifelong memories.

With IYC, Booking 2.0 means the best of both worlds: smarter digital tools combined with the luxury of personal service.

Discover the Perfect Break at Cap St Georges Hotel & Resort

Cap St Georges Hotel & Resort invites guests to discover a distinctive Mediterranean getaway. Situated along a private stretch of coastline on the southwest edge of Cyprus, the resort combines modern luxury with the island’s warm, authentic character. Located just a short drive from Paphos and close to the natural beauty of the Akamas Peninsula, it offers a setting that is both inspiring and serene.

The property features 202 individually designed rooms and suites, complemented by three outdoor pools and a 130-meter private beach. Every element of the resort is designed with comfort and style in mind, ensuring that each guest – whether traveling as a couple, with family, or solo – can enjoy an experience tailored to their needs.

Guests can spend their days sampling exceptional dining, indulging in the Spa by Valmont & Cinq Mondes, or exploring the cultural and natural attractions of Cyprus. Honeymoon

packages include thoughtful touches such as personalized welcome amenities and private seaside experiences, while families and solo travelers benefit from a variety of leisure activities and flexible services.

Dining at Cap St Georges showcases both local and international influences, from fresh Mediterranean seafood to refined Asian flavors. Signature dishes, such as Kohili’s seafood linguine made with locally sourced ingredients, highlight the resort’s commitment to quality and authenticity. Evenings are best enjoyed with a cocktail on the Chroma Lounge Bar Terrace, where guests can take in panoramic views of the sunset and the calming sound of the sea.

Beyond the resort, visitors can explore the turquoise waters of the Blue Lagoon, hike the scenic Avakas Gorge, or immerse themselves in the cultural treasures of Paphos Old Town. Wine enthusiasts can also enjoy tours of the nearby vineyards in Kathikas, enhancing their Cypriot experience.

Cap St Georges Hotel & Resort blends elevated hospitality, modern amenities, and authentic local culture. It’s a destination that offers something new with every visit – whether through innovative dining, wellness programs, or simply an unexpected moment by the Mediterranean that becomes a lasting memory.

“Evenings

are best enjoyed with a cocktail on the Chroma Lounge Bar Terrace”

THE DETAILS

For more information and reservations, please visit capstgeorges.com or contact our concierge at +357 26 000 000.

THE ALGARVE’S QUIET SEASON: Slow Living and Creative Indulgence at Four Seasons Fairways

When the summer crowds retreat and the Algarve settles into its gentler rhythm, a subtler side of Portugal’s southern coast comes alive. Bathed in soft light and stillness, this is a season of space, warmth and indulgence, cherished by locals and sought out by travellers who know the magic of visiting when life slows down. At the heart of Quinta do Lago, Four Seasons Fairways offers the perfect sanctuary from which to experience it all.

Through Autumn and into Winter, the Algarve reveals its quieter charms. The weather softens to a comfortable warmth, perfect for long walks, leisurely afternoons outdoors, and unhurried meals al fresco. Empty beaches stretch for miles, trails wind quietly through pine forests and the sunsets feel endless. With fewer crowds, every moment is easier, calmer, more indulgent.

At Four Seasons Fairways, that rhythm is woven into the very design. The villa-style accommodation balances the privacy of a retreat

with the thoughtful service of a boutique hotel. Spacious, beautifully appointed and complete with private pools or Jacuzzis, each home-from-home invites you to linger. It’s the kind of place where morning coffee on the terrace feels like a ritual and evenings can be as simple as preparing local produce in your own kitchen or letting someone else do the cooking entirely.

Wellness here is unrushed and deeply restorative. The indoor pool, sauna and serene treatment rooms are made for moments of reset, while yoga, Pilates and fitness classes are there when you crave movement. Nothing hurried, nothing forced. Food takes centre stage in this slower season. At VIVO, breakfast stretches into the day with seasonal fruit, fresh juices and expertly made coffee. Dinner at Amara feels quietly elegant, with refined takes on Portuguese flavours, panoramic views and

THE DETAILS

Seven nights at Four Seasons Fairways, staying in a two - or three-bed villa or apartment with swimming pool or Jacuzzi ranges from £1180 to £4408 on a selfcatering basis, based on travel in 2026.

fourseasonsfairways.com; visitalgarve.pt

wines from across the region. Beyond the resort, dining is a lingering affair, long seafood lunches overlooking the ocean, or wine-soaked evenings that unfold at their own pace.

This is also the perfect time for discovery. Nearby, Loulé Criativo invites you to step into the world of artisans: weaving palm and cane, crafting ceramics or jewellery, or learning how figs are transformed into delicate sweet and savoury creations. Wine lovers can join the grape harvest at Quinta da Tôr, while cultural explorers can wander the watermills of the Pólo Museológico da Água or the studios of the Palácio Gama Lobo, where creativity is celebrated in all its forms. And for those who prefer the outdoors, there are worldclass golf courses, peaceful boardwalks across the Ria Formosa, and endless coastal paths alive with migrating birds.

This season in the Algarve isn’t about doing more, it’s about feeling more. It’s time to embrace space, breathe deeper and rediscover the pleasure of simple things: a sunset glass of wine, a handmade keepsake, or the quiet luxury of a day lived entirely at your own pace. At Four Seasons Fairways, every detail is designed to let you sink into that rhythm. The Algarve’s quiet season lingers long in memory, an invitation to slow down, savour, and return to what matters most.

Wake Up in the Lakes: A Luxury Stay at Lodore Falls Hotel & Spa

For those seeking a change of pace and a taste of nature at its finest, the Lodore Falls Hotel & Spa offers an unforgettable escape in the northern Lake District. Set beside the shimmering waters of Derwentwater, with dramatic fells rising all around, this striking hotel blends five-star comforts with one of Britain’s most beautiful landscapes.

At the heart of the hotel lies The Falls Spa, an award-winning retreat where relaxation meets breathtaking views. From the outdoor infinity pool you can gaze across to Catbells, while the thermal suite, hydrotherapy pool and tranquil spaces provide hours of indulgence. Treatments using Elemis and ishga products ensure you

leave refreshed and renewed – the perfect way to experience the Lake District in comfort.

For those who prefer a more active stay, walking boots are a must. From the hotel’s doorstep, miles of trails wind through the Borrowdale Valley, along the lakeshore and up into the hills, making it easy to explore Cumbria’s dramatic scenery at your own pace.

Dining is another highlight. Mizu Pan-Asian Restaurant, a multiple award-winner, serves Japanese, Thai and Korean-inspired dishes in a sleek, contemporary setting overlooking the waterfall and river. For a different atmosphere, The Falls Brasserie offers Scandinavian-inspired interiors and a menu of modern British classics, with desserts worth saving room for.

Each bedroom and suite is thoughtfully designed to be as stylish as it is relaxing. Many feature private balconies where you can wake to unrivalled views of Derwentwater and the surrounding fells – an outlook that can’t be replicated anywhere else.

Whether you come for the spa, the dining, the walking, or simply to breathe in the beauty of the Lakes, the Lodore Falls Hotel & Spa promises a truly memorable escape, where luxury and nature come together year-round.

Discover more at lakedistricthotels.net/lodorefalls

The Ultimate French Escape:

Where Luxury meets Wild Nature in the Cantal Highlands

Willing to unveil your private French utopia? Imagine trading the urban pulse of London for the vast, untamed beauty of the French Highlands, a secret corner of Auvergne where unparalleled luxury and wild nature intertwine. This is the promise of Cantal Grand Spectacle, an exclusive new program by « instants d’Absolu » Ecolodge & Spa, crafted for those seeking profound reconnection and bespoke experiences.

Nestled in the heart of the Auvergne Volcanoes Natural Park, in the enchanting Cézallier – often whispered to be “France’s secret Mongolia” – the luxury Ecolodge & Spa offers an all-inclusive private stay. Designed for intimate groups of just 4 to 12 discerning guests, it’s a sanctuary where every detail is meticulously orchestrated to ensure absolute privacy and immersion.

Whether you envision a truly unique family adventure, a memorable gathering with cherished friends, or a discreet yet inspiring executive retreat for your most valued clients, our expert Concierge service crafts a made-to-measure journey just for

you. A journey as an invitation to breathe deeply, be inspired and reconnect with the very best of yourselves amidst breathtaking volcanic landscapes. Through the four seasons, embark on excursions on vast volcanic plateaus, discover hidden burons and rediscover the joy of pure, unspoiled nature. Here, digital distractions are intentionally limited, encouraging true presence and deeper connection with the surroundings and your companions.

Beyond the stunning scenery, the experience is a symphony for the senses, with a gourmet cuisine that celebrates the local terroir – from artisanal cheeses to fine local spirits. Each meal is in itself a culinary journey, designed to delight and surprise.

Rejuvenation awaits in the Boreal Spa, where the “Bain de Jouvence” with chromotherapy and underwater music, a steambath and a calming sauna offer perfect moments of relaxation almost in nature. Discover unique treatments like thalasource® in the « treatment cave » designed to soothe mind, body and spirit.

More than a destination, « instants d’Absolu » Ecolodge & Spa is a philosophy. It’s a place where authentic hospitality meets a preserved land, inspiring a sense of wonder that has even captivated fashion houses and garnered awards for innovation in sustainable tourism.

Experience Intimacy, Luxury, and Unspoiled Nature in secret France… your next journey? Let’s then weave together your unforgettable stay, tailored exclusively for you.

Discover more and plan your great escape: ecolodge-france.com/en/cantal-grandspectacle Tel: +33 4 71 20 83 09

Email: info@ecolodge-france.com

“Nestled in the heart of the Auvergne Volcanoes Natural Park, in the enchanting Cézallier – often whispered to be “France’s secret Mongolia” – the luxury Ecolodge & Spa offers an all-inclusive private stay”

Tranquility, Relaxation and Nature.

Experience the panoramic ocean views and the daily sunsets. Enjoy the sound of the nearby ocean and the chirping of tropical birds. In addition to its private outdoor pool and six ensuite air conditioned bedrooms, Sea Symphony villa offers a daily chef and housekeeper, high speed WiFi and airport transfer. Rental size can vary with prorated rental cost and remain exclusive.

Website - www.seasymphonyvillas.com

Email - seasymphonyvillas@gmail.com

Contact - 1 246 230 9912 / 1 246 437 9342

Social media - www.facebook.com/seasymphonybarbados

Have your car collected from the Terminal Forecourt and walk direct into check-in. On your return your car is delivered to the Forecourt and you can drive straight home.

No Buses – No Waiting

Our customised car park is only 3 minutes from The terminal enabling a prompt and reliable service. Car Park vetted annually by Surrey Police and holder of Trading Standards ‘Buy with Confidence’ award.

Book online at: www.tudorrose.co.uk or telephone 01293 822844 10% Discount Code TRLM010 Try our hotel…

The Watersmeet Hotel in Woolacombe, voted Best Waterside Hotel for UK & Ireland by Conde Nast Johansen’s 2024. Our 4 star Coastal Hotel could not be better located on the water’s edge. Luxury Balcony, Terrace Rooms & Suites all have private outdoor seating & sun loungers. Our 2 Rosette Restaurant offers dramatic sea views. from our unique cliff top location. Indoor and outdoor pool & spa.

3 Night Ramblers Package

Offer Inclusions:

• Deluxe Sea View Room

• Dinner in Rocks Restaurant

• Full Devon Breakfast

• Devon Cream Tea voucher for two

£1100 inclusive

1 Night Luxury for Less

– Suite Offer

Offer Inclusions:

• Luxury Suite with Sea View

• Dinner in Rocks Restaurant

• One bottle of champagne per stay

• Full Devon Breakfast

From £450 inclusive

Ski

WINTER SUN & SKI GUIDE

– Chase the chill in style with our guide – where powdery slopes meet golden getaways –

IMAGE: SKI SCANDINAVIA

SPECTACULAR SAINT LUCIA: Where Paradise Awaits

There are Caribbean islands you visit and there are Caribbean islands you remember. Saint Lucia belongs firmly to the latter. With its emerald peaks, rainforest trails, hidden waterfalls and those iconic Pitons rising dramatically from the sea, the island feels more like a dream than a destination. Yet it’s the way Saint Lucia blends natural beauty with world-class hospitality that makes it truly irresistible.

Take Windjammer Landing Villa Beach Resort, a hillside escape where Mediterranean-style villas cascade down to a private beach. Families and groups love the spacious living, while couples can sip cocktails with endless views of the Caribbean Sea. Just up the coast, Coco Palm brings a splash of boutique charm in vibrant Rodney Bay. It’s colourful, stylish and perfectly placed for exploring the island’s nightlife and local dining scene.

Romantics are spoiled here. Sandals Halcyon Beach is a love letter to barefoot luxury – think candlelit dinners, soft sands and every detail designed for two. Meanwhile, the newly opened Secrets St Lucia Resort & Spa offers a chic adultsonly retreat, where indulgence takes centre stage, from elevated dining to serene spa treatments.

For those seeking something a little more

hidden, Ti Kaye Resort & Spa sits on a cliffside overlooking a secluded bay, with a reputation for both its diving spots and its tranquil spa. Equally exclusive, Cap Maison is effortlessly elegant, combining Spanish-Caribbean architecture with thoughtful luxuries – like its signature champagne zipline bar, the kind of detail you’ll be telling friends about long after your return.

And then there’s the beautiful west coast. At Anse Chastanet Resort, nestled within 600 acres of lush tropical foliage, this resort is the essence of seclusion and tranquillity and with an emphasis on nature and adventure.

Neighbouring Ladera Resort feels like nowhere else in the world: its open-air suites, complete with private plunge pools, face the Pitons directly – a view so spectacular it almost defies description.

Saint Lucia isn’t just a place to stay – it’s a place to feel, to slow down and to fall in love again, with life and nature.

So be inspired and come and visit Trailfinders in one of our Travel Centres or call 020 7795 4551.

2026 SAFARI TRENDS: Where to wildlife watch in style

Luxury safaris are evolving. An African adventure is no longer solely about ticking the Big Five off your wish list. We chat to Alex McFarland from The Safari Edit to see what’s trending in 2026.

When it comes to a safari holiday, most of the travellers I’ve been speaking to are looking for a rewarding and authentic experience. One that can immerse you in the local culture and give you a deeper connection to nature. We try to create safaris that go beyond the conventional game drive, and have spotted a few trends in 2026…

1. Meaningful, purpose-driven experiences

We’re often asked about sustainable, conservationled safaris. Many of the camps we work with use electric vehicles, have their own anti-poaching patrols, and support community projects that help safeguard Africa’s wilderness. You can also help with conservation projects in the field. Few & Far Luvhondo, an eco-lodge in South Africa’s Soutpansberg Mountains, has committed to protecting 100,000 hectares of critical biodiversity,

and guests can play their part. Roll up your sleeves and spend a day with the conservation team, either planting trees or shadowing a vet. Pioneering sustainable luxury, its biophilic lodges run entirely on renewable energy.

2. Immersive safaris

You can enjoy a sleep-out experience under the stars in a comfy double bed, discover the landscape on a horseback safari, or take a bushwalk with an expert guide. Without the rumble of a vehicle, the bush comes alive. You also notice the small details: fresh tracks, a roar in the distance, birdsong in the trees. For me, few experiences rival floating along the Okavango Delta’s waterways in a traditional mokoro canoe. In this blue-green mosaic, every detail gives you goosebumps, from wallowing elephants in the reeds ahead to tiny frogs no bigger than a fingernail.

“In this blue-green mosaic, every detail gives you goosebumps, from wallowing elephants in the reeds ahead to tiny frogs no bigger than a fingernail”

– Alex, The Safari Edit

3. Privacy & exclusivity

We specialise in luxury safaris, and exclusivity is playing a key factor in deciding on a camp or reserve. Private reserves and sole-use villas ensure limited visitor numbers, meaning a less-crowded, more authentic experience. One stand-out property is Lengishu, an exclusive-use family home in Kenya’s Borana Conservancy. Surrounded by 32,000 acres of private wilderness, it hosts up to 12 guests and allows you to set the rhythm of each day. Spend the afternoon by the infinity pool or join the rangers on rhino-tracking excursions. Borana’s black rhino reintroduction programme is a remarkable success story, and today more than 100 black rhinos roam freely across the conservancy. As the sun sets behind Mount Kenya, enjoy your evenings with a sundowner on the terrace and dinners crafted from fresh produce grown in Borana’s garden.

4. A wellness (and wildlife) holiday

Interest-based safaris are gaining momentum for 2026, from birding and astrophotography to wellness retreats. Kateka, in South Africa’s Klaserie Private Reserve, prides itself on being a holistic wellness retreat where wildlife encounters and wellbeing go hand in hand. Spend the morning tracking elephants with a field guide, then return to the wellness centre where expert therapists are tasked with restoring your sense of balance. Here, you’ll not only encounter the Big Five, but you’ll leave feeling re-energised!

5. Multi-gen safaris for the whole family

Multi-generational safaris are on the rise. Families are turning to Africa to disconnect kids from tech and reconnect them to nature. Watching lions prowling the savannah together is an unforgettable shared moment. South Africa is especially popular for families, with malariafree reserves meaning you can avoid the faff of malaria medication. I can recommend Madikwe, Tswalu, and the Eastern Cape. At Madikwe Lelapa Lodge, children aged six and above are welcome on private game drives specially tailored for kids and led by FGASA-accredited guides. They’ll head back to school with tales of the bush – from bug CSI to dung tracking! Considering a safari in 2026? Contact Alex at The Safari Edit to find out more: thesafariedit.com

More Than Just a Ski Holiday…

For those in the know, Scandinavia is quickly emerging as the ultimate destination where luxury and adventure seamlessly converge. It offers ski enthusiasts and novices alike the combination of a long-guaranteed season, pristine snow conditions and world-class slopes - all set against a backdrop of some of the most awe-inspiring landscapes in the world!

Beyond the slopes, Scandinavia beckons with traditional dining experiences, authentic winter activities, a vibrant wellness culture, and a level of service paired with opulent abodes that elevates every moment of your stay. Here, an ordinary

winter getaway transforms into an extraordinary, unforgettable escape - one where every detail is meticulously crafted to exceed even the highest expectations.

For over 20 years, skiScandinavia - the UK’s premier specialist tour operator for skiing in Norway and Sweden - has been crafting bespoke itineraries that offer discerning travellers unparalleled access to Scandinavia’s most exclusive ski resorts. Their expertise has earned them a status as the leading operator in the region, and in a world where exclusivity defines luxury, a skiScandinavia holiday seamlessly blends high-end adventure, relaxation, and indulgence - ensuring an exceptional experience at every turn.

The concierge service provided by their dedicated team of experts offers travellers the confidence to book with ease and enjoy a seamless, personalised experience from start to finish.

Thanks to years of cultivating close relationships with local suppliers, skiScandinavia has built a distinguished reputation for excellence, ensuring an elevated experience for all who travel with them. From exclusive perks to unparalleled insider access, their strong network guarantees that every client enjoys VIP treatment while in resort.

Skiing in Scandinavia - with the unrivalled support and exclusive services of skiScandinavia at your fingertips - offers more than just a trip to the mountains. It provides a one-of-a-kind experience in one of the world’s most unique, effortlessly chic, and captivating winter cultures…

“The slick organisation and personal touch is what sets skiScandinavia apart from other ski holiday operators. The team know every customer by name, and they were incredibly responsive and understanding of any requests. It’s this level of service that keeps us coming back year after year.”

ski-scandinavia.co.uk

PANDA OPTICS

PANDA Optics is a UK-based sports eyewear brand founded in 2015, specialising in high-performance eyewear for snow sports and cycling. With a strong focus on polarised lens technology, PANDA Optics is committed to reducing glare from snow and road surfaces – enhancing vision, comfort, and safety in even the most challenging conditions.

Driven by optical innovation, our products are engineered for both performance and practicality. Every pair of adult goggles includes a polarised lens and a free low-light lens as standard –regardless of whether you choose our entry-level range under £100 or our top-tier Dual Vision series. While added features may vary between models, the core lens quality and optical clarity remain consistent across the range.

Our premium goggles are equipped with magnetic lens-changing systems for seamless transitions between lenses. Other key features include anti-fog lens treatments, Quattro Frame Ventilation (venting on all four sides to maximise airflow), and helmet grip technology integrated

into every strap for a secure, stay-put fit.

PANDA Optics is proudly British and actively supports a wide network of athletes and brand ambassadors – from grassroots competitors to elite performers – including four-time Olympic downhill skier Chemmy Alcott. Our commitment to the sporting community reflects our passion for performance and progression.

At the forefront of our product lineup is the Dual Vision goggle range – a true game-changer in sports eyewear. Customers can choose between a polarised Toric lens, designed to mirror the natural curvature of the human retina for enhanced field of vision, or a polarised cylindrical lens. Both lenses are magnetically interchangeable on a single frame for ultimate flexibility. Each set also includes a Toric low-light lens, ensuring you’re equipped for all visibility conditions.

Whether you’re carving through fresh powder or sprinting down open roads, PANDA Optics delivers advanced eyewear engineered for clarity, durability, and style – so you can focus on performance, not distractions. pandaoptics.co.uk info@pandaoptics.co.uk 07378 164132

“At the forefront of our product lineup is the Dual Vision goggle range – a true gamechanger in sports eyewear”

LONDON SNOW SHOW

Re-launches after 15 years. 18 & 19 October 2025, Olympia, London.

The London Snow Show is re-launching at Olympia after 15 years away. The largest consumer ski and snowboard event of the year, includes a long exhibitor list of destinations, tour operators, brands and snowsports organisations. There will also be celebrity speakers, talks and advice sessions, comedy and après style parties with live music.

There will be special features and installations including a family area, the Red Bull action zone, luxury and wellness area with speakers and live yoga classes, kit and instruction zone, information theatre, photo competitions, Alpine Stroll, themed Après Ski (with Après Ski Bands), Ski Bar Comedy and the talks stage hosted by Chemmy Alcott.

Exhibitors already confirmed include tour operators Crystal, Inghams and Ski Club Freshtracks and destinations such as Norway, Andorra, Colorado, St Anton and Gurgl also featuring alongside Vail Resorts and Ikon Pass. The retailer Ellis Brigham is returning to the show, as well as others including Ski Exchange.

Olympia has a long association with the event and is considered the home of the Snow Show (formally known by other names including The London Ski Show) and as in the past, the event will take place in the National Hall, both on the main ground floor area and the mezzanine floor above.

In 2024, The Mountain Trade Network acquired the Snow Show brand and is behind the new relaunch of the event.

Founder of The Mountain Trade Network, James Gambrill, said: “We are excited to be bringing the Snow Show back to its home at Olympia. Many skiers and snowboarders have great memories of the show over the years, and we hear so much enthusiasm for the venue. We are also bringing new elements to the event, creating a fun, action packed weekend, with lots to do and see, as well as plenty of opportunities to book holidays and buy equipment. Tickets to the London Snow Show will all be sold at a great value price point, for either one day or two, with a special price for families”.

THE DETAILS

Adult day tickets cost £10 and weekend Tickets £15. Family Day Tickets cost £25 (2 adults + up to 4 kids aged under 18). To purchase tickets, visit londonsnowshow.com

Wildtrack Nordic

Elevating the Art of Cross-Country Skiing

ITHE DETAILS

For Wildtrack Nordic, the promise is simple yet profound: an invitation to experience the timeless elegance of cross-country skiing in its purest form. True to the trail, and true to the essence of winter.

Take your place on the trail

Website: wildtracknordic.com Mobile: 07344699789

Email: info@wildtracknordic.com

and après-ski parties often dominate the narrative, a new name is redefining what it means to experience winter in style.

Wildtrack Nordic, founded by former Olympic biathletes Lee Steve Jackson and Tom Clemens, is a luxury travel company dedicated to crosscountry skiing. Their vision is clear: to deliver uncompromising standards of quality across every element of their holidays, blending worldclass coaching with handpicked hotels in some of Europe’s most enchanting destinations.

For Jackson and Clemens, Wildtrack Nordic is a shared dream to combine their decades of experience and create unforgettable experiences. Whether teaching a newcomer their first confident glide or refining the technique of a seasoned skier, the pair bring precision, patience and a rare depth of knowledge to every session.

Dedication and attention to detail is what sets Wildtrack Nordic apart. Group sizes are

and itineraries curated to balance challenge with comfort. Wildtrack Nordic caters for solo travelers, groups of friends and couples. Cross-country skiing is a brilliant sport for people looking to experience nature and challenge themselves physically whilst spending time outdoors.

Wildtrack Nordic partners with hotels that embody the same commitment to quality and refinement. In Ridnaun, South Tyrol, Italy, guests stay at the Gassenhof, a family-run retreat that blends alpine tradition with contemporary wellness. After days spent exploring the sweeping trails of the valley, guests return to relax in the spa and indulge in fine dining, whilst enjoying the atmosphere of understated elegance.

The experience is equally distinctive In Norway’s Pellestova. High above the village of Hafjell, the hotel combines Scandinavian chic with boutique luxury, its timber interiors framed by panoramic mountain views. Here, cross-country skiing is not

just a sport but a way of life, with trails unfurling from the hotel door into a landscape that has inspired generations of Norwegian skiers.

Sustainability is also at the heart of Wildtrack Nordic’s philosophy. Unlike downhill skiing, which is often tied to energy-intensive infrastructure, cross-country skiing offers a slower, more mindful way to enjoy winter. Guests spend longer immersed in nature, moving through forests and open plateaus under their own power. An experience that leaves both a lighter footprint and a deeper connection with the landscape.

Trips have been designed for people of all abilities. Introduction to cross-country skiing is aimed at those new to the sport and offers expert coaching, gentle trails and the support you need to build confidence. Improver trips are for those comfortable cross-country skiing on rolling terrain with moderate descents and uphill sections. These trips are designed to help you refine your technique by improving efficiency, control and relaxation while skiing.

To commemorate Women’s Day on Sunday 8th March, Wildtrack Nordic will run a women’s only trip, guided by former female Olympic athletes, who now dedicate their time to sharing their

passion for the sport with our guests.

Wildtrack Nordic are proud to offer World Loppet Race camps. Camps focus on technical and physical race preparation, and the guides provide race craft coaching; the art of picking the best lines, pacing and refueling your body during the race. On race day, the guides will help you with waxing and equipment preparation and be by your side. It’s like having your own race day team. This winter, Wildtrack Nordic will be attending one of the most iconic cross-country races, the 54km Birkenbeiner Rennet.

Dates, prices and detailed descriptions of each trip are available at wildtracknordic.com

“Dedication and attention to detail is what sets Wildtrack Nordic apart”

FIVE OF THE FINEST SKI CHALETS IN MORZINE

Seeking inspiration for your next family ski holiday? Take a look at these luxurious chalets in the French Alps.

When it comes to family-friendly skiing, Morzine in the French Alps is up there with the best ski resorts in Europe. While this chocolate-box style village might not be the highest resort in the Alps, it has a few tricks up its sleeve. Stay in Morzine and you can easily catch one of the lifts up to snow-sure Avoriaz or ski between Morzine and neighbouring Les Gets, allowing you to ski three resorts in one holiday. Morzine is geared-up for kids of all ages, from teens to tots. There’s an indoor ice-skating rink, swimming pool, a cinema, bars, friendly restaurants and live music most nights of the week. It’s also a hub for events, including Morzine’s Enchanted Village in the last two weeks of December. The main square comes to life with parades, light shows, brass bands, firework displays and a visit from Mr Claus himself.

Here are our top chalet picks for a family ski holiday in Morzine:

CHALET MONT DES ANGES

Chalet Mont Des Anges is great for entertaining, thanks to a swish bar that looks straight out of a London hotel. Chalet hosts will pour cocktails while you enjoy music on the expansive deck, taking in uninterrupted mountain views. The infinity pool adds to the wow factor.

THE DETAILS

Want to know more? Visit hunterchalets.com for full details.

CHALET XANADU

Looking for cosy sofas, a roaring fireplace and a homely feel? Chalet Xanadu is a great choice. Stay in winter and you can tuck into food prepared by the chalet’s fine dining chef and head to the ski lifts by sending the 24-hour driver service team a WhatsApp. Easy!

CHALET ECLIPTIQUE

Brand new and boasting one of the biggest gardens in Morzine, this mighty chalet has plenty of space for everyone. Spend evenings in the bar playing pool, set up the games table, or soak in the hot tub after a Hammam session. Toasting marshmallows over the firepit, surrounded by snowy mountains, will be a memory that lasts.

THE OLD MACARONI

The Old Macaroni has bags of charm. Each bedroom is themed around a book, and we love the bi-fold doors in the lounge that slide right back to reveal one of the best views over this traditional village. A self-playing grand piano sets the mood in the background for relaxed evenings, and a cinema is the perfect excuse for a movie night.

THE BUNGO

The Bungo is a winner if the kids love swimming. The pool is heated year-round, and there is a garden with a climbing wall and an in-ground trampoline. You may just have to dust off the snow to find it! The sleek bar is a place to socialise in the evenings, and it is fully catered in winter – so sit back and let the chef, hosts and 24-hour driver service take care of you.

SnowShepherd: A Global Leader in Winter Sports Innovation

Bringing quality at the price it should be!

SnowShepherd has established itself as one of the leading winter sports brands in the UK and Europe. Founded in 2009 by former competitive skier Tim Shepherd and his son Brandon Shepherd, also a former competitor, the company has grown from a specialist in avalanche safety gear into a globally recognised outfitter known for its premium gloves, outerwear, and sustainable production methods.

Supplying some of the world’s largest ski resorts and partnering with the ESF (École du Ski Français) in France, SnowShepherd has embedded itself firmly in alpine culture. With offices in the UK, France, and the Netherlands, and showrooms in both the French Alps and the UK, the company has a strong base across Europe. Under the joint vision of Tim and Brandon, and now led dayto-day by Brandon, SnowShepherd is expanding further afield, establishing distribution networks in the USA and Canada.

At the heart of SnowShepherd’s philosophy are its core values of sustainability, durability, and individuality. Its motto, “Don’t Be a Sheep”, reflects a commitment to originality and independence, encouraging customers to choose products that stand apart in both quality and ethos. The gear is designed to withstand the harshest winter conditions, ensuring long lifespans and reducing waste.

SnowShepherd operates it’s factory in Sialkot, Pakistan, equipped with a state-of-theart water filtration system that provides clean drinking water to thousands of people in the local community. The facility runs entirely on solar energy, minimising environmental impact while supporting ethical manufacturing. Beyond production, SnowShepherd invests in education and community initiatives to uplift and empower local families.

Crafted by skilled artisans who blend traditional workmanship with modern materials, SnowShepherd’s gloves and apparel meet the demands of professional instructors, athletes, and winter sports enthusiasts alike. Its emphasis on quality, individuality, and performance has positioned the brand as a trusted supplier for ski schools, resorts, and adventurers worldwide.

From its beginnings as a family-run business established by Tim and Brandon Shepherd to its status today as a premium global brand, SnowShepherd continues to lead with innovation, responsibility, and passion for the mountains. With expansion into North America underway, the company is set to strengthen its reputation as a world-class winter sports brand built on integrity, sustainability, and a refusal to follow the crowd. snowshepherd.co.uk. Discount code for Life readers LIFE2025 30% OFF

LUXURY SKI & SNOWBOARD HOLIDAYS, TAILORED TO YOU

When it comes to creating extraordinary ski and snowboard experiences, few names carry the same weight of expertise as Ross Griffiths and Your Endless Travel. With almost 20 years in the travel industry, Ross leads a dedicated team of specialists who share his passion for crafting luxury, long-haul, and tailor-made holidays, with specialisms in ski adventures.

Ross’s own story sets him apart. Having worked in two of the world’s most celebrated resorts— Niseko in Japan and Whistler in Canada—he brings rare first-hand knowledge of what makes these destinations truly exceptional. This insider insight, paired with his global travel experience, means clients benefit from guidance rooted not just in research but in lived expertise.

Working alongside Ross is Luke Skinner, a travel industry veteran whose extensive experience in luxury and long-haul travel brings invaluable insight into delivering seamless, high-end itineraries that complement Ross’s specialist ski expertise.

At the heart of Your Endless Travel is a simple philosophy: every holiday should be as individual as the traveller embarking on it. That’s why Ross and his team take time to understand each client, building genuine relationships that ensure every detail reflects personal tastes and priorities. From the powder fields of Japan to the iconic peaks of the Rockies, every itinerary is thoughtfully curated to deliver more than a holiday—it delivers an experience.

“Luxury isn’t about excess,” Ross explains, “it’s about understanding what matters most to our travellers—whether that’s carving first tracks through untouched powder, relaxing in a private chalet with family, or embracing the thrill of heliskiing high in the mountains.”

The company’s portfolio spans every corner of the skiing world: Japan’s renowned Niseko,

Rusutsu, and Furano; Canada’s Whistler, Sun Peaks, and Revelstoke; America’s legendary Rockies and California peaks; South America’s dramatic Andes; the pristine landscapes of New Zealand; and Europe’s timeless alpine resorts. From group adventures and family escapes to multi-resort tours and solo explorations, Your Endless Travel ensures every journey feels bespoke.

Beyond the slopes, the service is seamlessly concierge-led. Lift passes, equipment hire, spa treatments, childcare, and even ice hockey tickets are taken care of, while those looking for something different can enjoy city-and-ski combinations—pairing cultural breaks with mountain escapes. Every journey is designed to be stress-free, allowing clients to simply enjoy the freedom of travel.

This dedication to detail is reflected in glowing Trustpilot reviews, where clients praise the team’s personal touch, efficiency, and ability to “go above and beyond.” For many, Your Endless Travel has become more than a travel company—it’s a trusted partner in creating lifelong memories.

For Ross, each itinerary is far more than a booking. It’s an opportunity to share his love of the mountains, his years of expertise, and his passion for building relationships that turn clients into long-term friends.

01432804410

Ready to start planning your next ski adventure? Give us a call today to discuss ideas, plans and approximate costs – we’ll help you create a journey perfectly tailored to you. THE DETAILS

yourendless.travel/ snow-sports-holidays holidays@yourendless.travel

SCHOOL LIFE

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE • OCTOBER 2025

CAPITAL GAINS: How Cameron Vale School Turns London into a Classroom

At Cameron Vale, we proudly embrace the city of London as an extension of our classroom. As a prep school in the heart of Chelsea, just off the Kings Road, we are fortunate to have easy access to such a rich source of experiences. All pupils, from the Nursery to Year 6, are not only learning within the walls of our setting, they are engaging with the world around them developing the curiosity, confidence and critical thinking skills that will serve them well in life and in their 11+ preparation.

A recent highlight was our visit to the Houses of Parliament, where our Year 4-6 pupils (age 8-11) explored the House of Commons and

the House of Lords, observed live debates, and saw first-hand the impact of historical events, from WWII reconstruction to the legacy of the suffragette movement. Meeting a local MP was a particularly inspiring moment; our pupils asked thoughtful questions about his role and policies, demonstrating their growing understanding of governance and civic responsibility.

This experience was carefully designed to support our current affairs curriculum, helping children to:

• Understand the structure and function of British democracy

• Connect historical events to modern-day politics

• Develop public speaking and analytical skills

Meanwhile, our youngest learners, from Nursery through to Year 2, have been thriving in our weekly Forest School sessions. These outdoor experiences have been rich with seasonal observation, as the children watch the autumn leaves turn and explore the natural world through creative and practical activities. From hapa zome leaf printing to planting acorns, they’ve been thinking deeply about growth, change, and the future.

Forest School also nurtures essential life skills such as:

• Fire safety and tool use

• Environmental stewardship

• Independence and resilience

At Cameron Vale, we are committed to providing a holistic education that prepares children not just for exams, but for life. Whether in Parliament or among the trees, our pupils are learning to ask questions, seek understanding, and engage meaningfully with the world around them.

OPEN MORNING

Families are warmly invited to visit us for a personal tour at a time that suits, or join us for our next Open Morning on Wednesday 19th November. Email admissions@cameronvaleschool.com or visit cameronvaleschool.com/londonlife to book your place.

HAPPY DAYS AT EATON HOUSE SCHOOLS

Eaton House Schools has long been known as a place where academic excellence in single sex education and wellbeing go hand in hand at both sites at Eaton House Belgravia and Eaton House The Manor Clapham.

The new Principal, Mrs Alison Fleming, who joins Eaton House from Newton Prep is determined to amplify this success. She is committed to providing the very best possible education, continuing to ‘look ahead, to develop and evolve what the schools offer.’

The overriding aim is, she feels, to ensure that children ‘love coming to school and leave us, when the time comes, beautifully poised to take full advantage of all the opportunities their senior schools will offer them.’

Our aim is for every child to shine at the Eaton House Schools. We celebrate their successeswhether it’s the Eaton House The Manor boys and girls winning places to top schools (or in some cases in 2025, the King’s Scholarship to Westminster, the John Colet Scholarship to St Paul’s or the Millennium Scholarship at Brighton), boys winning the IAPS U11 Football tournament, or girls showcasing their voices in the Bel Canto choir.

At Eaton House Belgravia, we are proud of our exceptional record of success, with

many boys gaining places at 7+ and 8+ to the most academically ambitious schools such as Westminster and St Paul’s. But the boys also benefit from having fun together, being actively engaged in their learning and enjoying a range of after-school clubs and exciting trips that support the curriculum.

There is something for everyone at EHS, and every child can find their own way of contributing positively to the life of our schools. Pupils perform in spectacular plays in the on-site theatre, explore a huge range of media and sculpture in art, and take part in over 50 clubs – from Mandarin to tag rugby.

Every child is valued here and parents praise the school’s ‘open door approach’ and commitment to kindness. For all pupils, the day starts and ends with a handshake. This ritual is a moment of meaningful connection and mutual respect that allows each Head to check in with pupils.

As one boy, Rocco L. wrote on leaving: ‘The people, opportunities and memories experienced here are simply unforgettable. The only words I can use to express my gratitude are, ‘Thank you. Thank you for everyone and everything.’

To find out more about Eaton House Schools, call the Head of Admissions, Miss Sam Feilding, on 0203 917 5050 eatonhouseschools.com

“The overriding aim is, she feels, to ensure that children ‘love coming to school and leave us, when the time comes, beautifully poised to take full advantage of all the opportunities their senior schools will offer them’”

Preparing for Boarding School: a guide for London Parents

Sending your child to boarding school is a significant milestone for both parent and child. It marks the beginning of greater independence, new friendships, and exciting opportunities. With thoughtful preparation, this transition can be smooth and positive for everyone involved.

Start with conversations. Talk openly with your child about what to expect, from dorm life to weekend routines. Encourage questions and acknowledge any anxieties. Sharing your own stories of new beginnings - whether a first job or university - can help them see that change is a natural and rewarding part of growing up.

Practical preparation matters too. Involve your child in packing and choosing personal items for their room. Familiar comforts - a family photo, a favourite pillow, or a well-loved book - can make their new space feel more like home. Check the school’s packing list carefully, and label everything. Knowing where their belongings are helps children feel more organised and confident.

Foster independence early. Before term begins, let your child practise skills such as doing laundry, managing pocket money, and keeping track of timetables. Even simple responsibilities at home, like making their bed or planning their school bag, builds self-reliance that will serve them well at boarding school.

Stay connected, but not over-connected. Boarding schools encourage communication, but finding the right balance is key. Regular letters, scheduled calls, or short messages can reassure your child without intruding on their growing

THE DETAILS

Cottesmore is a boarding prep school based on the Surrey/ Sussex Border, nurturing bright minds from 4-13.

To Contact the school please visit cottesmoreschool.com

Telephone 01293 520648 or email admissions@ cottesmoreschool.com

independence. Trust the school’s pastoral team, they’re experts in helping pupils settle and thrive. Finally, remember that this transition is also yours. It’s perfectly normal for parents to feel a mix of pride and worry. Use the school’s parent network to share experiences, ask questions, and stay informed.

Boarding school offers London children a remarkable opportunity to learn resilience, build lifelong friendships, and discover who they are. With steady support and a confident send-off, your child will be ready not just to board—but to flourish.

cottesmoreschool.com

THE ENDURING ROLE OF THE LIBRARY AT SCHOOL

A library in a school is much more than just a room filled with books. It is a vibrant hub of learning, imagination, and growth for young people. The importance of a school library cannot be overstated, as it plays a crucial role in fostering a love of reading and developing essential skills in children from an early age.

At Sarum Hall our library is always buzzing with excitement and with approximately 8000 books, ranging from beloved classics to the latest graphic novels (a current favourite!), there’s something for everyone. Our dedicated pupil librarians keep the space organised and inviting and encourage their peers to explore and discover new stories.

As a lifelong book lover, it’s a joy to inspire our pupil’s passion for reading. Last term, our Year 4 enjoyed the Amelia Fang series by Laura Ellen Anderson, Year 5 explored Cath Howe’s books on big themes such as friendship and senior school transition.

Our school library provides access to a wide variety of books and resources that cater to different reading levels and interests. We work hard to ensure that our range of books are diverse and inclusive, ensuring that children see themselves and others represented in print. This encourages pupils to explore new topics, cultures, and ideas beyond their textbooks.

When children discover stories that captivate their imaginations, they develop a lifelong habit of reading, which enhances their language skills,

vocabulary, and creativity. Our partnership with The Children’s Bookshop in Muswell Hill has been invaluable in ensuring that our library remains stocked with the latest reads.

The school library also provides a quiet and safe environment where children can focus on learning. It offers a space for independent study, research, and group activities, helping children build concentration and responsibility. These skills are vital for their academic success and personal development.

Like at many schools, our pupils thoroughly enjoy when authors visit. This year we are particularly looking forward to welcoming bestselling children’s authors Beth Lincoln and Eve Wersocki-Morris.

The school library is a cornerstone of education that nurtures curiosity, knowledge, and a love for reading. By offering access to books, a conducive learning environment, and expert guidance, libraries help shape well-rounded pupils who are ready to succeed both in school and in life. Investing in school libraries is investing in the future of children and the society they will build.

sarumschool.co.uk

Could Tokyo Really Be the Smartest Destination for A Level Study?

For many families, the thought of studying A Levels in Japan might sound strange. Yet more and more parents are discovering that Japan - and Tokyo in particular - offers something their teenagers cannot get at home: the rigour of a British education combined with the life-changing experience of living in one of the world’s safest, cleanest, and most dynamic cities.

For 16–18 year olds preparing for university, this unbeaten track lays firm foundations for gaining top academic results, as well as developing a global perspective and cultural fluency. This stands them head and shoulders above most applicants competing for places within world-leading universities and companies.

It is why Tokyo is fast becoming a goto destination for ambitious sixth formers. Affordable living costs compared to the UK, excellent transport, and a reputation for safety and hospitality make it one of the best places for teenagers to thrive away from home. Add the energy of one of the world’s most innovative capitals, and you have a setting that develops confidence and vision.

Now imagine pairing these advantages with the strength of a British boarding education. This is exactly what Rugby School Japan offers.

Located just 40 minutes from central Tokyo, Rugby School Japan is the only British boarding school in Greater Tokyo. Pupils study A Levels with specialist - mainly British - teachers who know how to stretch and support them, ensuring continuity with the UK system. At the same time,

“Tokyo is fast becoming a go-to destination for ambitious sixth formers”

life in Japan gives students a global perspective that simply cannot be replicated at home. They learn to navigate a new culture, make friends from around the world, and balance academic focus with a pioneering spirit.

Parents can consider RSJ as the perfect “step up” before university: structured, secure, and academically rigorous - while offering the chance to grow in ways that stretch far beyond the classroom.

For families looking to give their teenager an edge, Rugby School Japan provides the best of both worlds: the reassurance of a trusted British education and the unique benefits of living in Tokyo.

To see what makes this pathway so distinctive, take our virtual tour and explore how A Levels in Japan could open new doors for your child. rugbyschooljapan.ed.jp

MILLFIELD SIXTH FORM

Millfield is the largest co-educational boarding and day school in the UK with the largest Sixth Form in Europe. The school has 1,300 students, 995 full boarders, and over 600 Sixth Formers, of which 150 are new each year.

The school is proud of its international character with 250 students from 75 different countries, and a further 250 British students living abroad. Students share all aspects of school life and contribute to a rich, cultural diversity that all members of the community embrace and learn from.

Students live in boarding houses which provide a real home from home environment. The campus is busy with students living on campus seven days a week, with activities and trips planned in the evenings and weekends.

Millfield’s Sixth Form programme is bespoke, an incredible feat given its size, yet class sizes rarely exceed 14. No two timetables are the same, due to the breadth and variety of opportunities on offer. Students’ needs are catered for, no matter how diverse.

Sixth Formers are offered countless leadership opportunities through becoming a prefect, Captain of School, volunteering in the local community or fundraising for charity.

In 2025, 222 students secured university offers of which 154 students gained places at Top 30 UK universities (QS rankings) including four into Oxbridge and three on competitive medicine courses.

Twenty-nine students secured places at prestigious US universities, earning scholarships worth more than $11 million. Destinations include the University of Pennsylvania, Princeton, Stanford and Yale to name a few. Millfield are specialists in assisting students wanting to study in the US, with over 130 students attending US universities in the past four years. The Futures department supports all students with guidance on post-Millfield pathways, with specialisms in North American applications and SATs which allows students to explore every option available to them. Students are empowered to be independent learners to help prepare them for life postMillfield.

Visit Millfield at their next Open Day on 28 February. Book online at millfieldschool.com/open-days

Beckenham’s Best Kept Secret

This month, we speak to Tom Carter, Head at St Christopher’s The Hall about what makes the prep school such a special place.

St Christopher’s The Hall is part of the St Dunstan’s Education Group, which champions the ethos of “Excellence. Differently.” – what does that phrase mean to you, and how do you see it coming to life here at St Christopher’s?

For me, “Excellence. Differently.” is a powerful phrase. It reminds us that true excellence doesn’t come from a rigid or uniform approach, it comes from recognising that every child is unique. At St Christopher’s, we embrace that individuality. We have high academic standards, of course, but we deliver them in a way that nurtures curiosity, creativity, and confidence. I want our children to feel that learning is exciting and empowering, not simply something to “get through.” For me, that’s what makes excellence different here: it’s deeply personal, and it’s built around unlocking the best in every child.

Just last week, I watched a Year 4 child who struggles with writing stand up in assembly and

deliver a beautifully confident speech as part of a drama project. That moment of pride, of excelling in a way that mattered to them, was just as important as any test result. Our role is to give children those opportunities to shine, wherever their talents lie.

Being in the heart of Beckenham, the school is closely woven into the local community. How do you see St Christopher’s contributing to, and benefiting from, its location? We are very fortunate to be so central in Beckenham. It gives us a wonderful connection to our community. I see St Christopher’s as both contributing to the life of Beckenham and drawing so much from it. We host events, open our doors to families, and build partnerships with local organisations, nurseries, and cultural groups. In turn, our pupils grow up with a strong sense of belonging; they understand they are part of something bigger than themselves. That’s a

life lesson as important as anything taught in a classroom.

We actively seek opportunities for our pupils to engage with and contribute to the community through initiatives such as our St Christopher’s in the Community project. This goes beyond fundraising or collecting donations, it’s about giving time, effort, and energy to causes that matter locally. Children help at local care homes, participate in environmental projects, and run workshops or events for younger pupils and families. These experiences teach them responsibility, empathy, and the value of making a tangible difference.

Every school has its own character and personality. What would you say makes St Christopher’s unique, and how would you like that to evolve under your leadership?

St Christopher’s has a very special personality. It combines the warmth and intimacy of a traditional prep school with the dynamism of being part of a forward-thinking educational group. Parents often tell me how nurturing and family-like our environment feels, and I never want us to lose that. At the same time, we are ambitious for our children. Initiatives like our Horizon Project, where pupils explore character, leadership, sustainability, and life skills, show how we prepare them for the world beyond academics. Under my leadership, I want to strengthen this balance: maintaining the close-knit, caring community that makes us unique, while continuing to innovate and open doors to new opportunities for our pupils.

Parents today look for more than just strong academics – they want schools that nurture individuality and character. How does St Christopher’s balance academic rigour with developing well-rounded, confident children?

Parents are absolutely right, education today must be broader than exam results. At St Christopher’s, we are proud of our academic rigour, but we don’t see it as the whole story. We place equal importance on nurturing individuality and developing character. Through our rich curriculum, music, drama, sport, art, and pastoral care, we give children many different avenues to find their voice and their strengths.

At St Christopher’s, we hold our character values at the heart of everything we do: kindness,

respect, resilience, curiosity, and responsibility. These aren’t just words on a poster, they permeate our curriculum, our assemblies, our co-curricular opportunities, and even the way children interact with one another in the playground.

I think about our Year 5 and 6 concert earlier this year. Yes, the pupils showed great skill, but more than that, they demonstrated confidence, teamwork, and creativity. Parents told me afterwards how proud they were not just of their child’s performance, but of how the whole group supported one another.

That’s the balance we strive for: rigour in the classroom, but also plenty of opportunities for children to explore, express, and grow as people. It’s about creating confident, compassionate, and adaptable young people, children who are not only academically prepared but also ready to thrive in life beyond school.

stchristophersthehall.org.uk admissions@ stchristophersthehall.org.uk

St Christopher’s The Hall School 49 Bromley Road Beckenham BR3 5PA

MEET THE HEAD

This month, Alex Brewer, Head of Sixth Form at St Dunstan’s College, shares how the school has established itself as one of the nation’s leading independent schools.

St Dunstan’s Sixth Form has been achieving record-breaking A Level results in recent years – what do you feel has driven this success? Our success comes from the balance we strike between intellectual rigour and personal development. Students benefit from smaller classes, expert teaching, and targeted support, but also from an ethos that encourages them to think boldly, question deeply, and enjoy learning. By fostering independence and resilience alongside academic mastery, we help them to achieve their very best results.

The College’s ethos is “Excellence. Differently.” – how does that philosophy come to life in the Sixth Form experience?

At St Dunstan’s, excellence is never defined by grades alone. “Excellence. Differently.” means combining academic ambition with moral purpose and the courage to innovate. Our Diploma programme embodies this, ensuring that students grow as thinkers, leaders, and compassionate

“Students benefit from smaller classes, expert teaching, and targeted support, but also from an ethos that encourages them to think boldly, question deeply, and enjoy learning”

citizens through strands such as Inspired Minds, True Character, and Global Futures.

How has the Sixth Form transformed in recent years, and what impact has that had on students and outcomes?

The introduction of the St Dunstan’s Diploma has been transformative. It has embedded academic stretch, personal growth, and future readiness into the daily life of every student. As a result, our Sixth Formers leave not only with outstanding results, but also with the skills, confidence, and integrity to thrive at university and beyond.

Beyond exam results, what makes life in the Sixth Form at St Dunstan’s unique compared with other schools in London?

Life here is dynamic and outward-looking. Students lead assemblies, curate festivals, volunteer locally, and engage with the cultural richness of London. They compete nationally, publish in academic journals, and learn from alumni leaders. This combination of intellectual challenge and real-world opportunity makes the experience uniquely vibrant.

Sixth Form is often a bridge between school and university or the world of work – how do you prepare your students for the next step?

Global Futures is central to our preparation. From Oxbridge masterclasses to mock interviews, national competitions, and career pieces with employers and universities, students are supported to match ambition with readiness. They also develop practical life skills—from managing finances to leading projects—ensuring they leave us fully equipped for the challenges ahead.

What kind of young people leave the St Dunstan’s Sixth Form, and what do you hope they carry with them from their time here?

Our alumni leave as confident, capable, and compassionate young adults. They carry not only excellent academic results, but also resilience, integrity, and a strong sense of purpose. Above all, we hope they leave with the courage to think independently, act responsibly, and make a meaningful contribution to the world.

Find out more about St Dunstan’s College Sixth Form at an upcoming event. Book at stdunstans.org.uk

DISCOVER THE MAGIC OF FAIRLEY HOUSE

Transforming learning outcomes from Year 2 onwards

Fairley House is renowned for being London’s leading day school for students with specific learning differences (SpLD), catering for boys and girls from Years 2 – 11. The school was the first of their kind in the country and the deep expertise built up over the last forty years has made Fairley House a true centre of knowledge in the field of dyslexia, dyspraxia, dyscalculia and dysgraphia. Based in the heart of Central London, the school supports around 200 students, helping them to build their confidence and truly discover a love of learning. The school’s magic formula, perfected over time, transforms the learning outcomes for their students so they can achieve things they may have never thought possible.

This transformation can take place that much more quickly if specialist education is sought when a child’s specialist needs are first identified. Deputy Head and Junior Department SENCo Alex Benkreira, explains, “we are there to equip students with the confidence, knowledge and tools they need to overcome their learning challenges and re-enter mainstream education. Sometimes this can take one, two years, or longer, but invariably takes less time the earlier they seek specialist provision”.

At Fairley House smaller class sizes mean students have the individualised support they need and the school provides an environment in

which to build their confidence and friendships. A transdisciplinary approach combining the professional expertise of specialist teachers, speech and language therapists and occupational therapists is embedded into the educational experience and accelerates students’ progress. Importantly, their staff are highly adept at applying the most effective methods and resources to inspire and empower their students to reach their full potential.

School should be a magical time in every child’s life where firm foundations are put in place for future success, whatever their ambitions may be. Specialist education can play a pivotal role in this for primary aged learners with additional needs, and have a transformative impact on their learning journey, through school and beyond.

THE DETAILS

Find out more about Fairley House and how their magic formula can transform your child’s learning journey.

Sign up to their upcoming Open Evening at 6pm on Wednesday November 5th Visit their website at fairleyhouse.org.uk

WHERE CHILDREN BEGIN TO BECOME: CLAYESMORE OPENS ITS PRE-PREP

For more than 130 years, Clayesmore School has offered an education that goes beyond results. Set amidst the rolling Dorset countryside, it has earned a reputation for helping children flourish academically and personally – nurturing confidence, resilience and curiosity that lasts a lifetime.

Now, with the opening of a new Pre-Prep for Reception, Year 1 and Year 2, this unique ethos can begin at the very start of a child’s learning journey.

At Clayesmore, success looks different for every child. The school is known for seeing each pupil as an individual – recognising their strengths, supporting their challenges and celebrating their progress. The new Pre-Prep is being designed to reflect this philosophy from the earliest years, ensuring young learners benefit from the same warmth, encouragement and personal attention that define the wider school.

The Pre-Prep will offer a nurturing yet stimulating environment where children can explore, question and grow in confidence. With small class sizes, specialist teaching, and access to Clayesmore’s outstanding facilities – including creative studios and a 25-metre swimming pool –pupils will enjoy a rich and balanced education.

Clayesmore’s strength lies not only in its academic excellence but also in its exceptional pastoral care. Parents often speak of the

transformation they see in their children: from shy and hesitant to confident, capable and full of enthusiasm for learning. By beginning this journey earlier, in Reception and Key Stage 1, Clayesmore can ensure every child builds a strong foundation –academically, socially and emotionally.

Beyond the classroom, the Pre-Prep will embrace the school’s spirit of discovery. Outdoor learning, creative play and exploration will help children develop independence, resilience and a love of learning – all within a close-knit, caring community.

The launch of the Pre-Prep marks an exciting new chapter for Clayesmore – a place where individuality is valued, personal growth is encouraged, and lifelong curiosity begins.

Contact to register your interest and arrange a visit to discover what makes Clayesmore so unique.

Register now via the QR code on the opposite page.

“The launch of the PrePrep marks an exciting new chapter for Clayesmore – a place where individuality is valued, personal growth is encouraged, and lifelong curiosity begins”

BELONG. THRIVE. ACHIEVE.

Inside the award-winning school that is capturing the hearts of families.

In the leafy surroundings of the New Forest, just a short drive from the Hampshire–Dorset border, Ballard School is quietly making waves. Crowned Co-Educational School of the Year 2024, this independent day school for pupils aged two to sixteen is fast becoming the school of choice for families who want more than just strong results, they want their children to feel seen, supported, and inspired.

Ballard offers a rare blend: academic rigour with record-breaking GCSE results, paired with over 150 weekly co-curricular activities, and a proactive approach to wellbeing. But what truly sets Ballard apart is the atmosphere. There is a warmth here that is hard to describe but easy to feel.

“As a family, we feel very fortunate to be part of such a bright and inspiring school

“Ballard’s philosophy is clear: to encourage every child to be the best version of themselves, now and in the future”

environment,” say new parents. Others speak of the transformation they have seen in their children: “My child is much happier at Ballard,” says one Year 7 parent. “She’s come on leaps and bounds,” adds a Year 2 parent. One Reception parent puts it simply: “It’s just the best school, every day.”

Ballard’s philosophy is clear: to encourage every child to be the best version of themselves, now and in the future. The school inspires and challenges pupils, nurturing a lifelong love of learning and helping them grow into confident, balanced, kind and resilient individuals. Its holistic, values-led education and inclusive community allow children to be themselves, think of others and positively contribute to the world.

This ethos is reflected in the school’s outstanding academic record. Ballard continues to

buck the national trend, with half of all GCSEs passed at the highest grades (9-7), more than double the national average and 14.3% at Grade 9, nearly three times the national average. Almost 42% of pupils gained a Grade 9 in one or more of their examinations. On average, each pupil achieved 0.88 of a grade higher than expected (based on their baseline assessment) in every subject, with 48% of pupils gaining on average, at least a whole grade higher for every subject. More importantly, it is full of happy, busy children who love coming to school, leaving Ballard full of a confident humility, ready to make a difference.

With a huge array of opportunities including trips and GCSE “Raising Attainment” sessions a week, Ballard’s co-curricular programme is designed to give pupils of all ages a breadth of opportunities, from Mandarin to special effects. Whatever their individual strengths or curiosities, there is something for everyone.

The school’s proactive pastoral care ensures that every child is known and supported. “At Ballard, every child is a priority,” says a parent. It’s a sentiment echoed by pupils too. “The teachers go the extra mile to help shape you into the best version of yourself,” says a Year 9 pupil. Another (Year 11) reflects, “The experiences I’ve gained at this school have truly shaped who I am as a person.”

Ballard is proudly phone-free, a decision that fosters focus, connection and presence, qualities that are increasingly rare in today’s fast-paced world. Pupils are encouraged to engage fully

with their learning and with each other, building confidence and friendships that last.

THE DETAILS

Contact their friendly Registrar on 01425 626900 or via email –registrar@ballardschool.co.uk to find out how Ballard can help your family thrive.

The sense of belonging is tangible. “We’re incredibly proud to be part of the Ballard family and grateful for the positive changes it has brought to our children’s lives,” says one parent. Another, with children in Years 9 & 11, adds, “It’s hard to express in a few words all the amazing opportunities they’ve had.”

The school’s achievements speak volumes: finalists for national awards in Sport, Performing Arts, Design and Musical Theatre; Ballard’s Eco Ambassadors also retained their Eco-Schools Green Flag status, this time with Distinction. As well as team success, Ballard’s alumni include four Paris Olympians, three Olympic medallists, world champions, successful authors, actors, an international opera star, and a pop band.

Perhaps the most telling endorsement comes from a Year 9 pupil:

“If you’re thinking about going to Ballard, trust me, it’s the best decision you’ll make.”

For families seeking a school where children are not only educated but truly belong, Ballard may be exactly what they’ve been looking for.

Reimagining Learning For The AI Age

In the heart of Chelsea and Kensington, Cresconova Labs is transforming what supplemental education can look like.

As Artificial Intelligence and other technologies reshape our world, the qualities that matter most – creativity, imagination, collaboration, and resilience – become even more powerful when paired with the right tools. At Cresconova Labs, at 47 Redcliffe Gardens, advanced technologies are not ends in themselves but catalysts that spark curiosity, build confidence, and nurture future innovators.

Picture a group of children huddled together designing capsules and determined to keep their “egg-stronaut” safe. They measure angles, calculate force, test materials, and debate design choices, all while racing against the clock to refine their capsules. At launch, the staircase becomes their proving ground. Some eggs land intact, others not, but each outcome sparks laughter, fresh

“From rockets to runways, every activity at Cresconova Labs reflects a multidisciplinary approach, showing children that true innovation lives at the intersections”

hypotheses, and another round of iteration. What seems like play is actually deep learning in action – strengthened by resilience, teamwork, and inventive thinking.

In another room, students are just as intensely focused, turning fabric remnants into haute couture, more than just an accessory – designed with precision, crafted with a focus on texture and form, creating a one-of-a-kind piece focused on environmental responsibility. Students explore history through textiles, apply geometry in pattern-making, and express individuality through color and form. Beneath the fashion design lies critical thinking, imagination, and a consciousness of sustainability.

From rockets to runways, every activity at Cresconova Labs reflects a multidisciplinary approach, showing children that true innovation lives at the intersections. The tools – resin printers, laser cutters, robotics, AR/VR – are just the beginning; the true outcome is mastery, when knowledge across disciplines converges into creativity. “At Cresconova Labs, creativity is not the opposite of rigor; it is the highest form of it, preparing children not just to consume technology but to create it,” says Christine Braun, Cresconova’s Chief Creative Officer, formerly Director of REEF Makerspace, Harvard University. Cresconova Labs’ vision is clear: to offer the community something truly new – an experience where curiosity meets creativity. Learn more at cresconova.org/labs

BABIES & KIDS

BEWARE THE CROCODILE!

Snap up this Captain Croc t-shirt! Featuring a playful print of three cheeky crocs in varying shades of green, this long-sleeved top is perfect for little adventurers. Made from 100% organic cotton with popper shoulder opening (up to and including size 3 years). kite-clothing.co.uk

AUTUMN INCOMING

Since 1976, these guys have been making clothes that are loved by small, large, boisterous, happy, shy, sloppy, wide-awake, forgetful and messy kids. polarnopyret.com/en/uk

COOKING UP A STORM

Our beautiful Maileg Miniature Kitchen is a must have for your house of miniature. The kitchen comes with 3 freshly baked buns in the oven folkinteriors.com

WE LOVE

This little girl ghost plush to get even the littlest into the Halloween spirit! bmstores.co.uk

LITTLE LONDONER

Let your little one show off some British charm with our London Inspired Cotton Baby Bib. Made from 100% soft, breathable cotton, this comfy bib features classic illustrations of London guards, Westminster Abbey, a London bus, and taxi. shop.westminster-abbey.org

Spook-tacular Halloween thrills and festive cheer await

LEGOLAND® WINDSOR RESORT

The countdown to the most bricktacular time of the year is on as the LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort gearsup for a double helping of holiday magic with the return of Brick or Treat and LEGOLAND at Christmas.

Whether you’re howling for Halloween or dreaming of a jolly LEGO Christmas, there’s something for everyone to enjoy this autumn and winter.

BRICK OR TREAT

This month, LEGOLAND Windsor Resort is transforming into a haunted haven. Guests can take a stroll down the new Trick or Treat Trail, where a motley crew of ghoulish characters will bring spooky surprises around every turn.

Back by popular demand is the Monster Jam Harbour Show guaranteed to thrill with monstrous music, rocking dance routines, special effects and amazing costume characters.

Families can also look forward to the Haunted House Monster Party featuring Lord Vampyre, the Creepy Cobweb Castle adorned with pumpkin heads and skulls plus with the Disco Dragon, filled with mischievous monsters and ghoulishly good entertainment.

Running on select dates until 1st November, Brick or Treat is set to deliver a chillingly good time.

THE DETAILS

Tickets for LEGOLAND Windsor start from £34 per person, with kids under 90cm going free. Short break packages start from £60 per person.* For further information, please visit legoland.co.uk

LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort, Winkfield Road, Windsor, Berkshire, SL4 4AY.

CHRISTMAS AT LEGOLAND WINDSOR RESORT

LEGOLAND Windsor Resort is decking the halls from 22nd November to 4th January 2026 as it transforms into a winter wonderland, complete with twinkling lights, its iconic giant DUPLO® Christmas tree and festive scenes hidden among iconic landmarks in Miniland.

There are a variety of festive shows and entertainment, including the brand-new Strolling Band and Elf Training Academy. Father Christmas will also be visiting the Resort over the Christmas period ready to spread some ho-ho-holiday cheer in his magical grotto.

Guests looking to extend their booking can enjoy a short break at one of the three themed resort accommodations. From monsters to mistletoe, pumpkins to presents, LEGOLAND Windsor is the perfect place to build memories together.

New Collection Launches From April & White Designed To Create a Wildly Magic Christmas

Introducing April & White’s 2025 Wildly Magic Christmas Collection, designed to bring the true magic of Christmas to life. Handcrafted by a team of elves and shipped from the North Pole, the collection of bespoke and personalised products has been designed with meticulous attention to the tiniest details.

From letters from Father Christmas to the perfect Christmas Eve mementos and Stocking Fillers, April & White helps you to make magical family memories this festive season.

KEY ITEMS IN THE CHRISTMAS RANGE INCLUDE:

Personalised Letters From The North Pole

A range of beautiful personalised letters that capture the magic of Christmas and come brimming with wonder and whispers of festive secrets. Each letter is lovingly personalised with details designed to make a child’s eyes sparkle and their heart believe and includes an extra sprinkle of magic with a first-class ticket to explore the starry sky on Christmas Eve night.

Letters are written in beautiful hand calligraphy on luxury paper and envelopes coming in a choice of Holly Berry Red, Candy Cane Pink or Snow White and feature the new Christmas postage stamp from the North Pole Village. Every letter includes a personalised P.S. at the end. Choose to have your letter from Father Christmas or Santa Claus.

Sibling letters (alternative version) are also available.

Choose from

• Letter from Father Christmas – The Wish Jar

• Letter from Father Christmas – The Snowstorm

• Baby’s First Letter

• Father Christmas Letter – for new readers

• Father Christmas Letter – for 2 or more siblings

• The Believe Letter from Father Christmas

• Invitation to Lapland

• Bespoke Letter

Christmas Eve Box

The magic begins the moment they lift the lid…

Inside you’ll find everything needed for the most enchanting Christmas Eve:

• A note from Father Christmas / Santa Claus, with special instructions for the night ahead (that’s personalised by name).

• Reindeer Food - fuel to keep those hooves flying until morning.

• Magic Dust - to sprinkle so that Father Christmas knows exactly where to find you.

• North Pole Pennies - chocolate coins tucked inside a natural bag, with a brand new gold foil hand-stamped tag. (also available to buy separately) Includes biodegradable glitter for our Magic

Dust, so it’s kind to the planet while keeping the magic alive.

Tambourine

Music makes magic. These handpainted 6 inch tambourines are the perfect accompaniment to the Christmas festivities, especially for little hands that love making a big noise. With coordinating ribbons. Choose from “Believe” or “Wish”

Music Boxes

This vintage wind up Christmas pocket music box is perfect to pop into your little one’s Christmas Eve box or stocking or to give as a sweet gift in the lead up to the big day. Choose from Let It Snow, Jingle Bells and Winter Wonderland.

The Believe Reindeer Bell

Carefully sourced from India, this beautiful Reindeer Bell has been crafted to the highest quality and comes with a personalised tag and handmade silk ribbon. Each bell comes in an intricately designed box with a personalised tag, accompanied by a secret message on the inside.

Magical Memory Journal

A super-sweet storybook-style keepsake designed to help children capture the sparkle and wonder of their Christmas.

Every journal is personalised with the child’s name and a unique journal number, making it a truly one-of-a-kind piece to treasure.

Inside, you’ll find sweet prompts, memory jars, elf checklists, space to draw and dream, and even a section for parents to record your own magical memories.

Each book also includes 2 surprise Magical Tokens - little keepsakes to celebrate kindness, bravery, joy and more.

Printed on premium paper, this perfect bound book is made to be loved and kept - forever.

Available in pale blush pink or off-white.

The April & White Wildly Magic Christmas Collection is available now. Last orders for personalised letters is 5th December. aprilandwhite.co.uk

BORN FROM LOVE AND LEGACY

My name is Nici, “Blue Bear & Co.” has been created in memory of my son Charlie. He was gifted a light blue teddy bear when he was born, which he named “Blue Bear.” Wherever Charlie went Blue Bear was never far behind. I wanted a teddy special enough to hold a voice recording of Charlie, a heartbeat and a scent, but couldn’t find one anywhere, so I decided to make my own. The sense of fulfilment and connection was instant, it massively comforted me and Charlie’s siblings too.

Light Blue Bear

When Charlie became unwell, he would always have his beloved Blue Bear to squeeze and comfort him. The death of a child changes your life forever. I wanted to keep Charlie and Blue Bear’s memory alive by producing a traditional looking 20cm teddy bear in a light blue shade, a beautiful gift with the same super soft luxury feel as the Brown Bears.

Brown Bear

Super soft, snuggly and lovingly crafted out of the finest materials. Each brown bear encompasses a plushie removable heart which you can infuse with a scent of choice. It holds our unique and special heart device which has a soothing heartbeat and enables you to record a personal message.

Dark Blue Bear

In keeping with the brand name, I introduced a 20cm darker blue bear as part of the collection. This bear has inspired our published Children’s book ‘Finding You’.

Pink Bear

The adorable Pink Bear joins our collection at the end of November, ready to bring extra Christmas magic.

We have also created a series of beautiful Blue Bear & Co illustrated prints by award winning local artist Lori S Creatives. Available framed and unframed, or choose a hand painted greeting card. Gorgeous one-of-a-kind gifts for all teddy lovers.

Blue Bear & Co. Bears for Life.

Born from Love and Legacy.

In a world filled with keepsakes and gifts, few creations combine comfort, meaning, and memory quite like a bear from Blue Bear & Co.

Founded by Nici Robinson in memory of her son Charlie, the brand was born from grief but has transformed into a lasting legacy. Each bear is more than a plush toy - it’s a companion - a symbol of love and a source of comfort for the most tender of life’s moments.

The journey began with the Brown Bear, the World’s first luxury bespoke bear which carries

something deeply personal. Inside every bear rests a soft, plush heart which can be infused with a loved one’s scent, a personal voice recording device and even a soothing heartbeat function. It’s a sensory experience; all wrapped up in a big hug - the ultimate way of keeping someone close, even when they can’t be near. A beautiful idea which quickly resonated with families seeking comfort and connection.

Soon after, the Light Blue Bear joined the collection. This cute addition supports Thumbs Up for Charlie, a charity very close to Nici’s heart, which raises awareness and vital funds for Charlie’s charity, whilst spreading positivity in her son’s memory.

Dark Blue Bear was then introduced, also inspiring the emotive children’s picture book Finding You, which resonates with children and adults alike - a story of hope, courage, comfort and inner strength. Pink Bear will be arriving in mid-November, just in time for Christmas!

What sets Blue Bear & Co. apart is its unique fusion of innovation and emotion. These aren’t just plush toys - they are keepsakes which grow with you, designed to soothe, comfort and remind us of the bonds that matter most. Whether gifted to a child, offered as support through grief, or cherished as a meaningful memento, each bear carries with it the promise of a lasting connection.

Blue Bear & Co. calls them “Bears for Life”, and it’s easy to see why. More than companions, these beautiful keepsakes are touchstones of memory, symbols of resilience and testaments to the enduring power of love.

Something truly unique - a gift which comforts, connects, and truly lasts a lifetime.

You can visit them at the Good House Keeping Live with Country Living Christmas Market, 12th to 15th November 2025, Business Design Centre.

Discover more at bluebearandco.co.uk

Find out what it is really like to be Father Christmas!

Join Santa as he awakes from a dream of sun, sea and sand only to find it is the busiest day of the year: Christmas Eve.

Watch as he prepares for his Christmas deliveries, feeds his reindeer and finally takes flight into the snowy night.

Back for another brilliant year, Christmas isn’t Christmas without this Lyric family favourite, co-produced with the Olivier Award-nominated Pins & Needles Productions.

19thNovember –27thDecember2025

Ticket prices increase with demand, so book early for the best prices. Lyric Hammersmith Theatre, tickets from £14.

lyric.co.uk

Lolabé Baby is an Australian brand creating play gyms, mobiles, and nursery accessories that bring joy to little ones and blend seamlessly into modern family homes. Our products are safe, practical, and timeless — combining playful details with thoughtful design. Each piece is made with care to make everyday moments with your baby feel that little bit more special. We believe the early years are precious and pass quickly, which is why our items are more than just products — they are keepsakes to be cherished. Lolabé offers designs families can enjoy now and treasure for years to come.

www.lolabebaby.com

THE BABY SHOW 2025

24th - 26th October, Olympia London

The Baby Show is back - the UK’s largest and best-loved pregnancy and baby event is coming to Olympia. A one-stop shop for products, services and advice, The Baby Show is the nation’s largest shopping destination for all things baby.

Visitors can compare, try, and buy products and enjoy exclusive deals from hundreds of brands. From independent boutique companies and online stores to the biggest baby brands in the industry, including Tommee Tippee, Silver Cross, Mamas & Papas, MAM, Baby Planet, Maxi Cosi, Mama Bamboo, Cybex, Nuna, UppaBaby, iCandy and more!

New and exciting brands such as The Organised Mums, Atelier Lilu, Essence of Motherhood, Hugs & Suds and Nurtura will also be featuring.

Selling everything you could need from cots to car seats, buggies to baby clothes, muslins to nursery furniture, The Baby Show is the event of the year for those celebrating a new arrival –looking for products at the best discounted prices.

The Live Talks Stage will be jam-packed with parenting experts and celebrities sharing their mum or dad journeys. The UK’s top experts will be sharing their tips on the most important issues affecting new parents including feeding, sleep, birth, first aid, health and fitness and many more.

The hugely popular Buggy Testing Track will

be returning, where parents to be can try out all the prams on a range of different terrains, while receiving expert advice from Project Baby, ensuring they purchase the right pushchair for their lifestyle.

The event ensures hassle-free shopping with a baby in tow, with a dedicated baby-changing area, for those planned (or unplanned!) changing stops, where visitors can sample complimentary nappies and wipes. There’s also The Baby Feeding Café, where parents can feed their baby, or visitors can indulge in a moment of calm at the Obaby Meditation Station.

There is also a number of Tommee Tippee packages, where you can buy your tickets AND all your newborn essentials in advance so you can take advantage of some great offers. Visitors can also add on a Baby Show goody bag for only £6, worth over £75!

For more information and to purchase tickets, visit thebabyshow.co.uk

“Visitors can compare, try, and buy products and enjoy exclusive deals from hundreds of brands”

MOKEE

Sustainable Nursery Furniture for Safe Sleep

READER OFFER: SAVE £10

Choosing the right nursery furniture is one of the most important decisions for new parents. At Mokee, we’ve spent 12 years perfecting simple, safe and sustainable baby furniture that makes parenting a little easier. Our Scandinavian-inspired designs are loved across the UK and Europe, and we’ve recently expanded to bring our quality furniture to the Middle East too.

The heart of our collection are our awardwinning cot beds, crafted in Europe from solid beechwood with no chemicals or harmful finishes. Available in two sizes and seven colours, they easily convert to toddler beds, growing with your child from newborn through to their preschool years. Every cot bed comes with a 3-year guarantee and free delivery for complete peace of mind.

Our newest colour, walnut, has quickly become a favourite! Inspired by timeless vintage nurseries yet designed for modern life, this rich hue brings a touch of elegance and warmth to any space. It features the same solid beechwood construction, finished with a beautiful walnut stain for a vintageinspired cot that will be a cherished piece for years to come.

For a completely natural sleep space, our untreated beech cot bed pairs perfectly with our natural mattress. Made from 100% natural materials including coconut and wool, it is naturally breathable, hypoallergenic and temperature regulating.

“Our newest colour, walnut, has quickly become a favourite”

We make things easier with our cot bed bundles, offering smart combinations that help you save while getting everything you need. Choose the perfect bundle to suit your family’s needs and budget.

At Mokee, we believe nursery furniture should be safe, simple and built to last. No complicated designs or toxic materials - just quality materials, thoughtful features and honest prices.

Use code ‘LIFEMAG’ for an EXTRA £10 OFF your order over £100. mokee.co.uk

Little Folks Furniture

At Little Folks Furniture we believe a child’s bedroom should be more than just a place to sleep, albeit restorative sleep night after night is the priority. Today’s children live, learn and dream in these spaces, and we design beds, mattresses and furniture that rise to meet this beautifully complex brief.

Our designers begin with a myriad a sketches and detailing, meaning that our designs are unique and exclusive. At the heart of this though is a deep understanding of what makes for a better bed and what modern family life demands. We carefully construct our bed frames from sustainably sourced solid hardwoods, chosen for their strength and durability and then the richness they bring to painted finishes. Traditional mortice and tenon jointing echoes the exceptional design to produce beds built to last and offering enduring quality that supports your child through every chapter.

With over 30 years of experience, we’ve earned a reputation for our expertise and with an uncompromising understanding of product and safety. Our in-house test facility puts every design through its paces, ensuring it stands up to real family life, not just the showroom. We apply the same degree of knowhow to a small but perfect range of children’s mattresses (including our natural wool mattresses) designed to deliver proper support over the critical period of growing and through teenage years.

We consider how a child interacts with their space; how it can nurture independence, spark imagination, and offer moments of calm. From underbed trundles and sleepovers, integrated desks and homework and day beds for reading or

socialising, our designs adapt to your child’s world, offering practical solutions with a touch of magical multifunctionality.

Choosing a bed shouldn’t be stressful. It should feel like a confident step toward creating a home that reflects your own values - thoughtful, enduring, and quietly joyful. At Little Folks Furniture, we bring together design integrity, manufacturing expertise and timeless style, so you can rest easy knowing your child’s space is as considered as the rest of your home.

littlefolksfurniture.co.uk

READY FOR AUTUMN ADVENTURES

With the autumn months fast approaching, sustainable Swedish childrenswear brand

PO.P (Polarn O. Pyret) is thrilled to present its all-new AW25 Outerwear collection, designed to keep children aged 0-10 years warm, dry and ready for adventure. Promising stylish, durable and 100% waterproof garments, every item in the collection is made to last at least three children – or more!

To start the season, PO.P presents the snap-in family – a clever layering system of outerwear combining a waterproof outer layer with a variety of cosy mid-layers. Designed to adapt to unpredictable weather, the clever snap-in function allows parents to mix and match the Waterproof Stormy Shell Jacket with windproof fleeces, soft fleeces, puffer jackets and gilets.

These layers can be easily fastened together to create a custom all-weather solution – ideal for everything from chilly school runs to weekend adventures. Simply add or remove layers as temperatures shift or activity levels change,

helping kids stay warm, dry and comfortable even on the rainiest of days!

PO.P’s much loved Waterproof Kids Stormy Shell Jacket is back in an array of new colours. Take on those sudden showers with the brand’s iconic rain jacket, voted number one in the children’s raincoats category by IndyBest. With a 12,000mm water column to keep children dry all day in torrential rain, it’s warm, windproof and durable – whilst remaining lightweight and breathable. Not to mention an adjustable hood, drawcord hem and adjustable cuffs, this quality jacket wears well, washes beautifully and offers better mobility for active kids. Labelled PO.P WeatherPRO® meaning the jacket meets the highest standards for functional outerwear, keep it handy on the go for sudden downpours, to keep little ones comfortable and dry.

Snap-in your second layer with PO.P’s bestselling Windproof Fleece Jacket, Lightweight Jacket, Lightweight Gilet Vest or Soft Fleece. For colder weather, simply connect the midlayer and Stormy Shell Jacket together using the clever poppers or wear the layers separately for a 3-in-1, all weather, all-year round solution. To stay coordinated, outerwear is available in matching colour palettes, to be mixed and matched throughout the entire collection. Made from 100% recycled materials, the selection of fleeces are breathable and warm, perfect for everyday wear and the great outdoors!

NEW for the season and a must for puddle jumping, the durable Shell Puddlesuits offer top-to-toe protection for little ones aged 6 months to 6 years. Made from recycled polyester with a 12,000mm water column, they’re fully waterproof and windproof with taped seams and elasticated cuffs to keep the chill out. With thoughtful details like a long zip, detachable hood and three bold colourways, including a cheery cherry print, deep blue and soft lavender, this is a wet-weather essential parents will love.

Not forgetting the smallest members of the family, the Waterproof Baby Pramsuit, made from 100% recycled plastic with a soft brushed fleece lining, will keep baby warm, dry and cosy this season for their very first winter. In a delightful neutral beige, light blue and a classic

navy colour, parents can rest assured baby will be snug as a bug during the colder months. If a garment shows signs of wear overtime, the ‘PO.P Repairs’ service (free for PO.P+ members) will fix zips and broken poppers - no matter how old the garment - ensuring each item can be worn for many more years and handed down to siblings. The PO.P AW25 outerwear collection is all about clothing that can be easily adapted depending on weather conditions and temperature – it’s just as smart as it sounds! With matching outerwear for both adults and children, and the promise that every garment will last at least three children, the AW25 collection, offers comfort and style, and great value for parents –clothing to love for a long time! Designed to last, since 1976.

polarnopyret.com/en/uk

“Clothing that can be easily adapted depending on weather conditions and temperature “

FINALLY, THE COVERS COME OFF: EFFECT DOCTORS LAUNCH THEIR NEW CLINIC AT WESTFIELD WHITE CITY

This October marks an exciting new chapter for London’s health and wellness scene. Effect Doctors are proud to unveil their brand-new clinic at Westfield White City, located in the shopping destination’s exclusive Health and Wellness Village. After months of anticipation with the clinic windows wrapped and covered, the screens are finally coming down to reveal a state-of-the-art space dedicated to personalised health, wellbeing, and aesthetic medicine.

At Effect Doctors, we believe that health optimisation should be as accessible as it is exceptional. Our new Westfield White City clinic offers a comprehensive menu of services designed to help you look, feel, and perform at your very best. Our bespoke IV drips are designed with the highest quality ingredients to meet your individual needs . Alongside these we deliver comprehensive blood tests and health screenings, to iron testing and infusions and carefully tailored weight loss treatments and prescriptions, our offerings are built around your individual needs.

We also bring the latest innovations in aesthetic medicine, including advanced PRP (platelet-rich plasma) therapies and cutting-edge polynucleotide rejuvenation treatments. These regenerative options work at a cellular level to restore, refresh, and revitalise the skin — helping you feel as vibrant on the outside as you do within.

What truly sets Effect Doctors apart is our commitment to clinical excellence and safety. Our clinics are Doctor led and our treatments delivered by Doctors and our team of highly experienced nurses, ensuring that you are always in the most capable hands. As a CQC-registered clinic, we adhere to the highest standards of medical care, providing peace of mind alongside results you can trust.

Whether you are seeking a wellness boost,

targeted medical support, or advanced aesthetic care, our mission is to deliver treatments that are both effective and personalised. At Westfield White City, this is now available in a stunning, purposebuilt space designed for your comfort and discretion.

We invite you to step inside, discover our services, and experience the next generation of integrated health and wellness care. Effect Doctors at Westfield White City is more than just a clinic — it is your new destination for elevated wellbeing, delivered by experts who put your health first.

Opening October 2025 — visit us at the Health and Wellness Village, Westfield White City.

To book your consultation or learn more, visit effectdoctors.com or call 020 7305 7608.

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING

Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.

Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being. Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho. Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.

THE FERTILITY CENTRE

Formerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.

The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients –including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.

Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.

As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.

There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:

• For social reasons

• Preparing to transition

• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy

• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.

In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.

THE DETAILS

The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre

The Kensington Wing

The Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.

Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.

To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.

THE DETAILS

If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.

The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check. All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

The first fragrance-led wellness brand to immerse your entire life in mood-enhancing rituals –through complete, perfume-grade collections that nourish both skin and soul.

That means one cohesive mood, expressed through every part of your daily ritual – from morning showers to evening wind-downs.

One Scent, One Mood, Complete Product Range

Sanctuary: Calming & Uplifting (Rose & Frankincense) Oasis: Balancing & Relaxing (Bergamot & Sandalwood) Blossom: Energising & Soothing (Orange Blossom & Cedarwood)

AWARD WINNING PRODUCTS:

Sanctuary Hand & Body Lotion and the Sanctuary Shampoo

FASHION & BEAUTY

FASHION & BEAUTY

AUTUMN BY THE SEA

“Inspired by the shifting shades and textures of Scotland’s wild west coast”

BEAUTIFUL BAMBOO

These Whiskey Bamboo Socks offer a unique twist on traditional socks. Bamboo socks are also great for your feet as they are breathable, hypoallergenic, more comfortable and can last longer than conventional cotton socks. Bamboo is a also a super sustainable material meaning that when you wear a pair of these socks you are helping the planet one step at a time. socktopus.com

A moment by the beach, a breath of wind, a rockpool, an old green beach house ... Our new unisex Rockpool Scarves are inspired by the shifting shades and textures of Scotland’s wild west coast, rich with sea spray, lichen-covered stone and coastal light. Woven from 100% Baby Alpaca, each scarf has a soft, lofty handle and is hand-finished with playful twisted tassels. The subtle interplay of hues gives each scarf a mood of its own. samanthaholmes.com

HAPPY HIKING

Upgrade your outdoor essentials with our Luxury Alpaca Cushioned Walking / Hiking Socksdesigned for superior comfort, durability, and performance. Crafted from a premium, high performance alpaca Drytex blend. samanthaholmes.com

TOTALLY ENCHANTED

“Where twilight whispers secrets - handcrafted Welsh magic for the forest soul” The Investment Limited edition Enchanted Woodland crossbodynever mass-produced. Forest enchantment meets premium organic oilskin in this investment piece. emmaeaster.co.uk

FAIRY OF HEARTS

Every fairy needs a magical box to store all of her precious keepsakes and pieces of jewellery. Lift the lid of this pretty box to reveal a heartshaped mirror and a spinning, musical fairy. rexlondon.com

The story continues

Own a piece of Rolex history with a Rolex Certified Pre-Owned watch from the Watches of Switzerland Group

For decades, people have chosen Rolex watches to celebrate achievements, journeys and personal triumphs, and often they become heirlooms passed from one generation to the next. Through the Rolex Certified Pre-Owned programme, available at the Watches of Switzerland Group, these exceptional timepieces allow you to begin your own story with a watch that carries true heritage.

As well as offering the opportunity to own a piece of Rolex history, the Rolex Certified Pre-Owned programme ensures each watch is authenticated and meticulously checked to meet the exacting standards of the world’s most renowned watchmaker. From the case and bracelet to the movement itself, every detail is tested and verified by Rolex-trained watchmakers, using genuine replacement parts where needed to ensure precision and reliability.

In selected Goldsmiths, Mappin & Webb and Watches of Switzerland showrooms, these Certified Pre-Owned collections offer clients the rare opportunity to view, try on and purchase pieces from across the decades. For collectors, it is a chance to find an elusive piece from years past, while for first-time buyers, the programme offers

the chance to step into the world of Rolex with the reassurance of authenticity certificates and a two-year international guarantee.

Each timepiece is presented with a distinctive pouch, a Rolex Certified Pre-Owned seal, guarantee card, official papers and a new two-year international warranty. The result is a timepiece that performs to the brands exceptionally high criteria, while preserving the heritage and character of its past.

Part of the programme’s appeal lies in its connection to history. Many Rolex Certified PreOwned models have the same design signatures as watches from earlier eras, including discontinued models no longer in current production. From the Submariner, created for underwater exploration back in the 1950s, to the Datejust, an object of desire for horologists since the 1940s, each piece carries the character of its past into the present.

More than a timepiece, a Rolex Certified Pre-Owned watch is a connection to decades of watchmaking excellence. Whether marking a milestone, expanding a collection, or beginning your journey with Rolex, the Rolex Certified Pre-Owned programme ensures authenticity, heritage and excellence, all supported by the trusted expertise of the Watches of Switzerland Group. Because some watches don’t just tell the time – they tell a story. watches-of-switzerland.co.uk mappinandwebb.com goldsmiths.co.uk

GLOW OVER GLAM: THE MOVE TOWARD NATURAL BEAUTY

The UK beauty scene is embracing a graceful pivot toward what insiders call a “soft face” – a softer, more natural look that prizes glowing, healthy skin and low-effort elegance. No more chiseled contour or heavy glam; instead, subtlety reigns. Influencers and dermatologists alike note a clear move away from the “snatched” Kardashian-style appearance, toward celebrating natural features with minimal enhancement.

Known internationally as the “clean girl” aesthetic, the vibe consists of luminous, skin-like finishes, feathery brows, transparent glossed lips, and well-hydrated, bright skin. It’s about visible texture rather than blurring it away. The approach called “skin silking” further refines this by layering skincare and feather-light makeup – think tints, sheer concealers, and glow-enhancing primers.

A particularly refined offshoot gaining traction in the UK is the “ghost lashes” trend. Essentially, it means skipping mascara entirely – opt instead for delicate, naturally lifted lashes via lash serums or clear tints. It embodies a clean, low-maintenance approach that aligns with busy, authenticity-seeking lifestyles.

Underlying all this is the broader movement of

Skinimalism 2.0 – minimalism evolved into skincentric precision. Hybrid products that blur the line between skincare and makeup (such as tinted moisturisers with SPF or blushes infused with hydrating benefits) are key to this ethos. It’s about enhancing individuality, letting your real skin shine. In summary, the UK beauty trend of 2025 favours a quiet kind of sophistication: streamlined routines that invest in skin health, glow, and natural structure. It’s stylishly minimalist, deeply practical, and beautifully inclusive.

“Known internationally as the “clean girl” aesthetic, the vibe consists of luminous, skin-like finishes, feathery brows, transparent glossed lips, and well-hydrated, bright skin”

An Exclusive Skincare Masterclass with World Champion Anna Tsankova and Swissline at

Jumeirah Carlton Tower

This October, Jumeirah Carlton Tower and Swissline will host an extraordinary one-hour masterclass with Anna Tsankova, internationally acclaimed medical cosmetologist and World Champion of Face Massage.

For the first time, Anna will unveil an at-home version of her pioneering Lymphatic Spheres Technique, created exclusively for Swissline’s ProRecovery Facial—a treatment that made its world debut at Jumeirah Carlton Tower.

In this immersive, interactive session, participants will:

• Learn Anna’s self-lymphatic drainage massage using Swissline’s exclusive Lymphatic Spheres.

• Discover expert techniques to reduce puffiness, restore balance, and enhance radiance.

• Explore the Prepare–Treat–Repair philosophy

for optimising skincare results.

• Gain hands-on training to transform professional mastery into an accessible, results-driven at-home ritual.

Adding to the exclusivity, guests will have the rare opportunity to book a Pro-Recovery Facial with Anna Tsankova herself. This one-of-akind treatment will be available only at Jumeirah Carlton Tower from October 18–20, strictly by appointment and on a first-come, first-serve basis. Join us for this exclusive masterclass, taking place from 10:00–11:00am, with tickets priced at £30. Guests will also have the rare opportunity to experience Anna’s UK-exclusive 75-minute hands-on facial, priced at £300. If you attend the workshop, your £30 ticket fee will be fully redeemable against the treatment. tinyurl.com/spajumeirah

“Adding to the exclusivity, guests will have the rare opportunity to book a Pro-Recovery Facial with Anna Tsankova herself”

Elevate your style with Sattaché

This season, elevate your style with Sattaché, the brand redefining accessories for the modern woman through a balance of elegance, functionality, and sustainability. The Signature Classic Bag is a new-season staple designed to simplify life while elevating every look.

Perfect for autumn outfit styling, the Classic Bag transitions seamlessly from office to evening, making it an essential companion for commuting, back-to-work routines, travel, and everyday adventures. Its innovative shoe compartment sets it apart, offering a discreet and stylish way to carry footwear while keeping daily essentials organized.

Whether worn over the shoulder, crossbody, as a backpack, or carried in hand, its versatile design in three timeless shades – rouge, onyx, and navyadapts effortlessly to multiple occasions.

Crafted from eco-friendly materials, the Classic Bag embodies conscious luxury. With its sophisticated silhouette and sustainable story, it makes a wonderful holiday gift – timeless,

practical, and chic.

This autumn, refresh your wardrobe with a piece that blends style and purpose. More than an accessory, The Classic Bag is a thoughtful investment in versatility and sophistication. Discover the collection at sattache.com and join the community @mysattache.

Style That Moves With You

As the season shifts, give her a bag that truly keeps up. The Sattaché Classic Bag, designed by founder Irina TitovaKashan, carries shoes and essentials in one sleek, eco-friendly, PETAApproved vegan bag. Its antimicrobial shoe compartment and spacious back pocket keep items organized, while three optional straps let her choose the most comfortable way to wear it—over the shoulder, crossbody, backpack, or handheld. Perfect for switching from heels to flats or adapting her look for any activity, it’s chic, versatile, and a thoughtful gift for the woman who has everything.

“The Classic Bag transitions seamlessly from office to evening”

Discover more at sattache.com and @mysattache.

In the heart of London, Tasker & Shaw have created a tailoring experience that blends tradition with a distinctly modern sensibility.

Their Strand studio is a quiet retreat from the city’s pace, designed not as a retail store but as a space where conversation, craft and style come together.

Tasker & Shaw specialise in made-to-measure tailoring for both men and women, offering garments that carry the precision and attention to detail often associated with bespoke. Each commission begins with dialogue as much as measurement, placing the client’s lifestyle and personality at the centre of the process. Cloth, cut and finishing touches are considered with care, ensuring that the finished piece reflects the individual’s style rather than fashion’s passing trends.

Alongside tailoring, the house is noted for its bespoke shirts, cut to unique patterns for each wearer. Handcrafted footwear and a carefully chosen range of accessories extend the service, allowing clients to build wardrobes that are not only cohesive but enduring. The emphasis is always on quality and longevity, rather than quantity; their ethos is to buy less and buy better.

Their London studio reflects this philosophy. Intimate and welcoming, it provides a discreet setting for fittings, consultations and styling guidance. Every detail of the environment has

TASKER & SHAW

been designed to put clients at ease, whether they are approaching tailored clothing for the first time or refining a seasoned collection. Reviews consistently highlight the approachable expertise of the team, who make the tailoring journey both accessible and exacting.

What sets Tasker & Shaw apart is the balance of refinement and inclusivity. Their process is collaborative, patient and focused on comfort, ensuring that clients leave not only with garments of distinction, but with an experience that feels personal and considered.

In a city renowned for its individuality, Tasker & Shaw’s London offering provides a way to express it with quiet confidence. Each suit, shirt and shoe is shaped to serve the person who wears it, embodying the belief that true style is never imposed, it is revealed.

taskerandshaw.com

Maya & Mason Jewellery

Maya & Mason is the vision of a husband-and-wife duo whose shared creativity has laid the foundation for a truly distinctive jewellery house. Based in Dublin, they design pieces in 18-karat gold that feel both timeless and personal. Their jewellery is crafted to become an integral part of the wearer’s story.

Each design begins with a deep understanding of how a piece should be worn. Comfort, proportion, and movement are considered alongside form. The result is jewellery that is not only beautiful to behold but also a pleasure to wear. Rings that sit naturally on the hand, earrings that catch the light with subtle grace, and pendants that feel as though they belong to you from the moment you put them on.

The brand’s aesthetic strikes a balance between simplicity and depth. Inspiration is drawn from art, architecture, and the natural world, resulting in organic lines that remain warm and human. The pieces are refined without being austere; they

are elegant yet approachable. Each piece carries a sense of permanence, designed to accompany the wearer through life and gather meaning over time.

What truly makes Maya & Mason special is the harmony between its two founders. Their partnership is evident in every detail, a dialogue between artistic vision and technical skill. Together, they create jewellery that is as much about connection as it is about design—connecting the makers, the materials, and ultimately, the wearer.

In a world where so much feels fleeting, Maya & Mason stand for something enduring. Their work is crafted with care, meant to be cherished every day and treasured for generations to come. More than mere adornment, these pieces embody lasting beauty, reflecting the quiet power of those who wear them.

Maya & Mason Jewellery

Website: mayaandmason.com

Email: info@mayaandmason.com

Instagram: @mayaandmason

TOOL is a leather goods brand that blends refined simplicity with everyday functionality. Founded ten years ago by Demet Azaklı and Turan Ozeren, TOOL creates pieces that accompany modern life with timeless elegance. From signature backpacks and tablet sleeves to sleek wallets and accessories, each item is crafted from genuine leather and designed to move with the rhythm of your day.

TOOL’s minimalist aesthetic is rooted in thoughtful craftsmanship and a commitment to quality, offering versatile designs for both men and women.

More than a product, TOOL is a way of life, crafted to support your journey from fast-paced mornings to story-filled sunsets, becoming part of every chapter you live. Discover more at www.thetoolofficial.com and follow @thetoolofficial on Instagram.

INSPIRED BY NATURE, CRAFTED FOR CHRISTMAS

New luxury fragrance Festive Collection from ARRAN Sense of Scotland

Celebrate the magic of the season with ARRAN Sense of Scotland’s 2025 festive collection, introducing two new limited-edition fragrances, a luxury advent calendar, and a brand-new gift offering, from the Scottish fragrance brand inspired by its island home.

ARRAN Sense of Scotland is delighted to unveil its 2025 festive collection, a carefully curated range of home fragrance designed to evoke the wonder of winter on the Isle of Arran. This year’s limited-edition offering introduces two brand-new seasonal scents: Amber Myrrh & Tonka and Jasmine Cedar & Cassis, alongside ARRAN’s coveted Beauty Advent Calendar and a Deluxe Discovery Set of iconic scents for the festive countdown.

Known for crafting evocative fragrance inspired by its island home, ARRAN’s 2025 festive collection continues to celebrate the natural beauty and elemental contrasts of the Scottish landscape, from spicewarmed fires to the earthy stillness of pine trees.

ARRAN’s 2025 Beauty Advent Calendar

Back by popular demand, ARRAN’s limitededition Beauty Advent Calendar offers 25 days of island indulgence, a sensory countdown filled with best-sellers, cult favourites, and festive exclusives. Discover over £180 worth of ARRAN favourites behind each door, including this year’s new seasonal candles, Glenashdale Hydrating Hand Cream, and the iconic After the Rain Eau de Parfum. This year’s countdown is reimagined with a premium design and features a thoughtful selection of ARRAN’s most-loved body and home products, including a selection of miniature candles, shower gels, and a full-size hand cream, making it the perfect pre-Christmas gift or selfcare treat.

New Seasonal Fragrances

The two new exclusive fragrances are designed to scent the home and elevate everyday rituals

throughout the season, available from 1 October 2025. Amber Myrrh & Tonka, a sophisticated and indulgent blend that balances smoky resin with soft spice and warm tonka bean, this is a rich, opulent scent for the darker months. Jasmine Cedar & Cassis, a luminous, modern floral with notes of wild jasmine and sweet blackcurrant, grounded by aromatic cedarwood. Reminiscent of winter sunlit forest walks and evergreen garlands, this scent brings natural brightness into the home.

Deluxe discovery set

A gift of fragrance exploration, this new Deluxe Discovery Set (£25), available from 3 November 2025, showcases a collection of 10 miniature shower gels from ARRAN’s signature scent families, offering a taste of the island’s diverse aromatic landscape. Beautifully boxed, it’s an ideal gift for fragrance lovers or a luxurious introduction to the brand. From After the Rain to Seaweed & Sage, this deluxe set spans ARRAN’s most beloved scent collections, a perfect journey through the brand’s aromatic island heritage. Whether gifting or self-gifting, ARRAN’s 2025 festive collection brings a moment of calm, comfort and connection to nature this Christmas. Designed to celebrate the season’s quiet magic and timeless rituals, each product carries the spirit of Arran into the heart of every home.

arran.com

Gorgeously Glamorous Christmas Gifts for this festive season from Curated Living

Our Christmas gift range for women this year is a glamorous selection with an international feel.

Elegant, timeless and desirable gifts

Our French crown is a perfect decoration or candle surround, faux jewels and beads 19 cm £79, Tocca Bianca Perfume free from nasties with a citrusy, floral scent 50 ml £85, Ayesha Earrings perfect to dress an outfit up, made from stunning semi-precious stones, beads, nickel free 3.7 cm drop £63, Rivers and Trees short Kimono, so easy to wear £50

Scarves and Accessories Collection

Amazing prints of animals, flora and fauna in exciting colourways. Here is just a small sample of those available (18 variants of woollen scarves available on our website/instore). Runaway Black

Scarf 100% wool 100 x 190 cm £135, Leonard Bag 32.5 x 27.1 cm cotton, leather handle £105, Leonard Case 22.5 x 14.1 cm polyester, leather £45, plus History Leather Keyring compliments the scarves and bags in the range £55.

The C. Atherley Collection

This beautiful range of natural body care soaps, creams and accessories comes from the founder of the brand Cath Kidston. Smelling fresh and containing a blend of natural essential oils. Try the Geranium No 1 Treat Box ( containing hand and body lotion, bubble bath and hand cream) £45 , Candle 45 hrs burn time £55, Bath Oil £39, Hand and No 2 Body Lotion £27. More options are available on our website.

All available online at curatedliving.co.uk or from our shop in Haslemere, Surrey.

“Amazing prints of animals, flora and fauna in exciting colourways”

PERSPECT

Perspect sets a new aesthetic vision for sportswear, defined by art direction and design more often found in luxury houses than gyms. No influencers are needed when you redefine a category aesthetic. Every cut is measured with quiet precision, every fabric developed for softness, structure, and lasting form. The outcome is activewear reimagined: refined yet powerful, restrained yet expressive. Where movement becomes elegance, and clarity is revealed as life’s true luxury.

Alstelle offers natural, vegan skincare, and hair products. Our Energize + Hydrate Face Lotion has a lightweight and moisturizing formula. Promoting a visibly glowing, clear, and smooth complexion. We provide a range of products designed to enhance the appearance of your skin and hair, helping you achieve the glow you desire. Our mission is to embrace eco-consciousness and make a positive impact on the planet by donating part of our proceeds to eco-friendly charities.

Website: alstelle.com | Social: alstelle_official

Founded by Danielle Jeffers, a mom and entrepreneur, the brand was created from her own experiences in motherhood, transforming personal struggles into a mission to empower other moms to feel seen, strong, and supported.

Their hats aren’t just accessories, they’re a mindset. With thoughtful phrases and intentional design, each hat honors the many identities of motherhood.

Mother Hats’ mission is to help mothers feel strong and empowered in motherhood.

Their slogan Strong as a Mother®, embodies a sense of community and belonging, where mothers feel strong in motherhood, while also being supported in sharing vulnerability without judgment.

Simswear Launches First Womenswear Range for AW25

Having carved out a loyal following in menswear, the brand will launch its first womenswear range for Autumn/ Winter 2025, with a considered collection of lambswool knitwear and accessories. The line-up includes five pieces in superfine merino lambswool; a crew neck jumper, a cropped cardigan, a rugby sweater, a crew vest and an oversized roll-neck, all in Poppy Red, Dark Brown, Ecru, Helford Green, Navy. There’s also scarves, beanies, hoods, and neckerchiefs - all crafted in England using 100% natural fibres, and spun at Todd & Duncan in Scotland, widely regarded as the UK’s leading yarn spinners.

British knitwear brand known for quietly luxurious menswear makes a natural expansion result is a brand rooted in integrity, provenance and enduring style.

The new womenswear offering is a natural progression - and one that’s long been requested. “We’ve had so many messages from women who bought jumpers for their partners, only to end up wearing them themselves,” says Billy. “We’re excited to finally respond to that demand - without compromising on any of the details that make our knitwear special.”

Simswear was born out of frustration with the decline in quality in garments that claimed to be “forever” pieces. Before relocating to Milan, Billy thought he’d found the perfect navy cashmere jumper from a high end brand. But within a year, it was falling apart. His deep dive into what makes great knitwear revealed a deceptively simple formula; great fibre, great spinner, great knitterand with Rory, he set about building a brand that followed it to the letter.

Since launching, simswear has become synonymous with everyday knitwear, done better, made from Merino lambswool, Supima cotton, and Nomadic cashmere, all crafted entirely in the UK.

Its Repair & Recondition service is free, and encourages longevity and reuse, while its smallbatch model ensures nothing is overproduced. The

Launching 1st September 2025, the collection will be available both to buy directly and knitted to order; a flexible model that reflects simswear’s commitment to transparency, sustainability, and fair pricing - and its founding principle of bringing people the best-in-class British knitwear at fair prices. Customers can choose to purchase items for immediate delivery at full price, or opt for a made-to-order version at a lower cost, which is a 40% discount. All pre-orders will be delivered within 2–3 months. This dual offering not only gives customers more control over how and when they shop, but also helps simswear manage inventory responsibly, reduce waste, and ensure every piece is produced with purpose. Prices for the womenswear collection start at £255 for the rugby shirt, which can be purchased for £165 knitted-to-order. Accessories start from £40, knitted-to-order.

For more information, go to simswear.com

From punk plaid to ties and sky blue: here are the most wearable trends to come out of London

Wearable trends from London Fashion Week

London Fashion Week wrapped up with a bang, giving us bigger and bolder trends to get our teeth stuck into.

A move away from the bohemian suede and soft silhouettes from last spring/ summer, this season honed in on vivid colours, sharp cuts and punk motifs.

Over five brisk days the schedule moved from cavernous show spaces in London’s banking district to candle-lit salons in Mayfair. Big names and independents used the catwalk to test ideas about Britishness, modern workwear and nostalgia.

Burberry re-examined its heritage codes with a punkish twist on tartan, Edeline Lee

explored capacious and sculptural silhouettes and the usual leader of ‘quiet luxury’ Emilia Wickstead brought bold colour to the runway.

While many shows paraded pieces that felt purely made for the red carpet, certain ideas stood out not as things you could imagine living in.

So, here are the five of the most wearable trends from London Fashion Week to get ahead of the fashion curve.

TWISTED TARTAN

While the rather pared-back form of tartan, black swatch, trended last season, this season it seems Nineties grunge is back, as punk plaid dominated the runways and the street style.

At Burberry, famous for its heritage tartan, creative director Daniel Lee leaned into it to the prim-comepunk aesthetic. Swing coats, trench dresses and mini skirts appeared in acid-green and crimson tartans. It felt like a remix of countryside classics and festival-ready attire – all, of course, remaining unmistakably British. Tartan and check is a surprisingly easy print to style. Impactful without being overwhelming, tartan can take

Fashion Week.
BURBERRY TOOK A TWIST ON TARTAN H&M AW 2025 CAR COAT, £54.99
MODEL JOURDAN DUNN SPORTED HEAD-TO-TOE TARTAN ON THE FRONT ROW AT LONDON FASHION WEEK.
RICHARD QUINN SENT HIS BRIDE DOWN THE RUNWAY IN A BALLOON HEMMED WEDDING DRESS
Model in purple hooped skirt - Edeline Lee experimented with hooped skirts.

centre stage as a statement piece or be styled in a playful clash of patterns Sport it in a heavy wool skirt with a chunky knit and leather accents to stave off any preppy-ness, or in a shirt or jacket with wide-leg trousers, heeled boots and fine jewellery for a smarter look.

SUITS WITH TIES

Oversized tailoring has been a steady trend for the past few seasons, but this year designers pushed this masculine tailoring trend further, as ties were cropping up on and off the runway. No longer a mere office accessory, ties appeared knotted loosely over shirts, tucked under waistcoats or hanging undone from blazers. The trend seems to be inspired by Eighties Wall Street. It wasn’t just on the catwalks either. Spotted among street-style and front row, celebs from Emma Willis to Twiggy used ties to punctuate their tailored ensembles – turning boardroom conformity into insouciant cool.

To style the trend, start off with an oversized blazer and wide-leg, tailored trousers – the more relaxed the silhouette, the less you’ll actually look like you’re going to work.

Go for high-waited trousers cinched in with a belt to bring back a feminine frame and finish with a slimline shirt and tie.

FRINGE

Noticeable last season, but affirmed this year, was fringe. Usually associated

with the Seventies or cowboy westerns, this year, the frenetic trim had a slightly more mature feel, appearing on everything from bags to scarves to sleeves and dresses. Love Island host Maya Jama wore a fringed gown to Burberry, showing it’s long past its casual, bohemian associations. On the runway, Edeline Lee experimented with fringe, forgoing the usual edged hem and opting for headto-toe swathes of fringing that moved like liquid with every step.

If you’re not sold on a full-fringe look just yet, like all trends, it’s best to dip your toe in with some accents. Sturdy leather fringe bags, or ones with lighter fabric tassels, allow you to test the Western saddleback energy, while a fringed hem of a jacket gives an edge to what could otherwise be a safe and demure look.

SMALL ITALIAN GENUINE SUEDE FRINGED CROSSBODY BAG, £45.99, DEBENHAMS
LA REDOUTE LONG OVERSIZE PINSTRIPE BLAZER, £67.99
THE H&M180 RUNWAY SHOWED THE TIE TREND IN FULL FORCE
BURBERRY TOOK AN EDGIER APPROACH TO SKY BLUE WITH LEATHER AND FRINGE.
MANGO CLASSIC NECKTIE, £22.99

SKY BLUE

Perhaps next season’s butter yellow, sky blue was peppered throughout runways alongside pops of its bright cobalt counterpart. From Bora Aksu’s frothy, doll-like dresses to Richard Quinn’s operaworthy gowns, the shade turned up everywhere at London Fashion Week – a cool, almost nostalgic antidote to winter’s heavier tones. Designers used sky blue to soften sharp silhouettes, to make lace, satin and tailoring feel lighter, and to nod to a very British spring sky. On the catwalks it ranged from powdery pastels trimmed with white lace to grunge leather trench coats. Sky blue works surprisingly well as a neutral and paired with last year’s colour of the season: burgundy – the two are a match made in heaven. For a relaxed look, pair a sky blue knit with a brown suede jacket, ecru jeans and silver jewellery – the shade works well with both warm and cool neutrals. For a dressier look, wear a baby blue dress with navy tailoring and pops of red through accessories or your make-up to elevate the subtle shade.

VOLUMINOUS HEMS

Bubble hems certainly had their moment this summer, but it seems the voluminous hem isn’t going anywhere, judging by the London Fashion Week runways. Designers such as Edeline Lee and Patrick McDowell doubled down on drama with skirts that billowed like inverted tulips in layers of fabric that swelled and sway as the models walked. On the catwalk, the look ranged

from Richard Quinn’s full-skirted bridal look to Patrick McDowell’s hybrid trench-coat skirt with a Dior ‘New Look’ silhouette. To style this powerful silhouette, the trick is to let it do the talking. Try an A-line midi or maxi skirt paired with a fitted knit to balance the volume. If you want to indulge more in the trend, opt for a dropwaist bubble hem skirt with a fitted high-necked bodice and slim boots to draw the eye to the skirt, while keeping the rest of the silhouette plain and streamlined.

ABERCROMBIE AND FITCH MID RISE BUBBLE HEM MAXI SKIRT, £34.99 (WAS £75)
WHISTLES PALE BLUE WOOL FUNNEL NECK KNIT, £85 (WAS £109)
AMY LYNN ALEXA PUFFBALL DRESS, £74.25 (WAS £99)
RICHARD QUINN PUNCTUATED HIS SHOW WITH POWDER BLUE FLORALS
MODEL IN PATRICK MCDOWELL SHOW -

Alice Wheeler London, creating beautiful accessories to refine your everyday, whatever the occasion since 2019.

Explore the latest seasons collections visit: www.alicewheelerlondon.co.uk

Reader Exclusive offer: Use code ‘AW20’ and receive 20% on your first order*

BURBERRY BRINGS BRITISH NOSTALGIA TO LONDON FASHION WEEK with tea-time tartan and trench coats

Daniel Lee tapped into retro festival-wear and countryside classics for his spring/summer 2026 collection.

For London Fashion Week, Burberry’s creative director Daniel Lee transformed Perks Field in Kensington Gardens into a dreamy countryside stage for his spring/summer 2026 show. Beneath a printed grey-blue sky, models walked across a soil-toned runway in looks that remixed Burberry’s heritage with a rave-ready edge.

Lee leaned heavily on the brand’s icons – trench coats, checks and tailoring – reworking them with festival flair. The opening look set the tone: a double-breasted tartan trench in mustard leather with chunky biker boots, equal parts aristocratic and rugged. Suits were softened in olive pinstripe with python boots; faded denim jackets layered over graphic tees; and a vivid green leather trench came paired with wraparound sunglasses.

Colours ran earthy – khaki, mustard, chocolate, washed denim – punctuated by lime, turquoise and tomato red. The classic Burberry check was no longer discreet lining but full looks in crimson, acid green and sky-blue plaids, styled with biker boots or sandals to strip away formality.

Accessories amplified the eclecticism: scarves trailing like festival flags, slouchy fringed leather bags, python and desert boots, oversized sunglasses. Crochet dresses in ivory and green added hand-

crafted softness, deliberately mismatched with sharp coats slung casually over arms.

The trench was endlessly reimagined –cropped in chocolate leather, fringed in sky blue, or washed in denim – often carried rather than worn to suggest layering and movement. Tailoring felt looser, ties skinny, cuffs spilling past wrists, echoing a bankerturned-festivalgoer vibe.

Lee’s balancing act is clear: Burberry’s British heritage is its strength, but relevance requires reinvention. His answer is a retro smartcountryside aesthetic – tartan and trench recast with colour, craft and practicality – an adaptable wardrobe bridging city and country, weekday and weekend.

Staged beneath an artificial English sky, the show positioned Burberry’s past as a living archive: pieces to be worn, mixed and dirtied. The front row reflected the mix, with guests from Twiggy to Skepta, Maya Jama to Princess Maria Olympia. For a house built on weatherproof fabric, this collection offered not just protection from rain but a louche new lease of life for British heritage.

Emilia Wickstead

Royal favourite Emilia Wickstead trades demure daywear for bold colour and balloon hems. By Lara Owen

The Princess of Wales’ goto designer swapped minimalism for maximalism while Anna Wintour sat front row.

Ex-Vogue editor-in-chief Anna Wintour was among those to take her seat at Emilia Wickstead’s spring/summer 2026 show, her presence a sign of the designer’s increasingly assured place in the British fashion calendar.

Known for dressing the Princess of Wales in pared back but striking designs – this season marked a shift for Wickstead: still recognisably her, but exploring more daring cuts and colours.

Inspired by celebrity photographer Robert Mapplethorpe’s muses, Wickstead used the idea of subtle power and controlled exposure as a thread through the collection.

One dress, in saturated cobalt blue, had a soft balloon hem and a high gathered neckline: styles that will continue to trend next season. It moved easily but retained its shape,

an example of Wickstead’s interest in balancing fluidity with structure. A few looks later came a sharp contrast in neon yellow: a dress with a drop-peplum skirt that skimmed as opposed to cling.

The effect across these pieces was of clothes designed to be worn, not simply looked at – Wickstead’s hallmark formality reframed for women who want confidence as well as refinement.

The same theme carried through separates. A grey tank top and loose pleated trousers, stripped of decoration, acted as a palette cleanser between the bright dresses.

A pink V-neck sweater tucked into a yellow lattice-print skirt was unexpectedly strong; the print could have been whimsical but felt deliberate thanks to the clean cut and solid fabric.

A denim-blue corseted dress with a flaring skirt nodded

“A few looks later came a sharp contrast in neon yellow: a dress with a drop-peplum skirt that skimmed as opposed to cling”

to workwear but stopped short of costume.

Square necklines, visible seams and bare shoulders appeared repeatedly, drawing the eye without relying on overtly sexualised shapes.

Print and pattern were handled with expected restraint. The windowpane check in yellow and red reappeared in several looks – a scarf tied as a head wrap, a bias-cut skirt, a full dress – giving the collection a solid anchor without becoming a gimmick.

Black dresses scattered with small florals evoked Mapplethorpe’s flower studies but kept their distance from literal reference. Even the most revealing look, a lime bustier with a black balloonhem skirt, was held together by a simple ribbon at the shoulder, a small sign of Wickstead’s instinct for balance and symmetry.

What stood out was a new kind of boldness in Wickstead’s work.

Shoulders and backs are exposed but framed; skirts have volume but not weight; colours are intense but used sparingly.

Like her contemporaries, it seems this season, Wickstead is leaning into maximalism.

You could trace a line from Wickstead’s early made-to-measure

dresses to these more sculptural, more confident pieces.

The workmanship was obvious in the clean joins of chiffon to seam, in the neat darting, in the way the fabric moved with the models rather than against them.

The setting helped – a marbletiled room in the designer’s Chelsea showroom with daylight streaming in let the clothes speak for themselves.

The muted sound of shoes on stone underscored the collection’s focus on wearability.

When Anna Wintour rose to leave at the end, the collection had already made its point.

Wickstead is still refining rather than revolutionising, but this was a clear sign she’s ready to step beyond the niche of “ladylike” and into something more relevant.

“What stood out was a new kind of boldness in Wickstead’s work”

Not all love stories follow tradition and neither should the ring. For over 185 years, Baker Brothers has been helping couples mark life’s most defining moment with diamonds that feel as individual as the stories they represent. Today’s couples aren’t bound by convention; they want rings that reflect their values, their style, and their vision of forever.

The choice begins with the diamond itself. Some are drawn to the allure of a natural gemstone; rare, timeless, impossible to replicate. Others lean towards the innovation of a lab-grown gem, a modern expression of beauty that resonates with their ethos.

Whatever the preference, Baker Brothers offers something rare in itself: the freedom to choose, to start not with a ready-made design, but with possibility.

That journey is as experiential as it is personal. Customers are guided through a world usually reserved for jewellers, examining diamonds under the loupe, comparing subtle shades, and uncovering the story behind each gem. “Every diamond has its own character, natural or labgrown, and our role is to help you find the one that feels as individual as your story,” explains Rebecca, Director at Baker Brothers. “No request is too rare or too ambitious. If you can imagine it, we can source it and create it.”

Once the diamond or gemstone is chosen, design takes over. The mount is more than a setting; it is the stage on which the gem tells its story. Sleek solitaires, vintage flourishes, sculptural

silhouettes; each detail, from precious metal to proportion, is tailored with intent.

The result? A ring that doesn’t simply sit beautifully on the hand, but lives in harmony with the wearer’s life.

This is the Baker Brothers signature: heritage fused with modern craftsmanship, artistry rooted in imagination. Founded in 1839, the family-run jeweller has grown to become Bedfordshire’s diamond destination, a house where expertise meets emotion, and every ring becomes part of a legacy.

An engagement ring is never just a jewel. It is a promise, a moment, and a memory that endures. At Baker Brothers, that promise is honoured in every creation – love, captured in its most brilliant form.

Contact Baker Brothers via their website bakerbrothersdiamonds.com or phone +44 (0)1234 438770

“This is the Baker Brothers signature: heritage fused with modern craftsmanship, artistry rooted in imagination”

COSMETIC SURGERY & AESTHETICS

– Your guide to looking your absolute best this year –

IMAGE: DR HAUS

Facial Sculpting at its Finest

Dr Nina Bal is changing the shape of modern aesthetics with her fine art of facial sculpting

With lifted facial contours and sharper jawlines standing firm as the most coveted for her well-heeled clientele, Aesthetic Practitioner, Dr Nina Bal, has honed her approach to address skin laxity down to a fine art.

“I firstly look for the symmetry for the three thirds of the face and combine this with a mathematical ratio approach to consider the features, then, I use my artistic side to create a beautiful and harmonious balance to the face. This is a delicate equation of mathematics and creative skill,” says Dr Bal of her specialist modus operandi at her award-winning Facial Sculpting clinic in South Kensington.

The results-driven Dr Nina Advanced Facial Sculpting Formula is her tried and tested method to refine and enhance the facial structure. A combination treatment using the best-in-class devices and regenerative medicine to form a unique protocol designed to create more lifted and sculpted facial contours without the downtime of surgery.

For the right candidate, stage one is the Endolift treatment. Where a fibre optic laser is inserted beneath the skin to lift, tighten, and regenerate with minimal downtime.

“Endolift is perfect for someone who doesn’t need a facelift yet or doesn’t want a surgical lift, but is looking for lift and definition,” says Dr Bal. “It’s also one of the only treatments that visibly lifts from within the skin, instead of just treating the surface.”

The next step is a course of InMode Contoura. A cutting-edge device that delivers a tri-factor of advanced technologies, Radio Frequency, MiniFx and Lymphatic. Together they deliver energy deep into the dermis to effectively tighten and define the facial contours. Expect sculpted cheekbones, diminished jowls and a sharper jaw.

“My in-clinic, device-led treatments to include, Endolift and InMode Contoura work beautifully to create a sculpting and lifting effect, the results of these can have a huge impact on the lower third of the face – where we often witness skin laxity.”

For the finale, a combination of injectable bio stimulators, polynucleotides (Croma PolyPhilTM is her preference) and Jalupro skin boosters are administered for next-generation skin rejuvenation. This power duo work on collagen and elastin production, hydration, cellular repair and overall skin quality. Once the facial structure is sharpened and the skin quality is dramatically enhanced the results are visible yet elegant. Take note.

PRICES:

Endolift

£4,900

InMode Contoura

£680 (per session)

Croma PolyPhil Polynucleotides from £690

Jalupro Skin Boosters from £640

FOR BOOKINGS:

Tel: +44 203 951 9886 info@facialsculpting.co.uk

Facialsculpting.co.uk

Facial Sculpting by Dr Nina Bal 313 Brompton Road , South Kensington, London SW3 2DY

Recovery Redefined at The 1150 Club

At The 1150 Club, recovery is an experience defined by clinical expertise, personalised post-operative care and unparalleled attention to detail, offering dedicated programmes designed to restore strength, vitality and confidence, both before and after surgery, ensuring you are supported at every stage of your journey.

Set within 13 acres of serene Surrey countryside, The 1150 Club is a pioneering retreat that reimagines your recovery experience. State-ofthe-art care intersects seamlessly with world-class hospitality within the luxury of meticulously designed surroundings, creating a sanctuary designed to promote healing in both body and mind. From prehabilitation programmes that optimise surgical readiness to bespoke postoperative recovery plans across orthopaedic, neurological, cardiac and plastic surgery procedures, every element is centred on you. Specialist therapies form the cornerstone of each stay. You will benefit from one-to-one physiotherapy, hydrotherapy, functional fitness spaces and restorative wellness therapies as well as treatments such as Pilates, meditation and massage. Nutritional excellence underpins recovery; working alongside dietitians, our chefs create menus that are both a pleasure and a foundation for healing, supporting energy and overall wellbeing.

At The 1150 Club, recovery is not simply about returning to baseline, it is about transformation. Here, clinical excellence, exceptional care and beautifully designed surroundings converge to create an environment where healing is supported, wellbeing is nurtured and you can truly thrive. the1150club.com

“You will benefit from one-to-one physiotherapy, hydrotherapy, functional fitness spaces and restorative wellness therapies”

THE COSMETIC SKIN CLINIC

Expert-Led Aesthetic Care: At The Cosmetic Skin Clinic, our highly sought-after doctors specialise in non-surgical medical aesthetic treatments. Using a ‘less is more’ philosophy, we combine technical expertise with artistry to deliver natural and rejuvenated results.

Personalised, Bespoke Plans: Each treatment plan is carefully designed to suit individual skin concerns, goals, and lifestyle, ensuring results that are both effective and beautifully natural.

Holistic Skin Wellness: Whether addressing fine lines, wrinkles, stubborn fat, uneven skin tone, loss of elasticity, or volume concerns, we focus on enhancing overall skin health and radiance. Our combination of experience, innovation, and expert care ensures long-lasting, natural-looking results.

Dr Jarvie-Thomas is a published author in the fields of plastic surgery and oncology and has a special interest in anatomy and advanced non-surgical aesthetics. He offers a wide spectrum of non-invasive and non-surgical aesthetic procedures from our 98 Harley Street Flagship and Stoke Poges Clinics.

Q&A WITH DR MATTHEW JARVIE-THOMAS

1. What are the most in-demand skin booster or biostimulator treatments right now, and why do you think they’re trending?

Biostimulators have seen a huge surge in popularity over the last two years. This is due to improvements in the products and the techniques we use for them, as well as increasing patient demand for treatments that stimulate their own collagen and elastin production. The launch of Julaine has been a huge leap forward and a really exciting addition to the lineup. It is a next-generation poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA)-based biostimulator. My patients love the subtle yet impactful result, which includes skin quality improvement, tightening, and subtle revolumisation.

Polynucleotides have also been a game changer for the under-eye, offering improvements to fine lines, dark circles, and puffiness in this delicate area.

2. How do skin boosters differ from biostimulators in terms of results, longevity, and skin health benefits?

It’s a good question - there is some overlap!

Skinboosters generally work close to the surface of the skin, providing hydration as well as improved elasticity and skin texture. They are not volumising, and they do not give any significant tightening. Results are usually seen in weeks and last for 6-12 months.

Biostimulators are a step up from Skinboosters. They offer natural volume and tightening, as well as the skin quality and texture improvements offered by Skinboosters. Results typically take a little longer to arrive, but they last for years rather than months.

3. What kind of results can patients realistically expect, and how soon after treatment do they usually notice improvements?

Choosing the right collagen-stimulator for the right area and right patient is essential here. The honest answer is that results will vary according to the product, the practitioner, and the patient. In the right hands, the results from biostimulators can be seriously impressive. Better yet, because they work by stimulating your own collagen and elastin, the results will look totally natural every time.

4. Are there certain age groups or skin concerns (e.g., laxity, fine lines, dullness) that benefit most from these treatments?

Younger patients looking for skin quality and elasticity gains will often gravitate towards Skinboosters, while anyone looking for tightening and lift will realistically need a biostimulator to get the results they want.

In practice, the best results will always come from working collaboratively with an experienced practitioner who will give you an honest and thorough consultation to discuss the pros and cons of each option.

theprivateclinic.co.uk

Celebrating 15 Years of Expert Dermatology in the Heart of London

Situated within the world-renowned Harley Street Health District, Dr Haus Dermatology has established itself as one of London’s most distinguished destinations for advanced dermatological care and medical aesthetics. Founded in 2010, the clinic is proudly celebrating 15 years of excellence, a milestone that reflects its reputation for expertise, innovation, and outstanding patient outcomes.

The clinic was established by Dr Ariel Haus, an internationally recognised dermatologist who has been named Top Dermatologist in the Tatler Beauty & Cosmetic Surgery Guide five times. Renowned for his enlightened approach to skin health, Dr Haus champions non-surgical treatments and has pioneered the use of state-ofthe-art laser technologies to deliver exceptional results in skin rejuvenation, pigmentation correction, and sun damage repair. The clinic is also home to an impressive array of devices for skin tightening to arrest the dreaded tech neck!

Beyond its reputation for aesthetic excellence, Dr Haus Dermatology is a full-service medical dermatology practice serving adults and adolescents aged 13 and above. The clinic provides expert care for conditions such as acne and rosacea, alongside mole assessments and skin cancer screening.

Dr Haus leads a carefully selected team of dermatologists and nurses who share his patientcentred philosophy. Together, they create bespoke treatment plans tailored to each individual, combining proven, safe techniques with the latest advances in dermatology and aesthetics.

THE DETAILS

For more information or to arrange a consultation, please contact: 020 7935 6358 reception@drhausdermatology.com Dr Haus Dermatology, 75 Harley Street, London W1G 8QL drhausdermatology.com

“I had such a positive experience, I would recommend it to anyone”

A personal account from a female patient in her forties, treated by Consultant Plastic Surgeon, Chris Abela, following an abdominoplasty.

What lead you to exploring options for surgery?

I had so much loose skin after three large babies and there was nothing I could do with it and no where for it to go. My stomach muscles had come apart and I had lost the ability to suck my stomach in. I’ve always been body confident and I am a naturally active person but after having children I felt more conscious of my body.

Did you have any anxiety around the surgery?

No, there was some apprehension but when I thought about it, the worst case scenario couldn’t have been worse than what I was living with.

How did you choose a surgeon?

When you’re having surgery I believe it is so important to find a surgeon you completely trust and the two things that immediately struck me about Mr Abela was that he is highly competent and just so personable. From the moment I had the consultation I was put at ease.

How did others react to hearing about your surgery?

It wasn’t something I told many people. What did surprise me is that there is a huge community of mothers out there who are interested in a procedure but are unsure about what is even possible and what the first steps would be.

What would you say to other people thinking about abdominal wall surgery?

I had such a such a positive experience, I would recommend it to anyone. I don’t bounce this phrase around often but the surgery was totally transformative and I feel so well after having had it. It doesn’t feel like it was cosmetic surgery, even though it clearly was. It felt like restoration.

How do you feel one year on?

The surgery was life transforming - I can now wear what I want and I have healed really well with the smoothest scar imaginable.

THE DETAILS

If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk or on 0203 545 2990. More information is available at chrisabela.co.uk.

23MD Cosmetics & Wellness

Nestled in the heart of Chelsea, just moments from Sloane Square, 23MD has become the destination for those in the know – a place where the world’s most discerning patients come to look, and feel, like the very best versions of themselves.

Founded by the formidable duo Dr. Suha Kersh – London’s needle with a cult following – and Dr. Martin Galy, the globally renowned “hormone whisperer”, 23MD has set a new standard in beauty and wellness. Since opening its London flagship, and later its Dubai counterpart, the clinic has quietly drawn an international clientele of A-listers, tastemakers, and jet-set insiders who prize its unique blend of cutting-edge science, subtle artistry, and holistic medicine.

The Artistry of Dr. Suha Kersh

Dr. Kersh has long been celebrated for her feather-light touch and an approach that is at once meticulous and artistic. Her philosophy is simple: enhance, never erase. “Only by stepping into my

patients’ shoes can I create a treatment plan that truly delivers,” she explains.

Her signature is Treatment Stacking™ – a sophisticated layering of advanced modalities that together create results greater than the sum of their parts. Think: polynucleotides to restore cellular vitality, exosomes for next-level regeneration, Ultherapy and Emface for lift and tone, injectables for balance and refinement, and skin boosters for that glass-skin glow.

The outcome? Fresh, radiant faces that look more holiday in Capri than had work done. In Dr. Kersh’s hands, beauty is not about chasing trends but about timeless elegance.

Dr. Martin Galy, “The Hormone Whisperer” If Kersh is the artist, Galy is the scientist. Globally

“Dr. Kersh has long been celebrated for her feather-light touch and an approach that meticulous and artistic”

known as the hormone whisperer, Dr. Martin Galy has over two decades of expertise in BioIdentical Hormone Replacement Therapy (BHRT), precision medicine, and advanced wellness. His work is about more than managing symptoms of age – it’s about fine-tuning the body at a cellular level to restore energy, balance, and vitality.

“Inner health is integral to outward beauty,” he says. “It’s not one-size-fits-all. It’s about restoring each patient to their optimal self – so they feel as invigorated as at the height of their youth.”

His programmes span metabolic optimisation, longevity protocols, and tailored hormone balancing – all designed to complement the aesthetic side of 23MD. Together, they form the clinic’s celebrated 360° inside-out approach, where wellness and beauty meet seamlessly.

“His work is about more than managing symptoms of age – it’s about fine-tuning the body at a cellular level”

The 23MD Difference

Step inside the Chelsea flagship and you’ll find more than just a clinic – it is, as loyal patients call it, a temple of wellbeing. Treatments are curated with integrity and delivered with discretion. The interiors are serene, the technologies are state-ofthe-art, and the results are consistently exceptional.

As a recognised Centre of Excellence, 23MD offers a menu that reads like a beauty insider’s wish list:

• Injectables for sculpted yet soft definition

• Polynucleotides & Exosomes for skin regeneration and collagen banking

• Ultherapy & Emface for non-surgical lift and tightening

• Hydration boosters for dewy luminosity

• BTL body technologies for tone, contour, and recovery

• BHRT & precision medicine for vitality, balance, and longevity

It’s this thoughtful interplay – the stacking of modalities, the weaving of artistry with science –that has earned 23MD its cult status in London and beyond.

23 Elystan Street, SW3 3NT 020 7078 0302 23md.co.uk

SLOANE CLINIC, HARLEY STREET

Indulge in the pinnacle of aesthetic refinement under the care of Mr. Dean Rhobaye, an international multi-awardwinning authority in facial rejuvenation. Having begun his career in Plastic Surgery, his private practice within Sloane Clinic on Harley Street focuses primarily on minimally invasive and non-surgical treatments. Mr Rhobaye’s comprehensive full facial harmonisation procedures epitomise a seamless blend of artistic precision, expertise, and cutting-edge technology, ensuring a truly transformative experience.

“In the realm of facial enhancement, precision is paramount. For example, botox and fillers, while ubiquitous, necessitate a nuanced approach,” elucidates Mr. Rhobaye. “Understanding the intricate biomechanics of facial tissue is essential. Each individual presents a unique canvas, a complex interplay of muscles, connective tissue, ligaments, fat compartments and skin, each with distinct characteristics and expressions.”

Mr. Rhobaye’s advanced procedure unfolds as a meticulous symphony of planning and execution. Leveraging state-of-the-art 3D and ultrasound imaging with AI facial analysis, he orchestrates a bespoke treatment regimen tailored precisely to the nuances of each patient’s anatomy. “We embark on a journey of refinement, progressively enhancing features while preserving the innate beauty inherent in each individual,” he elaborates, his demeanour reflecting a consummate blend of professionalism and passion.

With the dexterity of a seasoned sculptor, Mr Rhobaye administers a delicate fusion of botox and filler, artfully harmonising contours and defining facial structure with unparalleled finesse. “Every injection serves as a brushstroke, a subtle enhancement designed to reveal the optimal version of oneself,” he muses. “Holistically, we also address skin quality, employing advanced laser and radiofrequency technologies to achieve tighter,

“Mr. Rhobaye’s advanced procedure unfolds as a meticulous symphony of planning and execution”

more radiant, even-toned skin”.

A double recipient of the AMWC Aesthetic Awards, the most prestigious international awards in Aesthetic Medicine, he sits on the Board of Advisors of the American Cosmetic Association. He is also a global Key Opinion Leader on skincare for L’Oreal (SkinCeuticals). However, recognition for Mr. Rhobaye’s mastery transcends mere accolades, finding its ultimate affirmation in the radiant satisfaction of his discerning (and often celebrity) patients. Preferring minimally invasive techniques over conventional surgeries, his treatments stand as enduring testaments to longevity and refinement. “Contrary to conventional perceptions, facial filler offers lasting results,” he affirms with conviction. “It’s a delicate fusion of artistry and scientific precision, knowing precisely when and where to apply.”

Through his pioneering techniques and unwavering commitment to excellence, he ensures that every patient emerges not merely rejuvenated but elegantly transformed – a living embodiment of the timeless allure of authentic beauty. sloaneclinic.co.uk; @deanrhobaye

SMART BEAUTY:

How Innovation Is Redefining Aesthetics By Pulse Light Clinic

With nearly three successful decades in operation, Pulse Light Clinic stands as one of London’s leading destinations for advanced medical aesthetics, well known and trusted for its consistency, innovation, and patient care.

With several clinic locations across the capital, Pulse Light Clinic offers one of the UK’s most comprehensive ranges of treatments under one roof. From laser hair and tattoo removal to skin rejuvenation, body contouring, hair restoration and more, the clinic’s multi-disciplinary team combines medical expertise with a personalised approach to deliver exceptional results to its clients. Each treatment plan is designed around the individual, blending medical precision with expertise.

Behind every result lies a commitment to excellence. Each procedure is supported by the latest, evidence-based technology, from industry leading devices such as CoolSculpting, Emsculpt Neo, Endolift, and Picosure Pro, to one of the largest collections of medical grade laser systems in the UK. This ongoing investment in research and technology allows the clinic to treat a wide

range of concerns safely, effectively, and with the best results.

Pulse Light Clinic’s in house doctors and highly trained practitioners and nurses bring decades of combined experience in laser technology, dermatology, and body contouring. Their expertise ensures that every client receives the highest level of clinical care and results driven advice. The focus is always on achieving balance, precision, and subtle enhancement, results that feel authentic and elevate confidence without compromising natural beauty.

What truly sets Pulse Light Clinic apart is its reputation for trust, transparency, and consistency. Thousands of clients across London and Manchester have chosen the clinic for its medical standards, advanced technology, and genuine care, qualities that have positioned it at the forefront of modern aesthetics.

More than a clinic, it’s a space where innovation meets understanding, and where the definition of beauty continues to evolve.

Book your free, no-obligation consultation today at www.pulselightclinic.co.uk

Advanced Aesthetics. Exceptional Results.

London’s trusted experts in laser, skin, hair and body treatments — combining nearly 30 years of experience with the most advanced technologies.

A bespoke practice striving for beautiful results & exceptional service across Cambridge & London

Mr Abood and his team provide an exceptional, personalised experience for those seeking beautiful and natural looking enhancements. As the demand for his skills increased over the years his practice has extended its reach from Cambridge to London. He is now exclusively based in the most exceptional medical facilities that both cities have to offer.

The ethos of the practice is to always strive to achieve the very best outcomes for patients. The approach is always ‘open and honest’ and to see beyond the physical transformation desired. Cosmetic surgery has a transformative impact upon

the body and the mind. Understanding the interplay between the two for each and every patient is crucial in obtaining the very best outcomes.

Friendly. Caring. Professional. Meet Mr Ahid Abood.

His medical credentials and reputation speak for themselves. Mr Abood graduated from Cambridge University and went on to train in some of the most prestigious units in the UK, USA and Australia. He has been a leading consultant within the NHS for over a decade and helps to educate and train the next generation of plastic surgeons. A consummate professional with a friendly and approachable demeanour.

“He has been a leading consultant within the NHS for over a decade and helps to educate and train the next generation of plastic surgeons”

Cambridge & London

The Practice

Taking the step to undergo cosmetic surgery can seem overwhelming. Mixed messages on social media can leave you feeling confused and uncertain about the best thing to do. Years of experience and an in depth understanding of the physical and psychological implications of the cosmetic surgery journey enable us to provide you with realistic and honest information.

We will provide you with all the information and support you need to help make the right decision for you. We will work with you and consider all aspects of your lifestyle to try and ensure that the journey runs smoothly and with as little interruption to your day to day routine as possible. When you have queries or concerns we will be available.

The importance of aftercare cannot be underestimated and it is something that we pride ourselves upon. Mr Abood and his team are readily accessible for any queries or concerns throughout the recovery period, whether that be a simple query through email or text or arranging for you to come back into clinic for review.

Hospitals & Clinics

All out-patient consultations, treatments and

surgeries only take place in CQC registered facilities of the highest standards. Whether you choose your treatment in the University City of Cambridge or the world renowned Harley Street, you can be guaranteed personal care in exceptional surroundings by Mr Abood and his dedicated team of staff.

Our Ethos

To be the best at what we do! We strive to deliver the very best patient experience from start to finish. The outcome of cosmetic surgery is dependent upon so much more than providing a particular desired aesthetic outcome. The emotional and physical environment within which that is delivered is of vital importance too. In that regard, our approach is holistic.

TREATMENTS

Face

• Neck Lift

• Blepharoplasty

Breasts

• Gynaecomastia Surgery

• Nipple Surgery

• Breast Augmentation

• Breast Reduction

• Breast Uplift

Body

• Excess Skin Surgery

• Tummy Tuck

• Mummy Makeover

• Liposuction

Skin

• Electrosurgery & Curettage

• Shave Excision

• Surgical Excision

• Surgical Excision For Skin Cancer

• Plastic Surgery Reconstruction After Skin Cancer Removal

• Excess Skin Surgery

THE DETAILS

AHID ABOOD - LONDON 9 Harley Street, Marylebone London W1G 9QY

Open hours: M - F: 9am - 5pm Contact info: 0800 2335088 enquiries@dr-abood.co.uk

AHID ABOOD - CAMBRIDGE

The Day Clinic

Magog Court, Cambridge CB22 3AD enquiries@dr-abood.co.uk

9 Harley Street, London
The Day Clinic, Cambridge

Our award-winning services combine the latest digital technology with world-renowned laboratories to deliver cutting-edge dental treatments.

We offer comprehensive dental care to ensure a healthier, brighter smile for every patient in our brand-new, state-of-the-art clinics.

Having a smile that you love can make a huge difference and at The Cosmetic Dental Gallery, we provide many options to give you the smile that you want.

We welcome patients of all ages and guarantee the greatest level of oral health for everyone.

DELIVERING LIFE-CHANGING SMILES IN GREENWICH AND BATTERSEA

OUR FIVE STAR SERVICES AND TREATMENTS INCLUDE:

• General dentistry

• Emergency appointments

• Cosmetic dentistry

• Teeth straightening & whitening

• Dental implants & veneers

• Specialist dentistry

• Mouth cancer screening

• Facial aesthetics including anti-wrinkle treatments & dermal filler

BATTERSEA PRACTICE: 20 Patcham Terrace, Battersea, London, SW8 4EY Tel: 0208 090 3959 | Email: battersea@thecosmeticdentalgallery.co.uk www.thecosmeticdentalgallery.co.uk Follow on Facebook, Instagram, TikTok and YouTube

The Cosmetic Dental Gallery

At The Cosmetic Dental Gallery, we believe that a confident smile transforms more than appearances – it transforms lives. With boutique practices in Greenwich and Battersea, we deliver personalised, world-class dentistry that blends artistry, science and compassion.

What sets us apart is our ability to deliver comprehensive smile solutions under one roof, with specialists in every field who combine the latest technology with their clinical knowledge to achieve exceptional results. This unique approach ensures that every patient benefits from truly tailored care – whether you are seeking cosmetic enhancement, restorative treatment, or preventive solutions for lifelong oral health.

OUR SERVICES

• General & Preventive Dentistry – hygiene, check-ups, and restorative treatments that safeguard long-term health.

• Cosmetic & Aesthetic Dentistry – veneers, composite bonding, whitening, and gum contouring for natural, radiant smiles.

• Smile Makeovers & Full-Mouth Rehabilitation – complete transformations that restore function and harmony.

• Implants, Crowns & Bridges – seamless, lasting solutions for missing or damaged teeth.

• Facial Aesthetics – subtle, non-dental treatments such as dermal fillers and wrinkle reduction for balanced, refreshed results.

WHY PATIENTS CHOOSE US

• Award-Winning Care – proud winners of multiple accolades at the Private Dentistry Awards, recognising our commitment to excellence across all aspects of clinical care.

• Specialist Expertise – our diverse specialists team means patients receive the highest standard of treatment in every field of dentistry.

• Patient-Centred Approach – we listen, guide, and support you through every stage of your treatment journey.

• State-of-the-Art Environment – our practices are designed to be calm, elegant and welcoming, equipped with the very latest in dental technology.

At The Cosmetic Dental Gallery, we don’t just treat teeth – we craft smiles that inspire confidence for a lifetime. With exceptional skill, awardwinning care, and an unwavering dedication to our patients, we invite you to discover the difference that true expertise makes.

CONTACT INFORMATION

The Cosmetic Dental Gallery 260 Creek Road, Greenwich, London, SE10 9SW 0203 883 8180 info@thecosmetic dentalgallery.co.uk

The Cosmetic Dental Gallery Battersea

20 Patcham Terrace, Battersea, London, SW8 4EY 0208 090 3959 battersea@ thecosmeticdentalgallery.co.uk

WEBSITE: WWW.AMIRSADRI.COM EMAIL:INFO@AMIRSADRI.COM

Dr. Nebras

Honorary Doctor of Science, MSc Aesthetics

Her journey in the beauty and aesthetics field began more than 30 years ago, driven by a deep passion for the industry. From the start, she felt an unshakable excitement to learn, grow, and challenge herself, even when faced with barriers along the way.

In the past, she established branches in Knightsbridge, Fulham, and Kensington & Chelsea. Each were an important milestone, but today her full focus is on her proudest achievement – Nebras Clinic, located in the heart of Holland

Park (W11 4TR). To her, this clinic is more than a workplace – it is her life’s work, her vision, and her “baby” that she continues to nurture every day.

Through dedication and high standards, Nebras Clinic has been honoured with multiple awards, including recognition in 2024 and 2025 for excellence in health and safety, outstanding online reviews, and being a highly recommended clinic.

Over the years, her reputation has earned the trust of celebrities and public figures, who have become part of her valued clientele. Patients also travel from across Europe, the Middle East, and America in search of her expertise, a reflection of the international confidence placed in her clinic.

At Nebras Clinic, she specialises in non-surgical face and neck lifts, skin rejuvenation, PRP, fatdissolving, and advanced laser treatments. Leading a team of skilled professionals, she ensures that every treatment is delivered with precision, safety, and artistry.

Alongside her clinical work, she is a passionate teacher. Nebras Clinic is officially registered as an academy, where she trains future practitioners to the highest standards. Recognized as a number one educator in aesthetics, she continues to inspire, mentor, and raise the bar in the industry.

THE DETAILS

For more information and a full list of treatments, visit nebrasclinic.co.uk

Nebras Clinic & Academy 22–24 Norland Road, London, W11 4TR

info@nebrasclinic.co.uk

Tel: 0203 411 3000

Mob: 07736 741700

NEBRAS CLINIC

AESTHETICS & BEAUTY

At Nebras Clinic, we transform every beauty journey with over 25 years of excellence in non-invasive aesthetics. Recognized with an award in 2024, an award in 2025, and an award again for outstanding service, our clinic stands as a trusted destination for transformation, empowerment, and well-being.

Our expert team places clients at the heart of everything, tailoring each treatment to enhance natural beauty and confidence. Nebras Clinic is more than a place for treatments—it is a sanctuary where science, artistry, and care meet.

Our luxury services include body treatments, anti-wrinkle injections, dermal fillers, PRP therapy, facial rejuvenation, massage, laser hair & tags removal, eyelash and eyebrow design, and our signature non-surgical facelift by threads.

In addition, we provide accredited training courses offering hands-on experience, equipping professionals with the skills to thrive in the aesthetics industry.

At Nebras Clinic, beauty and expertise unite.

‘Where

Two of the world’s foremost experts and innovators. Their international speaker status has continued, and they are at the forefront of preservation rhinoplasty techniques. They are proud to contribute to the scientific literature on the topic and teach the younger generation. This philosophy ensures changing the appearance of your nose whilst keeping the way you look.

Your operation is unique, and they advise on which variety of techniques are right during the initial online consultation

If you are searching for experience and attention to detail, look no further, Rhinoplasty London by East and Badia are the Country’s leading specialists in nose surgery. Charles is president elect of the Rhinoplasty Society of Europe

They have popularised ‘Rhinoplasty without breaking

the bones’ with the piezo precision technique to provide exquisite natural and long-lasting results.

In their clinic, the best moments are witnessing patients gain confidence and self-esteem after their treatment.

They believe, the best results are when ‘it looks as if you’ve had nothing done’.

Please be patient if it takes time to get an appointment or schedule surgery as their practice is not a factory and they take your trust and relationship very seriously. East and Badia offer distinct and personalized services to a high standard of care. They will go over your pictures and motivations at length, so they get a true sense of your desires and expectations. East and Badia offer a premium surgical service and continue at the forefront of the modern developments in the field of rhinoplasty.

RHINOPLASTY LONDON

Over the years, Rhinoplasty London by East and Badia has earned numerous prestigious accolades, including Best Rhinoplasty Clinic 2024 by GHP and a Doctify Certificate of Excellence. Mr. Charles East also holds the position of president-elect of the Rhinoplasty Society of Europe. Yet, for both Charles and Lydia, what matters most is the feedback they receive from satisfied patients. They are very approachable and highly skilled, a unique combination which positions them as the best rhinoplasty surgeons in London.

The pair also co-founded the International Rhinoplasty Research Society, which has been at the forefront of innovation for the past decade. At Rhinoplasty London, they combine regenerative medicine techniques which stimulate the body’s natural healing response and aid in tissue repair. They are known for their artistry to reshape the nose and achieve natural looking results..

Gone are the days when rhinoplasty required invasive tools like hammers and chisels. Today, their clinic is known for pioneering innovations such as ultrasonic Piezo technology and preservation rhinoplasty, designed to preserve as much of the nose’s structure and tissues as possible. These advancements mean significantly

less pain, bruising, and swelling – and much faster recovery. They have also contributed to the management of patients with thick skin.

East and Badia’s reputation has made them the go-to surgeons for those seeking natural and transformative results. Their Belgravia-based clinic is renowned for treating some of the world’s most recognisable faces – from celebrities to sporting icons, even members of the Royal Family.

What sets Rhinoplasty London apart is its emphasis on enhancing each patient’s unique features, ensuring loved ones still recognise the person they know. Getting a boost in selfconfidence, ultimately improves quality of life. With a global reputation, innovative techniques, and the trust of high-profile patients, East and Badia have rightly earned their status as the UK’s leading rhinoplasty specialists.

“They’re simply outstanding – the results are lifechanging,”

“Charles East

is an incredible word-class surgeon” “I wouldn’t trust my face to anyone else.”

THE DETAILS

East and Badia Ltd, 11A West Halkin Street, London SW1X 8JL 020 3196 0130

office@eastandbadia.com

rhinoplastylondon.co.uk

instagram.com/rhinoplasty_london

Youtube: Rhinoplasty_London

FACIAL AESTHETICS & SKIN CLINIC

VIZAGE offers the most advanced treatments to help our patients look and feel their best.

With our cutting-edge technology and highly skilled practitioners, we can provide safe and effective solutions for your skin concerns. At VIZAGE, our patients are our top priority.

We believe that every patient is unique with individual skincare needs that should be addressed with a personalised approach.

Whether you’re looking to reduce wrinkles, improve texture, or rejuvenate your skin, we have the tools and expertise to help you achieve your goals.

Our team of medical professionals work with our patients to understand their concerns, offer solutions, and provide high-quality medical skincare treatments that prioritise their overall well-being.

Indulge in the finest aesthetic treatments while immersing yourself in the historic charm of Fulham Palace. Experience the perfect blend of beauty and heritage at our London-based clinic.

BILBA CLINIC

Most sought-after Aesthetic Treatments

When it comes to feeling confident in your own skin, it’s often the subtle changes that make the biggest difference.

At Bilba Clinic, they believe aesthetic medicine should enhance - not alter - your natural beauty. Their philosophy is simple: combine advanced clinical treatments with the highest standards of safety and care, so every client leaves feeling refreshed, radiant and authentically themselves.

As a CQC-registered medical clinic, we are proud to uphold the safety, clinical governance and professionalism expected in clinical environments. This means every treatment is delivered with medical precision, while your wellbeing remains at the centre of everything they do.

THEIR MOST POPULAR TREATMENTS:

• Anti-wrinkle injections

Smooth fine lines, soften expression lines and help prevent deeper creases – all while maintaining natural facial movement.

• Dermal fillers

Expertly restore volume and refine contour in areas such as lips, cheeks and jawline to achieve balance and youthful definition.

• Skin booster injections – The “3Ps”

• Profhilo®: Stimulates collagen and elastin for

“At Bilba Clinic, aesthetic treatments are as much about safety as they

are about results”

firmer, more hydrated skin with a luminous glow.

• Polynucleotides: A regenerative powerhouse that repairs and revitalises tired or stressed skin.

• Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP): Harnesses your body’s own growth factors to encourage cell renewal and long-lasting radiance.

WHY

PATIENTS CHOOSE BILBA CLINIC:

At Bilba Clinic, aesthetic treatments are as much about safety as they are about results. That’s why consultations are complimentary and never rushed. They take the time to understand your goals and design a tailored plan - whether you’re seeking subtle rejuvenation or targeted enhancement. Clients often tell them that what they value most isn’t just the visible results, but the renewed confidence that comes with knowing they are in the safest hands. Every treatment is performed by fully qualified professionals who combine expertise with genuine care.

Whether you’re curious about your first treatment or looking for a trusted clinic for ongoing care, Bilba Clinic is where artistry, science and safety meet.

Looking after your skin isn’t just about appearance - it’s about caring for yourself.

Book your consultation today and take the next step in your wellness journey!

MEDICAL | SURGICAL | AESTHETIC | WELLBEING

A CQC Registered Clinic

Our goal is to deliver exceptional results in a safe, welcoming environment, guided by our highly skilled and compassionate staff.

OUR SERVICES

Private GP appointments

Consultant specialist appointments

Nurse prescriber appointments

Health screening

Eye lid surgery

Skin surgery

Minor operations

Private medicine prescriptions

Blood, urine & stool tests

Wound management

IV vitamin drips & vitamin injections

Earwax microsuction & ear syringing

Cervical smear test

Weight loss management & injections

Hair loss programme

Physiotherapy

Aesthetic treatments & injectables

Sclerotherapy (spider veins treatment)

Platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatments

Fat dissolving injections

PCA skin peels & facials

Gift vouchers

For more information and to book a personal consultation, visit www.bilbaclinic.co.uk

Email: info@bilbaclinic.co.uk

Tel: 07858 848 244

Opening hours: Monday – Friday 10am – 6pm Saturday - 12noon – 5pm

Bilba Clinic, 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN

The Transformation Facelift

The Transformation Facelift is a bespoke treatment plan put together by Doctor Nyla to turn back the clock on ageing and help you look 10 years younger in six weeks! By increasing collagen production to lift and tighten the skin, as well as performing ‘tweakments’ to add lift and structure to the face, you can start feeling incredible in no time! The Transformation Facelift uses multiple different non-surgical methods and technologies to provide an overall lifted, tightened and more youthful appearance, to help you feel like you’re most confident self again.

The skin ageing process happens to everyone, and is a completely natural process, however it can be very difficult for some people, and make them lose confidence in their appearance. As we get older, the production of collagen and elastin in our bodies slows, causing the common signs of skin ageing, such as fine lines, wrinkles and a loss of volume in the skin. Collagen and elastin are the proteins that exist within many of the body’s tissues, including the skin, and gives structural support, strength, elasticity and durability to the skin. As a result of the slowing in collagen production, skin loses this support and elasticity over time. Collagen is also an important part of the wound healing process – when you have a cut or scratch, for example, collagen production in the area increases to safely mend the skin in the area.

The Transformation Facelift is a bespoke

treatment plan put together by Doctor Nyla to turn back the clock on ageing and help you look 10 years younger in six weeks! By increasing collagen production to lift and tighten the skin, as well as performing ‘tweakments’ to add lift and structure to the face, you can start feeling incredible in no time! The Transformation Facelift uses multiple different non-surgical methods and technologies to provide an overall lifted, tightened and more youthful appearance, to help you feel like you’re most confident self again.

Dr Nyla Medispa London, 32 Dover Street, Mayfair, London, W1S 4NE; 0800 009 6661/01625 523307; doctornyla.com

Austin Brewer Facial Aesthetics

In the ever-evolving world of facial aesthetics, finding a practitioner who has the skill to combine artistry, medical expertise, and a commitment to naturallooking results is paramount. At Austin Brewer Facial Aesthetics, clients receive unparalleled care personally from Austin, who is dedicated to enhancing their unique beauty.

The Austin Brewer Difference: Expertise and Artistry

Austin is a highly specialised practitioner, where science meets art. As a multi-awardwinning practitioner, he possesses an in-depth understanding of facial anatomy and aesthetics. This knowledge, combined with a keen artistic eye, enables him to create bespoke treatment plans tailored to each individual’s specific needs and desires.

The philosophy at Austin Brewer is centred around achieving natural, harmonious results that enhance each client’s unique beauty. By prioritising a patient-centric approach, taking the time to listen to concerns, understand goals, and develop a personalised treatment plan. Austin is an industryleading professional and stays at the forefront of advancements in facial aesthetics. Ensuring clients have access to the safest and most effective techniques available.

A Comprehensive Range of Treatments

Austin Brewer Facial Aesthetics offers a wide array of treatments designed to address a variety of concerns.

• Anti-Wrinkle Injections: Smooth fine lines and wrinkles for a refreshed appearance.

• Dermal Fillers: Restore lost volume, enhance facial contours, and plump lips.

• Skin Rejuvenation: Enhance skin texture, tone, and clarity with advanced treatments such as Polynucleotides, Exosomes, and microneedling.

• Non-Surgical Facelifts: Lift and tighten sagging skin without surgery using innovative techniques.

Prioritising Safety and Comfort

At Austin Brewer, patient safety and comfort are paramount. The clinic adheres to the highest standards of hygiene and uses only premiumquality products, sourced directly from UK pharmacies. Treatments are performed with meticulous attention to detail, and Austin provides thorough pre- and post-care instructions to ensure optimal results and minimise potential risks.

Your Journey to Enhanced Beauty Begins Here

Austin Brewer, the trusted practitioner choice, offers a welcoming and professional environment where you can explore your options and achieve your desired results.

Appointments with Austin can be booked at either his Harley Street Clinic in London or the Bournemouth & Poole Clinic. austinbrewer.com. TEL: +44 (0)7823 883888

Excellence With Results

The Dr Rasha Clinic is recognised as one of London’s leading destinations for advanced aesthetics, located in the heart of Knightsbridge. Recently highlighted by Forbes as one of the best in the field, the clinic is led by the highly respected Dr Rasha, whose expertise and reputation extend internationally.

Known for its precision and patient-centred philosophy, the clinic delivers measurable, lasting results through a 360° approach to aesthetics. Every treatment is underpinned by medical excellence and a holistic understanding of beauty and wellbeing. From skin health and facial rejuvenation to body contouring and hair restoration, the focus is on tailored solutions designed to enhance natural features and achieve transformative, yet subtle outcomes.

From the first consultation, patients are guided through a bespoke journey where their individual goals and lifestyle are carefully considered. With world-class technologies and the latest advancements in medical aesthetics, the clinic is able to provide treatments that are both safe and effective, with results that prioritise longevity as well as natural beauty.

The Knightsbridge clinic itself has been

thoughtfully designed to reflect the highest standards of care, comfort, and discretion. Every detail, from the welcoming reception space to the attentive aftercare, has been created to ensure patients feel fully supported and confident at every stage of their journey.

Dr Rasha’s philosophy centres on enhancing rather than altering, ensuring each result feels authentic and empowering. This balance of science and artistry has established the clinic as a trusted name for patients seeking natural, elegant, and enduring outcomes.

With a team who share the same passion for excellence and patient satisfaction, the Dr Rasha Clinic continues to redefine what it means to experience world-class aesthetics. Patients leave not only with visible results but with a renewed sense of confidence and wellbeing.

Complimentary Skin Consultation

To experience the difference for yourself, new patients are invited to book a complimentary skin consultation at the Knightsbridge clinic. Discover a personalised approach to aesthetics where expertise meets artistry, and results speak for themselves.

“The clinic delivers measurable, lasting results through a 360° approach to aesthetics”

Introducing Dr. Deniz Kanliada, a globally renowned expert in Rhinoplasty based in the UK.

A globally acclaimed Rhinoplasty surgeon, excelling in a wide range of nose surgeries, from tip plasty, septoplasty, and revision surgeries to sinus surgeries, ethnic rhinoplasty, and Asian rhinoplasties.

Dr. Deniz Kanliada, a distinguished Rhinoplasty surgeon with a remarkable international background. His extensive training spans across Turkey, the UK, South Korea, China, and Singapore, focusing on Facial Plastic Surgeries, particularly Rhinoplasty.

With over 18 years of experience, Dr. Kanliada operates in the UK, Turkey, and Cyprus, delivering exceptional results to his patients.

His achievements have been recognized with prestigious awards, including the “Safety in Beauty Diamond Awards Highly Commended Facial Plastic Surgeon Award” in 2021 and the “Safety in Beauty Diamond Awards The Best Surgical Transformation Award” in 2022. “Outstanding Surgery Results Award in 2024 “

Affectionately known as “The Nose King” by his patients worldwide, Dr. Kanliada has gained acclaim for his ability to produce natural results that perfectly align with each individual’s facial proportions. His groundbreaking surgical techniques and suture methods have been featured in various international scientific articles.

Dr. Deniz Kanliada is a renowned expert in a wide range of facial surgeries, specializing in Rhinoplasty, Septoplasty, Septorhinoplasty, Tip Plasty, Alar base surgeries, Revision Surgeries, Sinus surgeries, and cancer reconstruction surgeries in the head and neck region.

Instagram: dr_denizkanliada | www.drdenizkanliada.com

A Philosophy Rooted in Natural Beauty and Elegance

Colicci Aesthetics was founded with a simple yet powerful mission: to enhance natural beauty, not alter it. Whether it is fine tuning facial balance or restoring youthful radiance, the clinic’s ethos centres around enhancement over exaggeration. Every client who walks through the clinics elegant doors is treated not simply as a patient, but as an individual with a unique vision of beauty. Each client’s treatment plan is thoughtfully crafted to reflect their features, concerns and long-term aesthetic goals. Results speak for themselves at this 5-star rated clinic where clients become loyal friends.

In the words of the clinics founder, Giacinto Colicci: “Aesthetic medicine should never be about trends – it should be about achieving natural looking results that enhance clients existing beauty. Our goal is to help people feel confident and empowered in their own skin”

A Destination of Discretion and Trust

Located in the heart of London’s iconic Harley

“Every client who walks through the clinics elegant doors is treated not simply as a patient, but as an individual with a unique vision of beauty.

Each client’s treatment plan is thoughtfully crafted

to reflect their features, concerns and long-term aesthetic goals”

Street, Colicci Aesthetics has long been established as a premier destination for those seeking subtle, sophisticated enhancements in an environment defined by trust, discretion and excellence. The clinic is run by lead practitioner Giacinto Colicci who has performed tens of thousands of procedures since beginning his career in aesthetic rejuvenation treatments. When he started Colicci Aesthetics, he was able to meld his many years of experience in the aesthetic medicine industry with his background in working in operating theatres, to build a clinic that has become a trusted and renowned haven for his patients.

Patient confidence and satisfaction is at the forefront of everything he does, with cutting edge technologies, beautiful results and natural looking treatments being part and parcel of all tailored therapy plans.

Science Meets Luxury

The clinic is fully equipped with state-of-the-art technologies and offers a comprehensive menu of treatments, ranging from advanced dermal fillers, anti-wrinkle injections, skin rejuvenation, hair loss treatment, non-surgical rhinoplasty and medical grade facials. Every product and service is backed by evidence-based research, achieving optimum results whilst ensuring the highest standard of safety.

colicciaesthetics.co.uk

ANTI-AGING SPECIALIST, PROVIDING THE MODERN APPROACH TO EVERLASTING YOUTH

This prestigious 5 star rated clinic located in the heart of Harley street is renowned for providing cosmetic treatments using cutting edge technologies and high quality products which deliver natural looking results. The reviews speak for themselves!

HEALTH & FITNESS

– Everything you need to keep fit, healthy, and happy –

Designed to Be Different

Warrior Addict’s Eco-Luxury Fitness Gifts for Him - Christmas 2025

This Christmas, Warrior Addict offers a fresh take on fitness gifting with a collection of eco-conscious yoga mats, curated bundles, and performancedriven accessories designed to meet the needs of men who train, stretch, and recover in style.

• Designed for Men – mats and accessories built for strength, grip, and endurance.

• Colour Edit – sleek blacks and blues for bold minimalists, and warm beige for timeless style.

• Crossover Appeal – perfect for yoga, Pilates, and functional training.

• Sustainable Choice – underpinned by Warrior Addict’s values: People. Planet. Product.

• Gift-Ready Bundles – curated sets for every fitness enthusiast, from beginner to pro.

Solution driven sportswear brand founded on the principals of People-Planet-Product. Female Founded. Award Winning. warrioraddict.com

THE WARRIOR CORK BLOCK SET
THE WARRIOR MAT BLUE
THE WARRIOR YOGA GIFT SET BLUE

PILATES BARRE LOVERS®

Activewear that moves with you.

Evolved from our Zurich-based Pilates, Ballet, Barre, and Yoga studio – alongside a globally recognised online platform – PILATES BARRE LOVERS® combines movement, elegance, and sustainability. Our workouts, led by former professional dancers and athletes, inspire women worldwide to move with strength, poise, and grace.

The same philosophy flows into our activewear collection. Crafted from ECONYL® yarn – a 100% regenerated nylon – every piece is created to support your body’s natural flow while protecting the planet. Soft, sustainable, and effortlessly chic, our activewear empowers women to feel like the very best version of themselves, inside and out.

FLIT M2: The Folding E-Bike Changing the Way Cities Move

In the bustling streets of modern cities, getting around can often feel like a challenge. FLIT, a Cambridge-based e-bike company, is redefining urban mobility with the FLIT M2, a folding electric bike that blends smart engineering with everyday practicality.

Weighing just 14kg and folding in under 10 seconds, the FLIT M2 fits seamlessly into city life. Whether tucked under a desk at work, carried onto public transport, or stored in a small apartment, it offers the kind of flexibility urban commuters crave. It’s no wonder that more city dwellers are turning to e-bikes as a solution to traffic congestion, crowded trains, and limited parking.

The FLIT M2 doesn’t just save space; it transforms the ride itself. With a powerful motor and a custom-designed lithium-ion battery, riders can enjoy up to 50km of assisted travel on a single charge. Hills flatten, long commutes feel effortless, and even headwinds seem to vanish. The removable battery adds extra convenience, allowing charging anywhere – at home, in the office, or on the move.

What truly distinguishes the FLIT M2 are its Cambridge roots. Designed and built in the UK’s cycling capital and a hub of engineering innovation, the bike carries the mark of British craftsmanship. Led by a team of engineers, FLIT combines cutting-edge design with practical usability. Every detail, from frame geometry to integrated lighting, has been carefully considered to deliver a smooth, stable, and stylish ride.

Urban cycling is on the rise, as city dwellers embrace eco-friendly, efficient, and enjoyable ways to travel. The FLIT M2 fits perfectly into this trend, offering commuters a smarter, more flexible alternative to cars and public transport. Hundreds

of riders have already discovered the freedom of a bike proudly designed and made in Cambridge –and the numbers are growing.

With the FLIT M2, commuting becomes more than a necessity; it becomes a highlight of the day.

Learn more at FLIT.bike and see how city travel can be transformed.

“Weighing

just 14kg and folding in under 10 seconds, the FLIT M2 fits seamlessly into city life”

HOW TO RECOGNISE AND REDUCE STRESS

Stress is a fact of life; however, when not tackled, it can have a significant impact on our physical and mental wellbeing. Here we speak to Author, Broadcaster and GP Dr Ellie Cannon alongside Jo Kellett working with Essentials Oils experts Tisserand. Together they help us understand what stress is, its causes and how best to manage it.

Dr Ellie says “I see patients with stress-related illness every week – from work pressures and financial constraints to grief, loneliness, digital overwhelm and burnout.

“It’s important to understand what stress means and how we can manage it. Stress is the body’s response to real or perceived demands or threats. In short bursts (acute stress) it can be useful, keeping

us alert or on track to meet deadlines. But frequent (episodic) or prolonged (chronic) stress may affect immunity, sleep, digestion, mood and relationships.”

Dr Ellie’s guide to types of stress

• Acute Stress: Short-term stressors with a clear end point, e.g. traffic or a deadline.

• Chronic Stress: Long-term stress such as ongoing work pressures, caring for a loved one or longterm illness.

• Emotional Stress: Triggers like grief, arguments, or feeling disconnected.

• Environmental Stress: Impact of surroundings such as noise, overcrowding or pollution.

• Psychological Stress: Pressure we put on ourselves – perfectionism or fear of failure.

“I see patients with stress-related illness every week – from work pressures and financial constraints to grief, loneliness, digital overwhelm and burnout”

Top Stressors in the UK Today

According to the Mental Health Foundation and recent UK surveys, 76% of UK adults say work is a significant stressor, while 43% of people in financial difficulty report severe anxiety. Approximately one in three adults (34%) attribute their stress to family and relationships and more than three quarters (79%) of carers feel stressed or anxious . Digital overload is also a stress factor with more than 70% of HR leaders recognising an increase in employee burnout, frequently citing the corrosive impact of our digital lifestyles contributing to the drain of workforce energy .

Too much stress can lead to physical, mental, emotional and/or behavioural symptoms, including headaches and tiredness, poor concentration and forgetfulness, irritability, anxiety, sleep and appetite problems.

Tackling stress

Dr Ellie advises:

• Track your stress levels in a journal or app to spot triggers.

• Seek expert support where needed (e.g. StepChange for financial worries, HR for burnout).

• Prioritise good sleep – aim for 7–8 hours.

• Exercise regularly – even a 10-minute walk lowers cortisol and improves mood.

• Set daily “screen-free” times and build real-world connections (clubs, volunteering, social groups).

Creating a calming environment

“Smell can be a powerful tool,” says Dr Ellie. “Certain aromas create comfort and calm. Look for 100% natural, Soil Association-certified organic essential oils.”

Essential oils, inhaled or applied, interact with the olfactory system and limbic system (linked to memory and emotion), influencing mood, relaxation and even pain perception. Some components are also absorbed through the skin.

Jo Kellett, Tisserand’s essential oil expert explains: “Many essential oils have properties that can alleviate stress symptoms, including shortness of breath, changes to our digestion or sleep patterns and using them in a roller ball or mist spray, for example, are effective and easy ways to incorporate essential oils into our daily routine. Keep them by your bed, on your desk or in your bag. Just by smelling them you will perceive an emotional change in your daily stress levels.

“If you haven’t tried Essential Oils before, Tisserand’s new duo Wellbeing Routine kits are a great way to try before upgrading to full sizes, each containing mini Body & Room Mist plus a full-size roller ball. The De-Stress kit is expertly blended with 100% natural, pure essential oils of Geranium, Orange and Nutmeg to help you slow down, unwind, and relax - wherever and whenever you need it most,” adds Jo.

Dr Ellie’s final thoughts: “The demands of modern life are felt by almost everyone at some point. The first step in managing stress is to recognise it early and take positive action…any number of small but positive changes can really make a difference. However, if you’re struggling to manage stress, don’t hesitate to contact your GP or reach out to mental health services and friends. Stress is a sign - not weakness - and it is manageable.”

Find Jo Kellett’s recommended products at Tisserand.com and in Boots, in-store and online.

“If you haven’t tried Essential Oils before, Tisserand’s new duo Wellbeing Routine kits are a great way to try before upgrading to full sizes, each containing mini Body & Room Mist plus a full-size roller ball”

Dr Ellie Cannon
Jo Kellett

THE FERTILITY CENTRE

Formerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.

The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients –including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.

Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.

As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.

There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:

• For social reasons

• Preparing to transition

• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy

• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.

In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.

THE DETAILS

The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre

The Kensington Wing

The Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.

Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.

To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.

THE DETAILS

If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.

The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check. All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

FINALLY, THE COVERS COME OFF: EFFECT DOCTORS LAUNCH THEIR NEW CLINIC AT WESTFIELD WHITE CITY

This October marks an exciting new chapter for London’s health and wellness scene. Effect Doctors are proud to unveil their brand-new clinic at Westfield White City, located in the shopping destination’s exclusive Health and Wellness Village. After months of anticipation with the clinic windows wrapped and covered, the screens are finally coming down to reveal a state-of-the-art space dedicated to personalised health, wellbeing, and aesthetic medicine.

At Effect Doctors, we believe that health optimisation should be as accessible as it is exceptional. Our new Westfield White City clinic offers a comprehensive menu of services designed to help you look, feel, and perform at your very best. Our bespoke IV drips are designed with the highest quality ingredients to meet your individual needs . Alongside these we deliver comprehensive blood tests and health screenings, to iron testing and infusions and carefully tailored weight loss treatments and prescriptions, our offerings are built around your individual needs.

We also bring the latest innovations in aesthetic medicine, including advanced PRP (platelet-rich plasma) therapies and cutting-edge polynucleotide rejuvenation treatments. These regenerative options work at a cellular level to restore, refresh, and revitalise the skin — helping you feel as vibrant on the outside as you do within.

What truly sets Effect Doctors apart is our commitment to clinical excellence and safety. Our clinics are Doctor led and our treatments delivered by Doctors and our team of highly experienced nurses, ensuring that you are always in the most capable hands. As a CQC-registered clinic, we adhere to the highest standards of medical care, providing peace of mind alongside results you can trust.

Whether you are seeking a wellness boost,

targeted medical support, or advanced aesthetic care, our mission is to deliver treatments that are both effective and personalised. At Westfield White City, this is now available in a stunning, purposebuilt space designed for your comfort and discretion.

We invite you to step inside, discover our services, and experience the next generation of integrated health and wellness care. Effect Doctors at Westfield White City is more than just a clinic — it is your new destination for elevated wellbeing, delivered by experts who put your health first.

Opening October 2025 — visit us at the Health and Wellness Village, Westfield White City.

| Harley

& Nationwide To book your consultation or learn more, visit effectdoctors.com or call 020 7305 7608.

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING

Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.

Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being. Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho. Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.

Iron Deficiency and ADHD symptoms?

Dr Will Buxton on the Overlooked Link

Dr Will Buxton of Effect Doctors has seen a growing number of patients seeking clarity around symptoms such as brain fog, poor concentration, low motivation, and persistent mental fatigue. While these issues are often associated with neurodevelopmental conditions like ADHD, he stresses that an overlooked physical cause may play a crucial role: iron deficiency.

“Iron is far more than a blood-building mineral,” explains Dr Buxton. “It underpins brain chemistry and structure. It supports dopamine production—the neurotransmitter linked to motivation and attention—and it contributes to myelin synthesis, which allows nerves to transmit signals efficiently. When iron levels are suboptimal, the results can look strikingly similar to some aspects of ADHD.”

“When iron levels are suboptimal, the results can look strikingly similar to some aspects of ADHD”

Research reinforces this connection. A 2017 meta-analysis found that children with ADHD had significantly lower ferritin (the body’s iron-storage protein) than their peers. More recent evidence suggests that restoring iron levels can improve cognition and focus in some individuals who previously met ADHD criteria. Dr Buxton notes that in clinical practice, this pattern is particularly common among women—especially those with heavy periods, plant-based diets, or who have had multiple pregnancies.

“Women are disproportionately affected by iron deficiency, even when standard blood tests appear ‘normal,’” he adds. “That’s why we use evidenceinformed thresholds. For brain health, ferritin above 50 µg/L is often more appropriate than the conventional 30 µg/L cut-off.”

Testing is a vital first step. Effect Doctors recommends a full iron panel including serum ferritin, TSAT, TIBC, CRP and a full blood count to establish whether iron deficiency is contributing to cognitive symptoms. If levels are low, treatment may include dietary changes, oral supplementation,

or in some cases intravenous iron therapy, which can be delivered safely in their clinic under hospital-grade protocols.

Dr Buxton emphasises that iron deficiency is not the sole explanation for ADHD-like symptoms, but it can be an important, correctable piece of the puzzle. “Before committing to long-term stimulant medication, patients should consider whether something as straightforward as low iron might be undermining their energy and focus.”

effectdoctors.com

Breast Cancer Awareness Month 2025

This worldwide annual campaign every October involves thousands of organisations highlighting the importance of breast awareness, education and research. Breast Cancer Now wants as many people as possible raising awareness and funds for lifesaving research and life-changing support. Many women think that breast cancer won’t happen to them. Sadly the reality is, every 9 minutes a woman is diagnosed in the UK.

Know the signs and symptoms of breast cancer

Everyone’s breasts are different and can change with age and at different times of the month. It’s important to know how your breasts normally look and feel for you, so that it’s easier to spot any new or unusual changes. Check all parts of your breasts, your armpits and up to your collarbone for any unusual changes. It’s as simple as TLC: Touch, Look, Check. While most breast changes won’t be cancer, women should get them checked by a GP, as the sooner breast cancer is found the more successful treatment is likely to be.

What should I be looking for?

Many women know that a lump can be a possible symptom of breast cancer. But there are other signs and symptoms to look out for too. On its own, pain in your breasts is not usually a sign of breast cancer. But look out for pain in your breast or armpit that’s there all or almost all the time.

Breast Cancer Now’s signs and symptoms list

• A lump or swelling in the breast, upper chest or armpit

• A change to the skin, such as puckering or dimpling

• A change in the colour of the breast – the breast may look darker, red or inflamed

• A nipple change, for example it has become pulled in (inverted)

• Rash or crusting around the nipple

• Unusual liquid (discharge) from either nipple

• Changes in size or shape of the breast. Although rare, men can get breast cancer. The most common symptom of breast cancer in men is a lump in the chest area.

“It’s important to know how your breasts normally look and feel for you, so that it’s easier to spot any new or unusual changes”

Wear it pink on Friday 24 October 2025

Breast Cancer Now’s wear it pink day is one of the biggest fundraising events in the UK. Why?

Because breast cancer is still here. It’s still tearing apart the lives of families and it’s still taking the lives of the women we love on a heartbreaking scale. You can raise money to help fund Breast Cancer Now’s lifesaving research and life-changing support.

Hold a dress down day at work, a fun night in, a cake sale or an exclusive garden party! By wearing pink in October, you are helping Breast Cancer Now to be there for anyone affected by breast cancer. No matter how much you raise, you’ll be making a huge difference to people facing breast cancer today. Breast Cancer Now is more determined than ever to be there for anyone affected by breast cancer the whole way through, providing support for today and hope for the future. Every pound raised by wear it pink could help fund a potentially lifesaving research breakthrough or give someone information they can rely on when they need it most. It could also help drive forward Breast Cancer Now’s vital campaigning, to make sure that everyone living with breast cancer receives the best possible treatment and support.

Together we can wear pink, raise money and help make life-changing breast cancer research and support happen.

Sign up now at wearitpink.org/signup

This October, Breast Cancer Now is partnering with Omaze to raise vital funds and awareness through its prize draw giving away a stunning house in Surrey. Visit omaze.co.uk for more details

TOUCH YOUR BREASTS LOOK FOR CHANGES CHECK

ANY CHANGES WITH YOUR GP

No matter what size or shape your breasts are, check them regularly

all parts of

appearsymptomsSignsandmay differently on various skin tones

On its own pain in your breasts is not usually a sign of cancer. But look out for pain in your breast or armpit that’s there all or almost all the time.

A lump or swelling in the breast, upper chest or armpit
A change to the skin, such as puckering or dimpling
A change in the colour of the breast – the breast may look darker, red or inflamed
A nipple change, for example it has become pulled in (inverted)
Rash or crusting around the nipple
Unusual liquid (discharge) from either nipple
Check
your breasts, your armpits and up to your collarbone (upper chest) for changes
Changes in size or shape of the breast

Breast Cancer Awareness and Early Detection in 2025

Breast cancer remains one of the most common cancers in the UK, with around 1 in 7 women developing the disease at some point in their lives. While most cases are diagnosed in women over 50, it’s essential to acknowledge that breast cancer is also diagnosed in younger women and screening does not start until 50. Approximately 18% of breast cancers are in women under the age of 50.

The Importance of Early Detection

Early detection is crucial in the fight against breast cancer. The earlier the diagnosis, the more likely it is that treatment will be effective, leading to better survival rates. Many breast lumps and other symptoms are not cancerous, but it’s always essential to get checked by a doctor to rule out any serious conditions. Recognizing and acting on the signs can make a significant difference in outcomes.

Symptoms to watch for include:

• A lump or swelling, or a new thickened area in

the breast & armpits

• Nipple discharge (other than breast milk)

• Pain in the breast, nipple or armpit that does not go away

• Changes in skin texture, such as puckering or dimpling, which may resemble an orange peel

• Redness or a rash on the skin of the breast or around the nipple

• Nipple retraction, where the nipple is pulled inwards, or changes in the appearance of the nipple

It is important to check your breasts regularly. If you notice any of these symptoms, it is vital to seek medical advice. A doctor can examine you and decide if further tests or a referral to a breast clinic is necessary.

Diagnostic Investigations in 2025

Diagnostic technologies for breast cancer include:

• Mammograms: X-rays of the breast used to screen for cancer, especially for women aged 50-70 in the UK, as part of the national breast screening

The London General Practice, providing same-day appointments.

DR ANGELA RAI MBBS, BSc, MRCGP, DCH, DRCOG, Dip Cardiology. PGCert Anti-ageing Medicine Medicines Management Lead

program. For younger women, mammograms can be less effective because breast tissue tends to be denser, making ultrasound a better option.

• Breast Ultrasound: This imaging method uses sound waves to create images of the breast tissue. It helps determine whether a lump is a fluid-filled cyst or a solid mass, which could be cancerous.

• Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): An MRI provides detailed images of the breast and is often used alongside other tests to get a clearer picture.

• Biopsy: While imaging studies are crucial, the only way to confirm if a suspicious area is cancerous is through a biopsy. This procedure involves taking a small sample of breast tissue and examining it under a microscope. The most common type is a needle biopsy, where a small tissue sample is taken using a needle, usually under local anaesthetic.

These diagnostic tools are part of an increasingly sophisticated approach to breast cancer detection, allowing for more precise identification and treatment planning.

Treatment Options in 2025

The treatment for breast cancer has advanced significantly in recent years, there are now multi modal approaches that combine surgery, radiotherapy, systemic therapy and immunotherapy offering a range of options depending on the type and stage of cancer. A better understanding of tumour biology and revolutionary new drugs have led to changes in the management of breast cancer.

Surgery: Surgery involves removing the cancerous tumour. Depending on the situation, this could involve a lumpectomy (removal of the tumour and a small margin of surrounding tissue) or a mastectomy (removal of one or both breasts).

Chemotherapy: This treatment uses powerful drugs to target and kill cancer cells. It can be used before surgery (to shrink tumours) or after surgery to eliminate any remaining cancer cells.

Radiotherapy: High-energy radiation is used to destroy cancer cells. This is often recommended after surgery to reduce the risk of the cancer returning.

Targeted Therapies: In 2025, treatments have become more personalised, with targeted therapies designed to attack specific proteins and molecules involved in cancer growth.

Hormonal therapy is an example, used when cancer is hormone-receptor-positive.

Immunotherapy: Emerging as a promising treatment, immunotherapy harnesses the body’s immune system to fight cancer more effectively. As research continues, new treatments are being developed and tested to improve outcomes and reduce side effects for breast cancer patients.

The Role of London General Practice (LGP)

The London General Practice offers comprehensive breast cancer diagnostic and

“If you begin your period before age 12, have your first baby after 35, or begin menopause after age 55, there is an increased risk”

treatment services in the heart of Harley Street, providing a world-class, discreet, and confidential environment. Some key features of LGP’s breast cancer services include:

• Modern treatment facilities with access to state-of-the-art diagnostic imaging and testing

• 24-hour medical care, ensuring that patients receive support whenever it’s needed

• A personal health coordinator, who will assist patients throughout their treatment journey

• Direct access to leading private hospitals and specialists in London

• Mental health support, recognizing that emotional well-being is a critical part of cancer care

• Global medical concierge services for international patients

At The London General Practice, we recognise that a breast cancer diagnosis can be an incredibly challenging experience. That’s why we are dedicated to providing not only the highest standard of medical care but also compassionate, personalized support tailored to each patient’s unique needs. Our doctors maintain close relationships with leading specialists across every

medical field, working collaboratively to ensure our patients receive the most comprehensive care and exceptional service throughout their treatment journey.

Looking Ahead

Breast cancer research continues to evolve, and with advancements in treatment and early detection, more women are surviving breast cancer than ever before. Awareness, regular screening, and understanding the symptoms are key in catching breast cancer early, which can dramatically increase the chances of successful treatment.

As we look forward to 2026 and beyond, it is crucial that both women and men remain vigilant about breast health. Regular check-ups and an awareness of the early warning signs of breast cancer can lead to timely diagnosis, effective treatment, and ultimately better outcomes. If you have any concerns, don’t hesitate to speak to your doctor or reach out to the London General Practice for expert advice and care.

THE DETAILS

To book your screening appointment, please call now: 0207 935 1000

Or email info@ thelondongeneralpractice.com

The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL

OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK

Private GP Services thelondongeneralpractice.com

Occupational Health and Corporate Health Service

• 24 hr Private GP Services

• Doctor Visiting Service

• Health Screening

• Menopause Clinic

• Cancer Screening

• Genetic Testing

• Sleep Therapist

• Psychology Services

A DECADE EARLIER THAN THE NHS: The Case for Private Mammograms From Age 40

Breast cancer is the most common cancer in the UK, accounting for around 15% of all new cancer cases (NICE, 2025). This October’s Breast Cancer Awareness Month is a timely moment to ask: how can awareness become action?

Increasingly, action begins earlier than many might expect, with more women choosing private screening mammograms in their 40s, ten years earlier than the UK’s NHS Breast Screening Programme typically starts.

But why? In 2024, the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) updated its guidance, recommending biennial mammograms from age 40. According to their modelling, this change could reduce breast cancer deaths by up to 20% by diagnosing and treating cancers at their earliest and most responsive stages.

While NHS screening typically starts at 50 and runs until age 70, private providers like Scan.com offer earlier access to support the same faster diagnoses and improved treatment outcomes as the U.S. guidelines. Increasingly, Brits are opting to go private, with the Private Healthcare Information Network (PHIN) reporting a sharp rise in self-pay admissions since the pandemic.

Scan.com is one of the UK’s few full-service breast imaging providers, offering mammograms from age 40 without the need for a GP referral. Breast MRI and ultrasound are also available for those with dense breast tissue or who require further investigation. Bespoke clinical guidance

is included to help patients access the right scan at the right time, with transparent pricing and a choice of convenient, state-of-the-art clinics nationwide.

Common myths about mammograms, such as pain or fear of being recalled, can deter some from booking. However, patients generally only report mild discomfort during the procedure, and the majority of recalls do not result in a cancer diagnosis. While overdiagnosis is a consideration, the evidence suggests the benefits of early detection outweigh the risks.

With rising demand for accessible diagnostics, Scan.com offers an alternative route that prioritises clarity, convenience and confidence in your healthcare outcomes.

Private screening mammograms start from just £235, including a clinician consultation, referral, scan, and complete results.

Visit Scan.com, or contact their friendly team on 01277 674 889 or help@uk.scan.com for more information.

World-leading cancer care at one of the UK’s largest breast cancer units

Consultant oncoplastic breast surgeon Miss Rachel O’Connell talks about how The Royal Marsden Private Care’s breast cancer care is completely tailored to the individual.

What is your medical specialty and the areas that you are focused on?

I’m a consultant oncoplastic breast surgeon at The Royal Marsden Private Care in London, where we provide comprehensive breast cancer treatment that is personalised for each and every patient that we meet. As a breast surgeon, my aim is to provide safe breast surgery so that we can completely remove a tumour and, where possible, try to preserve the breast.

In some situations, we have to perform a mastectomy to remove the breast. Following this procedure, for those who wish to have breast reconstruction, we work closely as a multidisciplinary team with our plastic surgeons and other oncoplastic breast surgeons, to provide this service for all of our patients.

What would be a typical patient journey, starting with diagnosis?

Every patient that we see at The Royal Marsden Private Care receives a full evaluation, which involves examining the patient and looking at their medical history, as well as diagnostic imaging that can include mammograms, an ultrasound and MRI scans. We would also examine tissue samples, which is called a biopsy.

One of the benefits of working in a large, comprehensive cancer centre is that we have international experts in all fields of oncological management, so that we can make a very targeted plan for the patient. The Royal Marsden is solely dedicated to cancer care, so we have all the relevant specialists, specifically trained to look after patients with cancer.

“The

Royal Marsden Private Care is solely dedicated to cancer care, so we have all the relevant specialists, specifically trained to look after patients with cancer”

The Royal Marsden at Cavendish Square
Miss Rachel O’Connell, consultant oncoplastic breast surgeon

The Royal Marsden is renowned globally for its research. What kind of research are you and your colleagues involved with?

Our breast unit has received numerous accolades, including the Team Science Award from the American Association for Cancer Research (AACR), one of the world’s most prestigious team science awards, for work that has transformed treatment for many patients with breast cancer. We have presented our findings at international conferences and we work with major cancer centres worldwide to further our knowledge of breast cancer and treatments.

The oncology team lead and participate in many international clinical trials so that we pioneer and stay at the forefront of breast cancer treatment. Within the surgical team we have participated in multiple studies and collect data on our surgical outcomes to make sure we are providing worldclass treatments to our patients.

Looking ahead, what developments are on the horizon for breast cancer treatment and care?

One of the things that is becoming more critical

the way we manage

lot of cancers is our understanding of the genetic causes. Such information can help us identify those at increased risk of breast cancer, so that we can help them by carrying out extra screening or, potentially, even risk-reduction surgery. We can also use genetic information to assist with providing specific treatments, including drugs that are more targeted and have fewer side effects.

For more information about The Royal Marsden Private Care search ‘The Royal Marsden Private Care’, call 020 7811 8111, or email us at privatepatients@rmh.nhs.uk.

“We have international experts in all fields of oncological management, so that we can make a very targeted plan for the patient”
in
a
Radiology staff at Chelsea
The Royal Marsden Private Care at Chelsea

PERSONAL BESPOKE WIGS & HAIRPIECES

Ray Marston Wig Studio provides a discreet and personalised wig and hairpiece service for individuals experiencing hair loss due to medical treatment or alopecia. All wigs and hairpieces are handcrafted by a talented team of professional hair artists and knotters, utilising cutting-edge techniques to create beautiful and realistic hairpieces.

All stages of the process are customised around each individual’s specific hair loss needs and designed with personal comfort and privacy in mind.

The personalised service begins with a free, no-obligation preliminary consultation at the London studio, where you can learn more about the process and the solutions on offer. This is the perfect opportunity to ask any questions and explore any concerns.

During an in-depth consultation, a specialist will then take head measurements and head shape, discuss style preferences and advise on length, colour and texture to ensure the finished piece will feel like your own hair. A custom foundation is created, usually from 40 denier lace, to ensure comfort, a breathable base and durability. Skilled knotters then meticulously add the hair strand

by strand into the lace foundation in specific directions that mimic the natural flow and fall of real hair. Finally, the piece is cut, styled and finished to suit your needs and requirements, enabling you to feel comfortable and confident in your daily life.

As one private client explained, “I think of my life with alopecia as leading two separate lives ... my life before I found Ray Marston Wig Studio, and my life after.”

Ray Marston Wig Studio is open Monday to Friday from 9am until 5pm. Free consultations can be booked in advance by calling 020 7739 3900 or emailing raymarstonwigstudio@gmail.com.

PERSONAL BESPOKE WIGS & HAIRPIECES

A discreet and personalised wig and hairpiece service for individuals experiencing hair loss due to medical treatment or alopecia.

We offer a free, no-obligation preliminary consultation to answer questions, address any concerns, and guide you through the fitting process. All stages are personally customised around you and your specific hair loss needs. Each bespoke piece is carefully designed and created to match the unique colour, texture and look of your own hair, enabling you to feel comfortable and confident in your daily life.

All our wigs and hairpieces are made by our established team of professionals based in our London studio, using cutting-edge techniques to create beautiful, realistic hairpieces.

Please contact us today to book your free consultation. Opening hours Monday to Friday, 9am-5pm

Ray Marston Wig Studio LTD | 4 Charlotte Road, London EC2A 3DH | T: 020 7739 3900

Email: raymarstonwigstudio@gmail.com | Website: raymarstonwigs.co.uk Instagram: @raymarstonwigstudio | Facebook: raymarstonwigstudioltd

Embracing Style and Confidence with Natural Image Wigs

In a world where personal expression is key, hair plays a significant role in how we present ourselves. For those experiencing hair loss, this journey of self-expression can feel daunting. Natural Image Wigs, available at naturalimagewigs.co.uk and through their UK wig salons, offers beautiful and empowering designs to renew confidence and personal style.

Fashion Forward: Redefining Wig Wear

Today’s wig market is a dynamic extension of the fashion industry, with Natural Image Wigs at the forefront. They offer collections mirroring the latest trends, from sleek bobs to flowing layers and playful pixie cuts. Their range encompasses diverse styles, colors, and textures, allowing individuals to experiment and find a look that complements their personal aesthetic. Choosing a Natural Image wig enhances style rather than compromising it.

Navigating Hair Loss with Grace and Choice

Hair loss can profoundly impact self-esteem. Natural Image Wigs understands this, crafting their offerings with empathy and a commitment to quality. They provide a vital resource for those seeking to regain

“Today’s wig market is a dynamic extension of the fashion industry, with Natural Image Wigs at the forefront”

a sense of normalcy, privacy, and control over their appearance. Their collection offers realistic and comfortable solutions, enabling individuals to navigate their journey with grace and confidence.

Beautiful Style, Innovative Designs

Natural Image Wigs caters to every preference, from classic cap designs offering volume to innovative monofilament and lace front options providing a natural hairline and versatile parting. With different fiber options, from luxurious human hair to realistic synthetic fiber, these advanced construction techniques, combined with a vast array of styles and an extensive color palette, ensure each wig looks authentic and feels incredibly comfortable and secure.

Whether for fashion or due to hair loss from alopecia or other medical reasons, the team at Natural Image Wigs can help you discover a gorgeous look. With a caring customer service team and expert fit and wig advice from experienced wig fitters and designers, you will find your perfect look for any occasion.

Website: naturalimagewigs.co.uk

Phone: 0207 403 4422

HOUSE & GARDEN

IMAGE: BY HALEYS

INTERIORS

CHARMING COTTAGE COMFORT

Laura Ashley’s Mayville Cottage Collection blends timeless English charm with cosy sophistication. Featuring warm tones, plush upholstery, and delicate floral details, the collection creates an inviting retreat. Vintage-inspired accents, soft textiles, and thoughtful patterns infuse every corner with comfort, making it perfect for relaxed living steeped in cottage style. lauraashley.com

WOODEN WONDER

The Douceur Bed is the epitome of refined design; the wooden framework features gentle motifs hand carved into solid oak, and the softtouch linen blend upholstery has double-piped edges that give it a graceful and polished aesthetic. frenchbedroom.co.uk

LEATHER LOVE

Based on the 1950’s design by Arne Vodder, the Hamilton Leather Scandi Sofa suits Scandinavian or Nordic style interiors. The leather sofa has an ash frame, and distressed leather upholstery. peppermillinteriors.com

CLEAR THE CLUTTER

With an elegant lime wash finish and four capacious drawers with simple round metal handles, our elegant Camille chest is the perfect way to store essentials in your hallway or lounge. Each has a handy shelf for extra storage, and fits snugly against your wall for minimal clutter. coxandcox.co.uk

CAT OUT OF THE BAG

A puuurfect cuddle-buddy for your sofa. Sit back with a cup of tea and our 100% lambswool Cat cushion to give you comfort. With a different colour-inverted design on the back, this soft-grey and off-white cushion cover (pad not included) comes with a zip closing and is machine washable. jjtextile.co.uk

6 icons of the WFH era

Five years ago, the working week changed forever. Suddenly, our desks were mere steps from our living rooms, and the office just a short stroll from the kitchen. The world of WFH was born, and with it came new demands: spaces that accommodate both professional needs and the comforts of home. Before this shift, office furniture often felt clinical and sanitised. Today, it has evolved into an expressive element of any design enthusiast’s space. That’s why we’ve curated a list of WFH heroes, pieces that make answering emails and enjoying your environment equally stylish and aesthetic.

Eames Soft Pad Chair by Vitra: Eames, a name that surfaces time and again when discussing the upper echelons of interior design. In these lists alone, we’ve celebrated their work for its style, its timelessness, and now, its functionality. The Soft Pad Office Chair collection is the pinnacle of working interiors, appearing everywhere from TV screens (just pick any episode of Suits) to today’s home offices. Charles Eames once said, “Recognizing the need is the primary condition of design.” A philosophy embodied perfectly in this Vitra classic.

62 Desk by Gubi:

A piece of mid-century majesty, Greta Grossman is a name long cherished in Scandinavian furniture design. Her 62 Desk, now produced by Gubi, follows the fundamental principles of peak Danish design to the letter: a strong wooden presence, clean lines balanced with rounded forms, and above all, a minimalism that allows it to blend

Tab Table Lamp by Flos: The right lighting is, for our money, the most underrated element of an optimal working space. Numerous studies highlight its ability to boost productivity, improve both mental and physical health, and of course elevate aesthetics. With so many benefits hinging on getting the glow just right, we recommend the Tab task light by Barber & Osgerby. A firm favourite of desk dwellers since its debut nearly 15 years ago, it’s one of those rare lamps that delivers a focused beam of light without ever overwhelming the space around it.

Eames Soft Pad Chair by Vitra
Series 7 Swivel Chair by Fritz Hansen:
Tab Table Lamp by Flos

seamlessly with a variety of styles. For a piece that needs to harmonize with the rest of your home’s aesthetic, it’s Gubi’s an ideal option.

Series 7 Swivel Chair by Fritz Hansen:

To quote an old adage: “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.” Sometimes, it really is as simple as taking one of the most beloved seating solutions in Scandinavian design history and giving it a fresh set of wheels. Arne Jacobsen’s midcentury masterpiece is now under the celebrated stewardship of Fritz Hansen, and it continues to go from strength to strength. The Series 7 swivel chair edition is perfectly poised to be a careful collaboration of comfort and practicality.

“Sometimes, it really is as simple as taking one of the most beloved seating solutions in Scandinavian design history and giving it a fresh set of wheels”

The Haller System by USM:

Over 125 years of metal-working history are behind the design story at USM. So to say they’ve seen the world and its ways evolve is a bit of an understatement. If anyone can conceive of a new working reality and accommodate for it, then the Swiss storage giants can. Their flagship Haller collection is the optimal home office space saving solution, partially for its stylish and sleek nature, but most definitely for the level of customisation it offers to suit your every need.

Cavour Desk by Zanotta:

What’s the one thing you want to be when stepping into your working world? (Other than first in line at the coffee machine.) Dynamic. Shaping your office interiors to match that mentality is a key part of staying productive – you want your space to be as sharp and on-the-ball as you are. The Cavour Desk by Zanotta captures that energy with debonair lines and stylish angles, creating a “no Zoom call too long, no Slack message too confusing” kind of atmosphere. chaplins.co.uk

Series 7 Swivel Chair by Fritz Hansen:
The Haller System by USM
Cavour Desk by Zanotta
62 Desk by Gubi

Dinner at Yours?

At Peppermill Interiors, we offer an extensive collection of dining tables and best-selling chairs that will transform your gatherings into experiences worth savouring.

The Ashfield Rectangle Dining Table exemplifies how contemporary design can honour traditional craftsmanship, with its striking ribbed solid oak base creating a sculptural foundation that commands attention in any dining space. This hand-crafted masterpiece seamlessly blends classic materials with modern sensibilities, transforming ordinary kitchens into sophisticated luxury interiors through its rich wood tones and architectural presence.

When paired with the Gardena Sheepskin Dining Chair, this combination truly shines. The chair’s solid oak frame complements the table’s premium materials, while its genuine sheepskin upholstery adds tactile luxury that encourages lingering conversation. The plush fur creates a sumptuous seating experience, and the textural contrast between smooth oak and luxurious sheepskin brings visual intrigue to your dining space

The Castle Double Pedestal Dining Table celebrates the beauty of imperfection, with each rustic knot in its reclaimed pine telling a natural story. The striking diamond and star-patterned

“Complete the look with the matching Castle Bench, which mirrors the table’s iconic diamond design and rustic charm”

tabletop creates a captivating focal point, while chunky pedestals with a cross stretcher add vintage-inspired presence. This blend of old-world character and modern functionality has made it a favourite among those seeking furniture with genuine personality and impressive scale.

Complete the look with the matching Castle Bench, which mirrors the table’s iconic diamond design and rustic charm, creating an effortlessly cohesive dining setup that invites both intimate meals and grand gatherings. The combination serves as a beautiful dining setup, but also demonstrates how furniture with personality becomes the heart of meaningful entertaining.

The Knightsbridge Dining Table embodies the pinnacle of modern luxury, where exceptional craftsmanship meets bold design in a piece that commands attention from every angle. Handcrafted from premium oak with a uniquely sculpted base that defies convention, this spectacular statement piece is crowned with an intricate chevron-patterned tabletop that transforms geometric precision into pure artistry. When complemented by the Balmoral Dining Chairs, the pairing achieves a harmony that works equally well in cutting-edge modern spaces or refined traditional settings. The chairs’ sleek silhouette and weathered wooden legs provide a timeless design, where every guest will appreciate the thoughtful balance of high-quality style and genuine comfort that defines truly exceptional furniture, making this combination the perfect choice for those who refuse to compromise on either form or function.

peppermillinteriors.com

LIGHTS&LAMPS AW/25

Building on the success of last season’s launches, lights&lamps’ new autumn/ winter 25 collection is bigger than ever – literally. Playing on scale, a selection of super-size pendants and wall lights make for conversation-starting pieces. One such scene-setter is the Lonso, a mid century-style chandelier decked with three tiers of opulent, hand-blown glass leaves which beautifully diffuse the light.

We have been excited to explore the versatility of bamboo, which possesses a chameleon-like quality across both contemporary and traditional interiors. The new Anji table and floor lamps are crafted in crisp battens of bamboo for a naturalistic take on a pleated shade. And there’s the Bandua pendant and wall light: both generously proportioned and with arms wrapped in this brilliantly tactile material.

“We have been excited to explore the versatility of bamboo, which possesses a chameleon-like quality across both contemporary and traditional interiors”

Practicality is always at the forefront of our minds when designing, which is why we’ve expanded our offering of portable lamps. Joining our much-loved Valli Calacatta marble rechargeable table lamp are two new sister styles in exotic Spanish marble.

Drawing on the popularity of the Art Decoinspired Ottino collection, we’ve taken the multifaceted structure of this linen shade and made it available across lamps, wall lights and an array of pendants.

We’ve also put the beauty into the ‘big light’, with ceiling pendants such as the Café in woven rattan, where the bulb is masterfully concealed, and the asymmetric grace of the Lano bar pendant. lightsandlamps.com

SlatWall for Bathrooms

Naturewall launches new range of fully waterproof SlatWall panelling – designed especially for the bathroom

Bathrooms and wooden wall panels don’t mix. Which is why wall panelling specialists Naturewall have developed a waterproof alternative to their signature SlatWall panels.

Introducing Sivara Oak Slatted Wood Effect Shower Panels.

Designed especially for use in bathrooms and ensuites, these wood-effect panels have all the look of authentic oak, but are completely waterproof.

Built with an advanced, durable PVC core, the Sivara Oak Slatted Wood Effect Shower Panels are finished with matt realistic wood-grain detailing and a dynamic 3D shadow-gap effect for authenticity.

What’s more, the vertical slatted effect enhances the height in any room and creates a luxury feature wall, perfect for spa-like sanctuaries.

Designed and manufactured in the UK, the panels are simple to install and mould-resistant.

Charlie Farrar, Creative Product Manager for Naturewall, said: “SlatWall is a beautiful addition to

any space. But humidity and wood don’t mix.

“Which is why we wanted to create a product that not only looked stunning but can withstand everything the bathroom can throw at it.

“These panels are lightweight, simple to install, and mould-resistant, offering a cost-effective alternative to tiles while still delivering that luxurious look and feel. Perfect for DIY projects or quick renovations, Sivara panels give bathrooms a high-end finish without compromise.”

Sivara Oak Slatted Wood Effect Shower Panels bring sought-after SlatWall style into bathrooms, showers and rooms that demand zero compromise.

Sivara utilises an advanced hollow core PVC structure providing a highly durable, authentically natural, professional look that’s completely compromise-free. The intuitive Tongue & Groove install system makes the fitting process easier and the panels 100% watertight with hidden joins for a smooth, seamless finish.

From naturewall.com

“These panels are lightweight, simple to install, and mouldresistant, offering a cost-effective alternative to tiles while still delivering that luxurious look and feel”

The most memorable homes are never simply decorated; they are shaped with intent, considered in detail & curated to reflect the lives unfolding within them. This is the philosophy of Novaco Design, a creative studio renowned for crafting interiors as individual as the people who inhabit them.

Every project begins with discovery, a conversation that reveals not only how clients wish to live, but who they are at their core. From these insights emerge spaces of quiet sophistication: a townhouse balancing heritage with modern living, a city apartment reimagined as a sanctuary, a country retreat reconnected with nature.

The process is highly collaborative, guided with clarity & care from first sketch to final detail. The result is not simply a beautiful home, but a partnership towards spaces that are lasting in quality, deeply personal & rewarding to live in.

The Paint ‘Palette’ Cleanser

Just moved house and want to rescue your eyes from the previous owners’ colour scheme?

According to eco paint brand Victory Colours, opting for a stopgap colour is the way forward.

Victoria Yardley, Founder of Victory Colours, said: “It’s not an official industry term, but stopgap colour is the paint shade you choose before settling on your forever colour. It’s like a palate cleanser for your walls.”

According to Vicky, there are many reasons why homeowners might want to take on the additional job of a stopgap colour, the most obvious being the instant relief a fresh lick of paint brings.

But according to Vicky, a stopgap colour buys the homeowner time to make a more informed decision about their future interior plans.

And while some might see taking on two paint jobs in a short space of time as a waste of energy and paint, Vicky thinks it will prevent future

colour regret.

She said: “It’s all about giving homeowners breathing room to avoid making rushed decisions. Stopgap colour allows them to live in the home and see how the light changes in every room, before committing to a final shade.”

And when it comes to choosing your stopgap colour, Vicky recommends shades that will work in any light and give homeowners a calm canvas around which to build their interior scheme.

Vicky said: “If you want a safe bet, think background music and not the main performance. It should be a shade that supports your style decisions and not dictate them.”

From the Victory palette, she suggests Penally Stone and The World’s Your Oyster, from Noushka Design’s Cornwall Collection, or Bear’s Paw or Woolwinder for a warmer space. Victory Colours’ range of matt emulsion is available now, priced at £44.95 for 2.5-litre tin. victorycolours.co.uk

“It’s all about giving homeowners breathing room to avoid making rushed decisions. Stopgap colour allows them to live in the home and see how the light changes in every room, before committing to a final shade”

BEAR’S PAW NO.123
THE WORLD’S YOUR OYSTER

ImParlour is a treasure trove for vintage design lovers, offering one-of-a-kind pieces from respected dealers around the world.

A place where you can find that unique vintage piece that will enhance your interior whilst helping to preserve our planet.

ImParlour was born from a passion for vintage design, and experience that spans over 40 years and counting. We wanted to bring dealers together to offer both trade and private clients a diverse range of quality items, spanning the decades of design and from around the world, in one place.

Help me Ronda!

Discover the new tile collection from Porcelain Superstore set to save homes from dreary decor

In the immortal words of Brian Wilson and The Beach Boys, ‘Ronda You Look So Fine’, and that is exactly what can be said for Porcelain Superstore’s new tile collection: Ronda Décor.

Crafted from durable porcelain, Ronda Décor is a beautiful blend of rich terracotta tones and a statement geometric pattern, bringing depth and warmth to floors and walls alike.

Plus, it boasts a soft satin glaze which catches the light to bring a touch of luxury to any space.

Abbas Youssefi, Managing Director of Porcelain Superstore, said: “Terracotta is having a real moment as we transcend from autumn to winter. It is a colour that is reminiscent of the traditional tiles found in Morocco and the Mediterranean and brings with it a sense of warmth and cosiness.

“Combined with the strong, geometric pattern,

which is off-set by soft beige tones, it’s a tile that brings depth and interest to interior spaces.”

Ronda Décor can be used on both walls and floors to bring life to tired kitchens or dull bathrooms. But it can also be used around the home, perhaps to create a welcoming hallway or a rustic dining room.

For those homeowners who want to create a contrast, a plain version of the tile, Ronda Cotto, is also available.

Abbas added: “If you want to create a confident interior scheme, Ronda Décor looks exceptional when styled solo. But for a more pared-back look, mix it up with Ronda Cotto. Either way, it is guaranteed to command attention this winter.”

Ronda Décor is crafted from porcelain, making it suitable for use in any space and easy to maintain. It is also compatible with underfloor heating. It measures 16.5cm x 16.5cm.

Ronda Décor is available now from Porcelain Superstore, priced at £50 per m2. Love the warmth of terracotta but want something with a little extra flair? This decorative tile combines classic terracotta with a bold geometric design in soft beige - adding instant depth and style. From porcelainsuperstore.co.uk

Susan Chesney Interiors, based in Chelsea, has been named by Homes & Gardens as one of the Next in Design 25, shortlisted for the Society of British and International Interior Design Award, and is the recipient of multiple Client Service Awards. The studio is recognised for creating interiors defined by quiet elegance, warmth, and exceptional detail – a balance of beauty and practicality. Its work spans private residences and boutique hospitality projects in London and abroad.

From concept to handover, the practice delivers with clarity and care. Known for warm professionalism, the team approaches each commission with discretion and attentiveness, managing complexity so the process feels seamless.

“Susan works with quite pared-back palettes, yet there is a real warmth that shines through.”
– SARAH SPITERI, GROUP EDITOR IN CHIEF, LIVINGETC, HOMES & GARDENS
“The final layout is beautiful… Susan Chesney Interiors is highly recommended for a stress-free project!”
– VB, RESIDENTIAL CLIENT

At the heart of the studio’s ethos is enduring design – interiors that are refined, personal, and built to last. To discuss your next project, please contact Susan Chesney Interiors for a confidential consultation.

EMAIL: INFO@SUSANCHESNEY.CO.UK | TEL: +44 (0) 77 8740 7625

Egoitaliano:

The 100% Italian brand will colour your way of living.

Egoitaliano, founded in Matera in 2007, is a company that designs and produces 100% Italian, innovative, customizable sofas, armchairs and furnishing accessories.

What makes them unique is their blend of contemporary design mixed in with the latest trends in fashion, street style and pop culture.

All this is combined with a tailor-made approach aimed at responding to the different living needs in terms of colour, fabrics, sizes and shapes.

This approach has allowed Egoitaliano to conquer many world markets within a short span of time confirming its “know how” within the dynamics of the Italian sofa Industry.

Their entire production process, from the selection of raw materials to the the finished product, takes place in specialised workshops within the Furniture District of the Murgia (Southern Italy).

For Egoitaliano, the blend between materials and fabrics releases their creativity combining the finest Italian leathers, fabrics and different materials making them trend setters .

Every year the brand invests in R&D of technological solutions that make Egoitaliano products and services highly innovative, in order to guarantee 360 degrees of sofa comfort such as integrated home automation, relaxation mechanisms, seat recognition sensors, back panels, and mechanised seats.

The latest innovations include integrated speakers with 4D sound system for an immersive cinematic experience at home, available for some of the models.

With over 600 colour shades of leathers and

THE DETAILS

Bluewater Shopping Centre

Lower Rose Gallery Dartford, Greenhithe DA9 9ST

01322 951487

bluewater@egoitalianostore.com egoitaliano.com

fabrics available, the several modules available for each model, the colour of the piping, the colour of the legs to the density of the foam, makes each sofa unique and specially created for the consumer.

The variety and choice available in models allow the brand to satisfy any request in terms of style, taste and design.

Egoitaliano are indeed the perfect combination of design, quality and originality so whether it is minimalist design, shabby chic, contemporary or 80s pop, Ego Italiano do it all.

You may see their collection at the Bluewater shopping centre in Dartford, Kent.

BEAUTIFULLY TAILORED CURTAINS FOR EVERY WINDOW

Max Buston began his career as an interior designer, working internationally with Anouska Hempel. Curtains and blinds, however, were always the part that inspired him most: how they frame a view, soften a space, and transform the mood of a room. Today, he runs two showrooms, in Richmond and Dartmouth, Devon, entirely devoted to handmade curtains, Roman blinds, poles and trims. They are designled spaces where you can discover ideas for living rooms, bedrooms, and even the trickiest windows. Clients are encouraged to bring ideas, whether that’s a Pinterest board, paint swatches or simply a sense of what feels missing at the window. Together, fabrics are explored, light and mood are considered, and solutions begin to take shape. That might mean layering Roman blinds with linen curtains, or tailoring curtains to the curve of a

Victorian bay. Every piece is handmade to order, so the result always feels personal.

Many London clients choose to begin with a home visit, where samples are brought directly into your space. Or you can simply pop into the Richmond showroom.

curtainsbymaxbuston.com 020 7971 1313 hello@maxbuston.com

“Fabrics brought into your home let ideas fall into place”

OMEGA IV The Next Chapter in Linwood’s Best-selling Velvet

British fabric house Linwood proudly introduces Omega IV, a velvet designed first and foremost for beautiful, practical upholstery. The fourth generation of Linwood’s bestselling plain, this Italian-woven velvet combines sumptuous softness with the strength needed for everyday family life. Omega IV is as durable as it is indulgent. Finished with a non-fluoro stain-resistant treatment, it shrugs off spills with ease, making it the perfect choice for hardworking sofas, armchairs, and banquettes. The fabric is also inherently FR, ensuring safety as well as style, while its composition includes 28% recycled content –proof that performance and sustainability can go hand in hand.

Beyond upholstery, Omega IV offers versatility. Its beautiful drape allows it to be used for elegant curtains, while its washability makes it a smart choice for loose covers.

With 154 colours in the palette – from calming neutrals to statement jewel tones – Omega IV gives homeowners and decorators the confidence to create interiors that are both practical and personal.

“Omega IV is designed for real homes,” says Barny Gloyn, Managing Director at Linwood. “It’s soft enough to sink into, strong enough to stand up to family life, and stylish enough to elevate every interior.”

Omega IV is available now, exclusively from Linwood: linwoodfabric.com

Home Interiors Trends Autumn 2025

As the leaves begin to turn and a crispness fills the air, Autumn 2025 ushers in a new era of home interior trends in the UK. Heading into the season on ufurnish.com, a beautiful blend of comforting familiarity and exciting innovation is emerging, with a strong emphasis on sustainability, individual expression, and colour.

From the much-anticipated Dulux Colour of the Year, a key driver in home interiors, to a renewed love for textured fabrics and natural materials,

ufurnish.com explores what will be defining British homes this Autumn and outlines eight key trends shaping the market.

THE DULUX COLOUR OF THE YEAR 2026: “RHYTHM OF BLUES”

At the London launch event, Dulux unveiled its Colour of the Year 2026, “Rhythm of Blues.”

Fluid blues are set to lead the way, offering calming effects for homes across the UK. The colour comes to life in three palettes – Slow Swing, Free Grove, and Mellow Flow – each pairing effortlessly with natural wood tones, warm neutrals, and deeper earthy shades. Expect to see this adopted across living rooms, bedrooms, and kitchens, bringing harmony and wellbeing into households nationwide.

THE 8 TRENDS DEFINING AUTUMN 2025 INTERIORS:

• Embracing Biophilic Design – Moving beyond houseplants, biophilic design integrates nature into the home through living walls, botanical prints, and raw organic materials, promoting restorative, serene environments.

• The Allure of Tactile Textures – Searches for velvet cushions are up 273% year on year, reflecting a strong demand for bouclé sofas, chunky knits, velvet, and woven rugs, creating luxurious and cosy interiors.

• Sustainable and Ethical Choices – Conscious consumerism drives demand for reclaimed wood, recycled materials, and sustainable textiles. Vintage and antique searches have surged 87% year on year.

• Statement Lighting as Art – Oversized pendants, sculptural fixtures, and designs in rattan, glass, brass, and ceramic are trending as lighting

takes centre stage as a form of art.

• The Return of Dark Wood Accents – Walnut, deep oak, and ebonised finishes are resurging, with dark wood searches up 183% in just three months, bringing depth and luxury to interiors.

• The Comfort of the “Cocooning” Bedroom – With upholstered headboards trending (up 96% year on year), bedrooms are being transformed into sanctuaries with plush, calming finishes.

• The Versatile Home Office Nook – Flexible working keeps home offices relevant, with multifunctional “nooks” emerging as stylish, integrated solutions within living spaces.

• Bathroom Retreats – Bathrooms are evolving into spa-like escapes, with freestanding tubs, rainfall showers, stone, and wood finishes, complemented by biophilic touches and calming palettes.

As the UK enters peak home furnishing season, ufurnish.com predicts continued momentum across these eight trends. Despite an unusually warm summer, consumer searches indicate strong interest in preparing homes for Autumn 2025, signalling significant opportunities for retailers and designers to align with consumer sentiment. ufurnish.com/en-gb

Top tips for designing a small bathroom or cloakroom this spring

Looking to refresh your bathroom this spring but unsure how to make the most of limited space? Senior Designer Jo from Ripples London shares expert advice on optimising your small bathroom or cloakroom for a fresh, functional, and stylish update.

Choose Wall-Hung Furniture

Wall-hung sanitaryware and furniture create an open, airy feel by freeing up floor space. A wallhung WC, paired with a slim concealed cistern, eliminates bulky boxing for a sleek, minimalist look. Floating vanities further enhance the illusion of space while making cleaning a breeze. For an elegant touch, consider concealed wall-mounted basin taps, they not only save space but also add a contemporary feel.

Get Smart with Storage

A compact, wall-hung vanity with deep drawers is ideal for storing rolled-up towels and daily essentials. Utilise vertical space with shelves above the WC for a stylish display of decorative pieces or bathroom products. Built-in niches in shower areas or beside the bathtub provide convenient storage for shampoos and toiletries without cluttering surfaces.

Embrace Light and Bright Colours

Welcome the fresh energy of spring with lightly coloured, reflective tiles that help bounce light

“Bringing

nature indoors is a great way to make a small bathroom feel more inviting. Consider adding greenery such as ferns or peace lilies, which thrive in humid environments and introduce a fresh, spalike ambiance”

around the room. Opt for soft, neutral paint shades to enhance the sense of openness and make your bathroom feel bigger and brighter.

Perfect Your Lighting

Lighting is crucial in small spaces, especially if natural light is limited. Combine ceiling lights with indirect lighting in recesses or at floor level to create a well-lit, inviting atmosphere. Thoughtfully placed lighting can make even the smallest bathroom feel spacious and welcoming.

Incorporate Nature-Inspired Elements

Bringing nature indoors is a great way to make a small bathroom feel more inviting. Consider adding greenery such as ferns or peace lilies, which thrive in humid environments and introduce a fresh, spa-like ambiance. Wooden accents, such as a vanity unit or shelving, can also add warmth and texture while maintaining a sleek, modern look.

Mirror Magic

A well-placed mirror can do wonders in a small bathroom by reflecting light and creating the illusion of more space. Oversized or backlit mirrors not only add functionality but also enhance the overall aesthetic, making your bathroom feel bigger and brighter.

Visit Ripples London at 26 England’s Lane, Belsize Park, London NW3 4TG, ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 7449 9594.

020 3179 9700 englishfireplaces.co.uk info@englishfireplaces.co.uk

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24

TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24

TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2

The Tree Agency darryl parkin

The Treehouse

The Treehouse

(iTree consultancy) (eTree planting) (iPlant landscape) (eTree surgery)

The Tree Agency darryl parkin

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Telephone 020 8274 0107

25 King Edwards Grove, Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY

Mobile 07960123580

Telephone 020 8274 0107

Telephone 020 8274 0107

Fax 020 8274 0119

Mobile 07960123580

Fax 020 8274 0119

info@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

info@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove

Mobile 07960 123580

25 King Edwards Grove

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Telephone 020 8274 0107

info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Telephone 020 8274 0107

Mobile 07960123580

Mobile 07960123580

Fax 020 8274 0119

Fax 020 8274 0119

@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

Photo © Chris Snook 2022

LIGHTING TRENDS DEFINING HOMES

Lighting has become one of the most important design elements in the home, shaping atmosphere and adding personality to every room. In 2025, the focus is on lighting that feels expressive, with homeowners embracing both statement designs and clever layered schemes that balance practicality with style. James Kendall, Operations Director at KES Lighting & Home, shares the key lighting trends shaping homes this year.

James Kendall, Operations Director at KES Lighting & Home,

Art Deco Revival

One of the strongest movements for 2025 is the return of Art Deco glamour. There is a growing appetite for vintage-inspired lighting, particularly fittings that nod to the elegance of the 1920s and 30s. Bold geometry, opulent glass details and brass or gold finishes are defining features. These pieces bring instant character and a timeless sense of luxury to living spaces.

Layered Lighting

The way we use lighting continues to evolve, with layered schemes becoming more important than ever. One central fitting is no longer enough to create atmosphere or meet the demands of modern living. A thoughtful combination of ambient, task and accent lighting ensures rooms feel warm, versatile and comfortable. Table lamps, wall lights and discreet LED strips all contribute to building this depth.

Extending the Glow Outdoors

Lighting trends in 2025 are not confined to interiors. Outdoor spaces are being treated as true

extensions of the home, with lighting playing a vital role in how they are enjoyed. Discreet wall lights, lantern-style fittings and ground-level LEDs are creating ambience while also improving safety. Warm-toned bulbs and layered schemes ensure gardens, patios and terraces feel inviting long after the sun has gone down. Well-chosen outdoor lighting allows homeowners to extend their living areas and make the most of every season.

Playful and Sculptural Designs

Lighting has moved beyond function to become an integral part of home styling. In 2025, fittings are often doubling up as art pieces, with sculptural pendants and striking wall lights chosen as focal points in a room, sometimes in place of traditional artwork. These designs add interest and presence

Biophilic Lighting and the Beauty of Natural Design

One of the most exciting movements for 2025 is the growing focus on biophilic lighting. This approach is all about reconnecting interiors with nature, using organic shapes, natural materials and gentle tones to create spaces that promote calm and wellbeing.

Designs incorporating materials such as rattan, wood, bamboo and recycled glass are proving especially popular. These not only add warmth and texture but also give spaces a sense of authenticity that feels very current. Combined with lightweight forms and a mindful approach to design, biophilic lighting captures the harmony of the outdoors while enhancing the comfort of life indoors. keslighting.co.uk

EVERY SOFA HAS A STORY

Cult Furniture’s latest campaign, Every Sofa Has a Story is a playful, stylish, and comfort-first approach to choosing the right sofa for your lifestyle, proving your sofa is more than just a seat, it’s where life happens.

The place you collapse after a long day, curl up with a new Netflix obsession, spill secrets with your best friend, or maybe even console over a breakup. It’s the heart of the living room, the stage for everyday rituals and meaningful moments.

The Binge Buddy: Halton

Perfect for streaming marathons and lazy Sundays, Halton has earned its title as the Binge Buddy. Crafted for comfort with deep-set, pocket-sprung seating and a feather and fibre filling that feels like a hug, its soft lines and supportive arms are designed for those who want a balance of luxury and practicality.

The Booty Call: Connick

The Connick in mohair-style velvet is unapologetically sultry. Plush, tactile, and dripping with 70s-inspired glamour, this sofa has earned the cheeky nickname Booty Call. It’s the piece that transforms an ordinary night into something special; Connick is less about background furniture and more about making an entrance.

Heartbreak HQ: Ivy

The Ivy 3-Seater manages both comfort and style with effortless confidence. Nicknamed Heartbreak HQ, it’s the place to pour a glass of wine, debrief with friends, or regroup after a long day. With cocooning curves, ribbed detailing, and walnut trim, Ivy channels 70s revival with a modern twist. It’s tactile, timeless, and forgivingly soft, perfect for those nights when all you want is comfort, or the mornings when style takes the spotlight.

Pillow Talk: The Cloud Sofa

There’s no denying the Cloud is romance material. Plush, sculptural, and effortlessly chic, it’s where long conversations stretch into the early hours, and where comfort is an unspoken promise. Hence its persona: Pillow Talk.

Its striking soft curves and low-slung silhouette make it a statement piece, while the deep, plump cushions practically beg you to sink in. It’s retroluxe comfort with a fresh, contemporary edge.

More Than Just Furniture

With Every Sofa Has a Story, Cult are redefining the sofa as the anchor of the home. It reflects personality, sets the tone for how we live, and becomes the backdrop for countless memories. Explore the collection and find your sofa story at cultfurniture.com

KITCHENS

FUNCTION MEETS STYLE

This stunning East Dulwich kitchen is a perfect blend of functionality and sophisticated design, where bespoke craftsmanship meets the practicality of IKEA units. By incorporating custom elements, we have elevated the standard kitchen framework to create a truly unique and personalised space. madebyhusk.com

TOP OF THE RANGE

The Everhot 120i is a three oven heat storage range cooker. On the left you’ll find the roasting and baking ovens, and on the right a slow cooking oven for when you have a houseful. everhot.co.uk

RUSTIC ELEGANCE

Fully embracing the natural beauty of wood, our weathered oak counter stool has a timeless rustic elegance that will complement any kitchen style from Shaker to industrial. coxandcox.co.uk

CHERRY BABY

A thoughtful housewarming gift, this Cherry tea towel is fully hemmed and made from 100% cotton. Featuring a retro-style print inspired by vintage fruit cans, it’s the perfect finishing touch for a stylish kitchen. rexlondon.com

WE LOVE

This silver metal double oak leaf bowl. It is a decorative hand-finished centrepiece which measures 36x8cm and makes the perfect addition to any kitchen. clickstyle.co.uk

In March 2020 during the most unprecedented times, our family decided that we have to do something good and better to supply our products to the people of the United Kingdom.

We created our goal that we have to bring and offer something good and positive which will keep everyone happy and healthy, and at any place (home, study place, working/ business or even leisure places).

We decided to import and sell by ourselves, in the United Kingdom, products which will treat and improve quality of air and as well products which will make us healthier and improve taste of water.

Why products which treat and improve quality of Air & Water? Because Air and Water are vital components that humanity and everything that is on our planet need to have. From now on, our mission is to offer products are that are cost effective and Eco Friendly – to make You/ Your Family/ Your Friends/ Your Colleagues stay healthy and happy.

FIND + AcsaCi products on AMAZON UK

Together with us, is an international experienced & energetic team with more than 10 Years Experience with searching, developing new products/ new projects, to control and assure quality of each product and to supply whole of the world. We are ready to learn to improve our products, from you (our customers), our suppliers and partners and leaders of the market. We will always do our best to aspire to achieve our mission.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR TRUST AND SUPPORT

DOUBLE WALL
DOUBLE WALL DIGITAL, KEEP WARM
GLASS TEA POT ROUND & SQUARE

ECLISSE POCKET DOORS:

A Stylish and Practical Way to Transform Your Home

When it comes to creating a beautiful home, it’s often the little details that make the biggest difference. One design feature that continues to transform interiors is the pocket door—a clever solution that balances elegance with practicality.

ECLISSE, specialists in pocket door systems, have seen demand steadily rise over the years as more homeowners, architects, and designers recognise the benefits these doors bring. Unlike traditional hinged doors, pocket doors slide neatly into the wall cavity, eliminating the need for the wide swing arc. This instantly frees up valuable floor space, unlocking new design opportunities. Whether the goal is to create a more spacious, open-plan atmosphere or to maximise flexibility in furniture placement, pocket doors offer a smart, space-saving solution.

Beyond their functionality, pocket doors are also an impressive style statement. Available in a wide range of styles and configurations, they can be tailored to complement almost any design scheme. Frameless systems blend seamlessly into the wall, perfect for those who prefer a sleek, minimalist aesthetic. Glass options, on the other hand, encourage natural light to flow freely between

“Beyond their functionality, pocket doors are also an impressive style statement”

rooms, enhancing brightness and creating a greater sense of connection throughout the home. Small but impactful details, such as flush-fitting handles and soft-close mechanisms, further elevate the overall look and feel, adding subtle refinement. Pocket doors also reflect a growing preference for adaptable living spaces. Modern homes often need to serve multiple functions—whether that’s working, entertaining, or relaxing - and pocket doors provide the flexibility to reconfigure rooms with ease. They allow spaces to be opened up for social gatherings or closed off for privacy and quiet when needed, making them a versatile choice for contemporary living.

With their thoughtful design and innovative engineering, ECLISSE pocket doors go far beyond practicality. They are a way to transform interiors, optimise space, and enhance style—making them not just a functional feature, but a true design statement.

eclisse.co.uk

Tel: 0333 5770828

Email: info@eclisse.co.uk

Mary Gannon Design

“Mary was excellent at understanding exactly what we wanted stylistically and then showing us the greater potential of what we had desired. Her schemes were all well thought out and practical while also exactly what we wanted aesthetically: some rooms playful, other rooms restful, all rooms beautiful and thoughtful”.

— Private client, London

INTERIOR DESIGN/PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

Since 2009 we have taken great pride in doing what we love: creating beautiful interiors tailored to your lifestyle that will continue to delight for years to come.

To discuss your project needs, please contact Mary via the details below.

(+44) 07952 066 607

mary@marygannondesign.co.uk www.marygannondesign.co.uk

Technology, Expertly Installed

At AV Lounge Installations, we believe your home should be as intelligent as it is beautiful. For the past seven years, our family-run business has specialised in delivering bespoke smart home solutions that blend comfort, elegance, and innovation. From smart lighting and automated blinds and curtains to bespoke home cinemas, robust Wi-Fi networks, and advanced security, every detail is tailored to enhance the way you live.

Our clients often discover us through personal recommendations, which we consider the greatest compliment. As certified installers, we not only bring proven expertise and professionalism to every project but also the reassurance that each system is delivered to the highest standards.

Recent work has included projects for well-known names such as former professional footballer Peter Crouch, reflecting the trust placed in us by discerning homeowners. Clients tell us that what sets us apart is not just the quality of our work, but the experience of living with it. Imagine gathering family and friends for an evening in a cinema room that feels as captivating as a private screening, or setting the perfect ambience with a single touch,

“The result is a home that not only looks stunning but feels more comfortable, more connected, and more secure”

whether for a lively dinner party or a quiet night in.

What keeps people coming back to us is our dedication to detail and reliability. A smart lighting scheme should adapt seamlessly to every mood, a home network should work flawlessly without thought, and security should provide peace of mind while remaining unobtrusive. Our role is to make cutting edge technology invisible, intuitive, and truly effortless.

For many, smart home technology can feel overwhelming, but our approach is simple: we listen carefully, we guide you through the options, and we provide ongoing support long after installation. The result is a home that not only looks stunning but feels more comfortable, more connected, and more secure.

Whether you’re looking to enhance a single space or transform your entire home, AV Lounge Installations is dedicated to elevating luxury living through technology. It’s why discerning homeowners choose us and why they recommend us time and time again. Call AV Lounge Installations to explore your options and start a conversation about what’s possible. avloungeinstallations.co.uk

Our founder with former professional footballer Peter Crouch, following the handover of a recent project.

EMERGENCY SEATING NEVER LOOKED SO GOOD

Expecting guests this Christmas? Get seating sorted now!

Christmas is fast approaching. And for those planning festive soirees, luxury interiors brand Olivia’s is urging hosts to sort their seating plans right away.

Faye Simons, Head of Interior Design at Olivia’s, said: “During the festive period, we often need to break out the ‘emergency chairs’ to ensure everyone has a seat around the dinner table. Office chairs, garden furniture and bar stools are often called upon, but actually, there is a more stylish solution.”

Faye believes the key to ‘emergency’ seating is to invest in versatile pieces, such as ottomans, pouffes and occasional chairs, that can be thoughtfully placed throughout the home and used all year round.

Ottomans and Pouffes

or somewhere to sit when doing hair and makeup. They can also be used in an entryway or in a window to create a stunning reading nook or window seat. Add a throw and a selection of cushions to make it look intentional and not ‘spare’.

Occasional Chairs

Occasional chairs are perfect for seating additional guests at dinner parties, but choose the right one and it will command attention when not in use.

Ottomans and pouffes not only look great but are an incredibly functional addition to any home. Opt for one that is rich in texture, think leather, boucle or velvet, to add visual interest to everyday interior style.

Faye said: “Pouffes and ottomans not only look great but are really useful, especially in living areas. For everyday use, they can be styled with a statement tray to double as a coffee table, a relaxing footrest or tucked under a console.

“When guests arrive, pull them out for casual seating in the living room or around the dining table.”

Benches

The unsung heroes of the seating world, benches are ideal for dinner parties. But what do you do with them when not in use?

According to Faye, there are lots of options. Faye said: “Benches can be placed at the end of a bed to be used as extra seating in the bedroom,

Faye said: “Opt for chairs with plenty of character, think woven backs, beautifully upholstered seats, and they will look great wherever they are placed, whether that’s a corner of a bedroom, flanking a console or in a hallway to soften corners.”

Olivia’s has statement seating available for any occasion, with experts on hand to offer personal advice for every home. Discover the full collection at Olivia’s. olivias.com

LIVING MADE BEAUTIFUL

Luxury interior design studio working throughout London, Surrey & South Wales

Tel: 02921 690113 | Email: studio@wellsandmaguire.com

Website: www.wellsandmaguire.com | Instagram: @wellsandmaguire

Paul Craig Interior Photography

Enjoy Your Pool Longer: Keeping it Beautiful into Autumn

Just because summer is winding down it doesn’t mean your poolside days have to end. Early autumn is a golden time to enjoy your outdoor space in a cosier way. With a few simple touches, your pool can remain serene, stylish, and a calming retreat well into the cooler months.

Create a Cosy Autumn Setting

Cooler air is perfect for twilight gatherings by the pool. Add warmth with throws on loungers, lanterns or fairy lights for a gentle glow, and autumn-scented candles like cedar or fig. A pergola or garden umbrella with sheer drapes soften breezes and create a snug, inviting corner.

Keep the Water Clear

Falling leaves may add charm to the season, but not to your pool! A quick skim every few days and emptying skimmer baskets helps prevent stains or cloudiness. For less effort, an automatic pool cleaner can do the job for you - some even connect to your smartphone.

Warm Up the Water

A brisk dip can be refreshing, but solar covers work wonders at holding on to warmth between sunny spells. Compact heaters make swimming possible when evenings turn cooler. Even if you’re

not in the water daily, keeping it clean and the area tidy ensures your pool remains a relaxing focal point.

Style it for the Season

Autumn is the perfect excuse for small updates: solar lights, floating candles, all-weather rugs, or warm-toned accessories. These touches lift the mood for entertaining - or for enjoying a quiet moment by the water with a hot drink.

Autumn Pool Mindset

THE DETAILS

London Swimming Pool Company designs, builds, maintains and services pools and spas for clients in London and the Home Counties –we have been doing so for 40 years and come with a stellar reputation! londonswimmingpools.com 020 8605 1255

Extending your pool season is not just about temperature - it’s about atmosphere. Whether you fancy a sunset swim or prefer to admire the still water with a blanket and a book, your pool has plenty to offer long after summer ends. With a little care and creativity, it stays a place of beauty and relaxation well into the season.

Do a Little Now, Save a Lot Later

A few simple steps today can spare hassle later. Start balancing the pool water for cooler weather - essentially keeping it stable and clean so you don’t end up fighting problems down the line - give pumps and filters a quick check and consider a professional service visit before things get busy.

Custom lighting that is designed, engineered and 100% made in Britain.

I have over 20 years of experience in lighting for interior designers, architects and specifiers.

Just ask me what you have in mind and I will give you a free and honest consultation.

To view my previous work visit: www.joescog.co.uk

Email: info@joescog.co.uk

Mobile: 07956 998089

Instagram: @joescog

ART DECO REFINED: A FAMILY KITCHEN WITH A STORY BY EXTREME DESIGN

Nestled in the Hertfordshire countryside is The Lake House, a refurbished home where style is grounded in story.

The double award-winning kitchen by Extreme Design features a classic, contemporary style with subtle Art Deco influences, complementing the interior scheme by Alexander James Interiors.

The kitchen design centres around geometry, symmetry and refined restraint, drawing inspiration from the Art Deco glamour of the Churchill Bar at the Hyatt Regency. Stepped door details, sunburst motifs etched into glazing, and brass accents all nod to the era without veering into pastiche.

At the centre of the kitchen, a sweeping, upholstered oval banquette carves elegantly into the island. Handmade and sculptural in form, it references the curves and layering of Art Deco design while bringing a sense of intimacy to the space. This dining island creates a place for family and friends to come together for breakfast, conversation, or a quiet moment with a coffee –beautifully uniting function and elegance.

Behind the island, the Sub-Zero fridge, freezer

and wine cabinet stand proudly as a statement feature. Framed in natural marble and bronze, and crowned with a furniture-style cornice, the appliances sit behind custom mirrored doors etched with a refined sunburst motif. More akin to crafted furniture than conventional kitchen cabinetry, this bespoke feature creates a moment of drama in a way that feels entirely individual. This kitchen doesn’t simply live within the house; it is an extension of the interior and architecture. It’s a timeless space where the legacy of style meets the needs of modern family living.

The Lake House embodies Extreme Design’s philosophy: that kitchen design should go beyond function and aesthetics to reflect a personal story—shaping a space that is enduring, expressive and entirely your own.

DETAILS

Tel: 020 3369 6034

extreme-design.co.uk

145 Church Road, Barnes, London SW13 9HR

www.tirglas.co.uk

Launched in 2023, Samson & Solomon Candle Co is quickly growing into an inspiring e-commerce brand for soy wax candles and fragrances that inspire the home. Created and handcrafted by Tali Butler, the brand is expanding to include diffusers, candle care kits and accessories, and ships worldwide.

Visit www.samsonandsolomoncandleco.com.au and follow @samsonandsolomoncandleco on Instagram.

BATHROOMS

BEAUTY IN THE DETAILS

With innovative strength, boundless creativity and passion, Dornbracht continuously create new solutions that are as unique as the people they design them for. Inspiring your vision is their ambition and at the same time their promise to turn your vision into reality. The Vaia in Brushed Platinum combines traditional elegance with clarity and openness. The Dornbracht fitting blends harmoniously into the minimalist bathroom architecture. dornbracht.com

GOING FOR GREEN

With a size width of 570mm and a depth (front to back) of only 250mm the Bentham basin is ideally suited to the most compact of cloakrooms, whilst the substantial fireclay construction ensures it will not look out of place in a larger space. thomas-crapper.com

TILE STYLE

Promenade, chosen as Tile of the Year 2026 is a tile collection that celebrates the quiet power of stripes. Promenade features a simple, elegant stripe design in three classic colourways. Hastings is a heritage green evoking timeless elegance. originalstyle.com

PRACTICAL STYLE

Transform wasted space into practical storage with the Victoria Under Sink Cabinet. Designed to fit neatly around your sink, this versatile piece combines style with functionality – the perfect way to keep your essentials organised while enhancing your bathroom décor. vonhaus.com

BATHE IN LUXURY

Indigenous’ Nickel bath is a freestanding bateau-style tub. It is made from nickel-plated copper. The surfaces is polished and creates an impervious, lustrous sheen that’s incredibly durable and easy to clean. indigenous.co.uk

Photography: Reto Guntli & Agi Simoes

Hare & Humphreys

Master specialists in contemporary decoration & exceptional finishes

Repairs and renovations at Richmond Theatre

One of the oldest surviving theatres designed by iconic architect Frank Matcham, Richmond Theatre has sat in the heart of the local community since 1899.

This beautiful Grade II-listed venue presents a wide range of quality shows, from pre- and postWest End Drama to record-breaking musicals, opera, dance and family entertainment.

The theatre is also a popular filming location, having been used for film and TV including Finding Neverland, Bugsy Malone, Killing Eve and Ted Lasso.

Early this year it suffered water ingress to the Main Foyer which damaged the ceiling and delicate artistry featuring paintings by Lawrence Llewellyn-Bowen who completed them during a refurbishment some 34 years ago.

In consequence, Hare & Humphreys were privileged to be commissioned to undertake the sensitive repairs and renovations to return the foyer to its former magnificence in August 2025 as illustrated in the following photographs.

The Main Foyer which required cleaning and decorative repairs together with the carefully retouched artwork.

The central chandelier illuminating the finished artwork restoration.

Hare & Humphreys

Founded in 1987, Hare & Humphreys is one of Britain’s leading exponents of the art of painting, gilding, conservation and decoration of historic and contemporary buildings - delivering a wide range of expertise both nationally and internationally.

Our specialist services

Our team of highly skilled painters, decorators, gilders and conservators can manage diverse projects, from restoring a listed building to creating bespoke finishes in contemporary interiors. We can provide a range of interior design finishes for example painting, graining, gilding, trompe l’oeil, polished plasters, wallpaper and embossed leather. Come and see us at our newly refurbished workshop and studio where we can help you translate your ideas and projects into reality.

Our plan for the future

2025 has begun with the appointment of new management with a dynamic vision and mandate to expand opportunities in the conservation & heritage sector as well as generate controlled growth whilst fully respecting and retaining the traditions and ethics of the company. Hare & Humphreys new MD Thomas Wallerand states that “our founding principles of quality, fairness, integrity and a warm customer focussed service will remain implicit in all that we do as we grow our business, and our people without compromising customer satisfaction.”

Contact

Thomas Wallerand, Managing Director Mobile: 07947313453

Hare & Humphreys Ltd

Second Floor, 15, Young Street, London W8 5EH +44 (0) 20 7833 8806

info@hare-humphreys.co.uk www.hare-humphreys.co.uk

CEILING STYLE

Homeowners are embracing the ‘fifth wall’ as interest in ceiling décor surges

Homeowners across Great Britain and Ireland are raising the DIY stakes, quite literally, as interest in ceiling décor surges, according to new research from family-run wall mural specialists By Haleys.

Using data from Pinterest, they found searches for the term ‘ceiling wallpaper’ have increased 50% over the last year; while searches ‘ceiling décor’ and ‘wallpapered ceiling’ are also on the rise.

Richard Haley, Creative Director of By Haleys, said: “A coat of white paint is so often the goto for ceilings but now we are starting to see homeowners embrace every inch of surface to express the character of the home.

“The ceiling is fast becoming referred to as the fifth wall and homeowners are starting to treat it in the same way as any other wallspace and making it a key part of their décor.”

A made-to-measure mural is a great option for

adding visual impact and dimension to the ceiling. By Haleys panoramic designs are incredibly bold and have been created so consumers feel the story behind the design. The Yorkshire-based studio also offers customers the flexibility to choose the exact portion of the mural they desire, ensuring a perfect fit for any ceiling space.

Richard added: “For murals to have a true impact on the ceiling, it’s really important designs are not squashed to fit. Our clients can tell us the dimensions of their ceiling and we will create a mural that perfectly covers the space without being compressed.”

By Haleys’ panoramic murals have been designed to transform interior schemes with their breathtaking artistry. Each is inspired by the serene landscapes of West Yorkshire, where the studio is based, and been designed to bring nature into the home.

byhaleys.com

“The ceiling is fast becoming referred to as the fifth wall”

King size divan bed for double bed price offer: Last day to order a divan bed for guaranteed delivery before Christmas is Friday 10th October.

King size mattress for double mattress price offer: Last day to order a mattress for guaranteed delivery before Christmas is Friday 24th October.

GIFT A DOG PURE OPULENCE THIS CHRISTMAS With a Seriously Inviting Dog Bed in Soft and Stylish Velour

Soft, inviting and draped in luxury, spoil a dog this Christmas with a beautiful Velour Bed from award-winning British designers Charley Chau, who have been at the forefront of innovation in dog bedding since 2010.

A dog will feel like royalty come Christmas Day when retiring to their chambers made of velvety soft velour, which offers a dreamy feel with every nap. Whether fashioned into a Snuggle Bed or a high-sided Deeply Dishy, Charley Chau’s highperformance, upholstery-quality Velour wraps a deep-filled luxury mattress base that has been constructed like a sofa-seat for maximum comfort and to stay lump-free after washing so no bumps will spoil a dog’s sleep. Made entirely from recycled polyester, the Velour fabric is eco-friendly too.

Available in a gorgeous selection of beautiful brights, as well as a classic silver and combo, Charley Chau’s Velour dog bedding collection will also be a stylish accent within the home. In both the Deeply Dishy and Day Bed designs, the Velour has also been styled in contrasting colour offering sophisticated playfulness and an alternate look from a dog’s bed, which

often resides in the heart of the home.

As with all Charley Chau dog beds, the Velour dog bed collection brings substance as well as style with easy to remove covers and machine-washable insides and out. Beds can also be upgraded with anti-microbial waterproof liners or spare covers are available for wash days or style changes. For use at home or away, gift a dog with the luxury and comfort they deserve this

“As

with all Charley Chau dog beds, the Velour dog bed collection brings substance as well as style”

Specialising in a wide selection of new, old and new Persian, Turkish, Caucasian and Turkmen carpets. Various antique, old and new Kilims available. Professional hand-cleaning and restoration service. We buy old and antique carpets – even damaged rugs. Part-exchange and evaluations.

312 Upper Richmond Road West, East Sheen, London SW14 7JN Tel & Fax: 0208 876 0070 | info@rugstoreonline.co.uk www.rugstoreonline.co.uk

New Collection: Spectacular Abstracts by Alison Johnson

Wallsauce.com is delighted to announce the launch of a brand-new wallpaper mural collection: Spectacular Abstracts by Alison Johnson.

Since 2013, Wallsauce has been transforming spaces across the globe with bespoke wall murals. This new collection continues their commitment to collaborating with talented artists worldwide, offering designs that inspire creativity while upholding sustainability.

Alison Johnson, the artist behind this exclusive collection, is celebrated for her ability to capture atmosphere, movement, and emotion in her work.

Originally from Yorkshire, her upbringing surrounded by vast moorlands and ever-changing skies remains a strong influence on her art. A former nurse, Alison draws deeply on human emotion, instinctively layering textures and marks to translate fleeting feelings into powerful visual forms.

Now a full-time artist, Alison creates immersive pieces using oils, palette knives, and mixed media, producing evocative abstract landscapes that range from quiet serenity to raw intensity. Her atmospheric works, now reimagined as large-scale wallpaper murals, allow homeowners and designers alike to bring striking depth and emotion to their interiors.

Alison’s extraordinary artworks are ideal for transforming living spaces. It’s a collection that perfectly captures the Wallsauce ethos of blending style, individuality, and sustainability. Visit the website to browse the full collection. wallsauce.com

Beyond Pumpkin Spice: A Refined Take on Autumn’s Iconic Scent

More than a trend - the timeless pumpkin glow

Imagine crisp autumn evenings wrapped in a soft blanket, the air filled with the spicy, earthy notes of freshly ground clove and cinnamon mingling with smooth pumpkin. Pumpkin & Clove creates an atmosphere of calm and warmth, like a quiet moment by the fire, welcoming the magic of the season with understated spice and rustic charm.

It’s more than a trend, it’s a feeling. We just made it luxurious.

We’ve taken the classic pumpkin scent and given it a refined, indulgent twist for those who want autumn’s favourite fragrance without the cliché

Crisp leaves, cosy nights, and candles to match

This candle blends the earthy richness of pumpkin with the bold warmth of clove, cinnamon, and nutmeg. Unlike overly sweet pumpkin scents, Pumpkin & Clove offers a balanced, spicy aroma that feels cosy and inviting without being too sugary. It’s a perfect autumnal fragrance to fill your home with comforting seasonal warmth.

Scent Notes

• Pumpkin – Earthy and smooth, the perfect autumnal base note.

• Cinnamon & Nutmeg – Warm, spiced, and comforting with a classic seasonal feel.

• Clove – Bold and aromatic, adding depth and a rustic, woody edge.

“I wanted to create scents that feel as comforting and familiar as home-baked treats, but with the refinement and quality of luxury fragrance”

Our core values

Each candle is hand-poured in Essex using 100% natural soy wax, a lead-free cotton wick, and housed in a reusable amber glass jar with lid. We’re proud to say our entire collection is parabenfree, phthalate-free, and uses toxin-free wax, so you can enjoy your candles without worrying about headaches, hormone disruptors, carcinogens or hidden nasties.

Founder Comments

While our pumpkin candle celebrates the heart of autumn, it joins a wider collection of gourmandinspired favourites, from the nostalgic warmth of Banana Bread to the bestselling Buttery Croissant and the indulgent Pain au Chocolat. ‘I wanted to create scents that feel as comforting and familiar as home-baked treats, but with the refinement and quality of luxury fragrance,’ says Jordan, founder of WILDRACE. ‘It’s about capturing cosy feelings and seasonal nostalgia, whether it’s a pastry fresh from the oven or the cosy glow of an autumnal candle, and reimagining them in a sustainable, elevated way.’

Our Promise

As we promise, a WILDRACE candle doesn’t just smell good, it feels good. For you, your home and the planet.

The autumn and pumpkin candles are available now at wildrace.co.uk

Mould Matters, Here’s Why

Mould is not just an eyesore — it is officially recognised as a Category 1 Hazard, placing it in the same risk category as asbestos. This might surprise many homeowners, especially as mould often grows unseen. Spores can linger in the air long before patches appear on walls or ceilings, meaning families may be exposed without even realising it.

The good news is that mould can be managed and prevented with the right approach. Understanding the problem is the first step. Mould develops where excess moisture and poor ventilation create the ideal environment for growth. Once established, it can release microscopic spores into the air, which may irritate the lungs, aggravate asthma, or trigger allergies.

Recently awareness of the issue has increased with the introduction of Awaab’s Law, named after a young child whose death was linked to mould exposure. This law requires that reports of damp and mould are dealt with promptly in social housing, highlighting how the issue is being treated as a priority at a national level.

“The good news is that mould can be managed and prevented with the right approach. Understanding the problem is the first step”

Modern technology gives us the tools to deal with mould effectively. Air sampling and laboratory surface testing allow hidden problems to be identified quickly and accurately. Once confirmed, non-toxic remediation methods such as fogging can be used to cleanse the air throughout a property, making it healthier to breathe in just a matter of hours. These treatments are safe for children and pets, while still tough on contamination.

At Mould Matters Ltd, we specialise exclusively in mould and damp. From laboratory testing and assessments to HVAC sanitisation, flood drying, and preventative coatings; our focus is on protecting both homes and the people who live in them. Our processes are stringent, our technicians fully qualified, and our aftercare designed to provide lasting peace of mind.

mouldmatters.com

OUR SERVICES

• Air & Surface Testing

• Mould & Damp Assessments

• Air Purification

OUR UNIQUE ADVANTAGES

• Non-Toxic Solutions

• Fully Insured & Warranty Backed

• Price Match Guarantee

MOULD REMOVAL AND AIR SANITISATION

Mould is a Hazard, not just an eyesore

Mould Matters Ltd — London’s dedicated mould and damp specialists. We provide discreet, scienceled remediation: lab testing, non-toxic purification, HVAC sanitisation, flood restoration, and full landlord compliance support. Our Dewpoint-trained, City & Guilds and CSTDB-qualified technicians deliver trusted solutions with guaranteed aftercare and extended warranties, protecting prestigious homes across London and the Home Counties.

Ohra Studio: A Global Name in Luxury Interiors

Rooted in London

Led by award-winning architect and interior designer Zlata Rybchenko, Ohra Studio has become a defining force in the world of high-end residential design. With projects across the UK, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, the London-based studio is recognised for its elegant, emotionally intelligent spaces that reflect both global sensibility and personal story.

Zlata’s multicultural background - born in Ukraine, trained as an architect in Brussels, and now based in London - shapes her unique approach to design. Her work is characterised by a refined sense of proportion, masterful use of materials, and a deep understanding of how environments can improve quality of life. Every project at Ohra Studio blends architectural precision with artistic sensitivity, creating homes that are both visually timeless and intimately liveable.

In 2024, Ohra Studio was recognised among the Top 100 Interior Designers by the prestigious Luxury Awards, a testament to the studio’s dedication to craftsmanship, innovation, and luxury without excess. This honour reflects its commitment to delivering bespoke design experiences for an elite global clientele who seek not just beauty but meaning in their spaces.

Specialising in private homes and boutique developments, Ohra Studio offers a comprehensive and transparent process – from creative concept to full project realisation. The team excels in curating rare finishes, sourcing oneof-a-kind pieces, and incorporating wellness, smart systems, and sustainability into their interiors.

What sets Ohra apart is a belief that luxury is not about opulence alone but about enhancing daily life through thoughtful design. Clients choose Ohra for its discretion, international expertise, and the sense of trust and calm that defines every collaboration.

As the luxury property market in London evolves, Ohra Studio stands as a trusted design partner for those who value authenticity, sophistication, and a truly tailored approach to living well.

Where art and Elegance meet.

For more information, visit ohrastudio.com

Email: info@ohrastudio.com Tel: (0)208 187 1188

Refining and redefining the whole idea of ‘luxury and bespoke’

Sebastian Blakeley fuses Italian industrial design (13yrs working and living in Italy) with, tactile, high end British craftsmanship. 35yrs of experience go into to creating his structurally accomplished, ergonomic and stylised collection of signature pieces. Clients can customise his dining chairs, chaise-longue, dining tables, side tables and consoles to create their own statement dining suites, seating and interiors. Working closely with the client Sebastian will tailor his furniture to their individual needs, tastes and requirements. The utmost attention being given to the quality and provenance of the chosen materials. Timber, fabric, leather and non ferrous metals. Sometimes a go to dining chair, a console or day

“Sometimes a go to dining chair, a console or day bed can lead to the developing of a completely new and unique concept”

bed can lead to the developing of a completely new and unique concept. Quite often a commission can lead to a completely new prototype. Form and function! Structural integrity is always at the heart of any design followed closely by the ergonomics. By combining the absolute best possible materials with carefully thought out top quality, tactile craftsmanship, the overriding motivation being, to create beauty and a sense of the unique, to elevate and animate, clients homes and interiors with a timeless elegance. Whatever the project it is always the aim of the workshop to deliver above and beyond expectation. 21st Century design classics to give pleasure, to treasure and pass on as family heirlooms.

sebastianblakeley.com

WINDOWS & DOORS

WINDOWS & DOORS

RED OR BLUE?

Tap your shoes together and you will be transported to this mood enhancing bright red paint. Striking in any room, Dorothy’s Slippers No. 25 will capture your heart. Or, choose this fabulous vivid blue paint colour, which was created by Interior designer Alicia Storie. victorycolours.co.uk

NATURAL BEAUTY

This stunning window film design is made to measure to suit your exact glass sizes. It can be ordered printed in a choice of colours on etch effect film, or can be left clear within a frosted background. purlfrost.com

SHUTTER STYLE

The Shutter Studio has been established since 2011, helping thousands of customers throughout South London and Kent, transform their homes with our fantastic range of window shades with expert service to match. theshutterstudio.com

TROPICAL ELEGANCE

Symbolising hospitality and warmth, this beautifully crafted piece is made from high-quality solid brass, ensuring durability that will withstand the elements. beautifulbrass.com

WE LOVE

This Kingfisher coir doormat which is practical and stylish! perkinsandmorley.com

SIMPLE CLASSIC

This door knocker harmoniously combines the simplicity of a ring door knocker with the graceful twists and curves of a classic willow wreath. Handmade using traditional techniques. adamsandmack.com

How to make your period home beautifully warm

Period homes are beautiful but can be chilly in winter. However, there are ways to make them wonderfully cosy without compromising their historical character, says Tom Coles of Mitchell & Dickinson

It’s lovely to live in a period property, but when the wind whistles in via the window frames and up through the floorboards it can make you long for the comfort of a double-glazed new build.

If that sounds familiar and you need some help keeping the draughts at bay and the heat in, maybe Mitchell & Dickinson can help. It has 15 years’ experience crafting award-winning insulation for period and listed properties and improved hundreds of homes and buildings, including a number of National Trust properties.

Managing director Tom Coles explains: ‘We are considered “the gentleman of the industry” as we’re craftspeople who take great care of the original architecture of properties while making them fit for modern life.’

To make your period home warmer this winter, Tom recommends:

1. Installing secondary glazing and draught proofing.

Tom says: ‘We make bespoke secondary glazing that allows sash windows to be operated as usual. We also have options for timber casement and stone mullion windows. It’s virtually invisible and can improve thermal performance by up to 70 per cent. We also restore heritage window and door frames.’

2. Adding shutters. M&D’s British-made plantation shutters with louvres are timelessly elegant and allow for air flow while also retaining heat to keep the home warmer.

3. Insulating your home with sheep’s wool. It has excellent thermal properties and when used in the loft and under wooden floors is like a woolly jumper for your home. Tom says: ‘Because you’re physically closer to your floor than you are to your ceiling, you really do feel the difference.’

Call Tom and the friendly Mitchell & Dickinson team for more information on 020 8087 1747

mitchellanddickinson.co.uk

GENUINE STEEL WINDOWS TO TRANSFORM YOUR HOME

Clement Windows Group specialises in replicating original or existing steel windows and doors in Listed Buildings, Conservation Areas and other heritage situations. The company has developed a number of innovative fenestration ranges which are perfect for residential properties.

Here are some recent projects to inspire you. 1/ This Grade II listed Surrey farmhouse has been sensitively restored with replacement windows from the Clement EB20 range. While the new windows provide a good match to the original fenestration, the frames were painted Anthracite Grey which has transformed the look of the property. Produced from 98% recycled steel, the new frames offer much improved thermal performance and security.

2/ This traditional private residence in West Sussex dates back to the early 1900s. The old black steel framed windows were single glazed and drafty. The new slim, steel frames, painted white to match the timber subframes, give the property a sleek update. Hot dip galvanised and polyester powder coated they require minimal maintenance.

3/ This high end Shropshire new build by Charters Property showcases around 30 bespoke steel windows and doors from the Clement EB20 and W40 ranges. Chosen for their thermal efficiency, the strong, slim steel framed windows achieve a “B” Window Energy Rating, while allowing natural light to flow throughout the interior.

4/ The owners of this home set in a London Conservation Area have added a new kitchen extension with new steel windows and doors with rectangular leaded lights from the Clement Brooking and W20 ranges. Matching the existing fenestration at the property, the new frames are painted dual colour – Pure White outside and Black Grey inside.

5/ The Clement Conservation Rooflights installed at this 18th century building conversion in West Sussex (below) not only enforce the historic integrity of the property, they also come with a Window Energy Rating of “A+” and vastly improve the energy performance of the space.

If your home requires genuine steel windows and doors, get in touch with a member of the Clement team today. We look forward to hearing from you! 01428 643393 info@clementwg.co.uk clementwindows.co.uk

INSTALLED TO PERFECTION

Founded in 2012, Enfield Windows emerged from a simple observation: homeowners deserved access to the finest window and door solutions without compromise.

After two decades working within the doubleglazing industry, the founders recognised that most companies limited their clients to one or two material options - typically uPVC or aluminiumwhen the market was calling for something more.

As timber windows and doors began capturing the imagination of discerning homeowners seeking authentic character, Enfield Windows forged partnerships with manufacturers who shared their vision for excellence. The focus was clear: create stunning timber installations that honor architectural heritage while meeting contemporary performance standards.

Today, with over 7,000 installations completed, the company has become the trusted choice for bespoke heritage installations across North London and the surrounding areas. This reputation has been built through careful craftsmanship, word-of-mouth recommendations, and an unwavering commitment to quality.

The in-house installation teams bring decades of collective experience to every project, treating each property with meticulous care. Meanwhile, the sales consultants offer expert guidance and detailed specifications without the pressure tactics that

“Today, with over 7,000 installations completed, the company has become the trusted choice for bespoke heritage installations”

once plagued the industry—a refreshing approach that puts homeowners’ needs first.

Every installation is protected by a 10-year guarantee, backed by comprehensive insurance, ensuring peace of mind long after completion.

The company’s modern showroom presents the full spectrum of possibilities: timber, aluminium, and uPVC options spanning sash windows, bay windows, bi-folding doors, skylights, and an impressive collection of timber entrance doors. Through carefully documented projects and photography, Enfield Windows continues to share their craft, offering inspiration for those who value the intersection of tradition and innovation. For more information visit enfieldwindows.co.uk Or telephone 020 8363 3233

The Psychology of a Front Door

Your Home’s First Impression, Redefined

Whether bright and bold or subtle and subdued, your front door’s colour makes a powerful statement. It goes far beyond curb appeal, offering a direct clue to the personality of those inside. Every hue tells a story, here’s how to read yours.

GREY

A deep charcoal or anthracite grey door is the colour of modern strength. It creates a powerful and dramatic entrance that feels both secure and seriously stylish. This homeowner has a commanding presence and values security, discipline, and sophisticated design.

BLUE

BLACK

A black front door is the epitome of simple elegance and effortless style. It is the one colour guaranteed never to go out of fashion, providing a timeless anchor for your home’s character. This choice reflects a homeowner who appreciates classic design, sophistication, and understated confidence.

A friendly light blue door is pure optimism in a paint can. It brings a fresh, positive energy to the front of a home and promises a happy, relaxed atmosphere inside. This choice belongs to a homeowner who is sincere, easy-going, and finds joy in the simple things.

PINK

Soft pink is the new neutral for the modern home, offering warmth where grey can feel cool. It’s an unexpectedly sophisticated and chic choice that signals a keen eye for contemporary design. This choice signals a homeowner with a sophisticated eye for design and the confidence to set their own trends.

WHITE

Alongside black, white is a truly timeless choice that offers effortless charm and grace. It provides a clean and versatile accent that complements virtually any colour of brick or stonework. Ultimately, it creates a clean and classic welcome, promising a space of simple elegance and order just beyond the threshold.

YELLOW

A yellow front door is a guaranteed dose of sunshine, even on a cloudy morning. It’s a blast of pure optimism and happiness that radiates a cheerful welcome right from the kerb. This choice belongs to a homeowner with a sunny disposition who loves to share their joy with others.

RED

A red front door makes a bold and powerful statement, immediately creating a feeling of warmth and a hospitable welcome. It’s a colour that commands attention from the street, radiating vibrant energy, passion, and excitement. This choice belongs to a homeowner who is outgoing and optimistic, with a bold character that matches the strength of the colour itself.

GREEN

More than any other colour, green signals growth, ambition, and renewal. It’s a balanced and reassuring choice that suggests new beginnings and a fresh outlook on life. This homeowner is likely generous, focused on personal growth, and always improving their home and themselves.

WHAT TO CONSIDER BEYOND COLOUR

Finding the perfect shade involves more than just your personal taste. The right colour must also harmonise with your home’s unique architecture and the overall character of your street. These final considerations are the key to choosing a shade that both looks good and truly feels right.

Architecture

A colour should always work in harmony with the architectural style of your home, from traditional cottages to minimalist new builds. Look for inspiration in existing features like your brickwork or window frames to find a complementary shade that creates a cohesive look.

Environment

Consider the overall feel of your street and decide if your goal is to seamlessly blend in or to carve out your own unique space. If making a confident statement is your aim, then a bold, vibrant colour is the most direct and impactful way to showcase your home’s personality.

Direction

The very same paint colour can look dramatically different depending on the quality and direction of the natural light it receives. A north-facing door in cool, indirect light will make a shade appear darker, while a south-facing door in bright sun can make it seem much lighter and more intense. tikkurila.co.uk

Industrial Elegance: Reframing the Window in London’s Most Stylish Homes

As the winter light softens over London, the city’s most distinctive homes begin to reveal their quiet beauty. Warehouse conversions—once industrial spaces, now reimagined as design-led residences—offer a compelling blend of raw texture and refined living. Exposed brick, steel beams, and open-plan layouts create a canvas where every detail matters. And among those details, the window has emerged as a defining feature—not just of function, but of form.

In these homes, windows do more than let in light. They frame the urban landscape, insulate against the chill, and contribute to the overall aesthetic language of the space. Whether it’s a steel-framed casement overlooking a Shoreditch courtyard or a minimalist glazing solution in a Bethnal Green loft, the right window enhances comfort, security, and style in equal measure.

But this design conversation isn’t limited to East London. Across the capital, homeowners are rethinking the role of the window in their

“Windows do more than let in light. They frame the urban landscape, insulate against the chill, and contribute to the overall aesthetic language of the space”

living environments. In West London, Victorian townhouses in Notting Hill and Kensington are being sensitively updated with glazing that respects heritage while embracing modern performance.

In South London, Georgian terraces in Clapham and Dulwich are seeing a resurgence in bespoke window design—where slim profiles and high-spec finishes offer both elegance and efficiency.

Security, naturally, remains paramount. But for the owners of London’s premium homes, it’s integrated with discretion. Solid frames, acoustic insulation, and thermal performance are now standard, delivered through designs that prioritise visual harmony and tactile quality.

Ultimately, the modern London window reflects the homeowner’s values: a commitment to comfort, a sensitivity to style, and an appreciation for architectural integrity. As the season turns and the city’s palette shifts, it’s worth looking again—not just at what your windows do, but at what they say. sashwindow.com

Craftsmanship That Endures

At Longden Doors, attention to detail is more than just a guiding principle it is the foundation of everything we do. With a proud heritage that spans generations, we have built a reputation as specialists in crafting bespoke doors that combine timeless elegance with uncompromising quality. Every Longden door is meticulously hand-made in the UK by skilled artisans who are deeply passionate about their craft. We work exclusively with the finest sustainably sourced solid timber to ensure that each door is as durable and environmentally responsible as it is beautiful.

What sets a Longden door apart is not only its functionality but also its ability to make a lasting impression. More than just a practical necessity, our doors have distinctive design features that bring a unique sense of character and sophistication to any interior. Whether you live in a traditional country home, a period property, or a sleek modern apartment, a Longden door adds warmth, texture and authenticity to the space it inhabits. Each design is created with purpose and individuality, reflecting the desired purpose. Our extensive range includes both classic and custom styles, each tailored with precision to meet the individual requirements of your project.

We understand that no two spaces are the same, which is why we offer a fully bespoke service.

“A Longden door adds warmth, texture and authenticity to the space it inhabits”

Whether you’re looking to replicate an historic design with defined accuracy or wish to create something entirely new, our team will work closely with you to bring your vision to life exactly the way that you want it. Every door we produce represents a perfect balance between timehonoured craftsmanship, enduring materials and contemporary design sensibilities.

Our commitment to quality and longevity ensures that a Longden door is more than just a beautiful addition to your property it’s an investment that will stand the test of time. Doors are among the most frequently used elements in any interior, and we take great care to ensure that each one we make is not only visually stunning but also robust, reliable and built to withstand daily use for generations. This attention to structural integrity ensures peace of mind and lasting value for people who demand the very best.

We are proud to uphold traditional British joinery techniques, while also incorporating modern finishing methods to guarantee a flawless result. From the natural grain of the wood to the rich tones of our hand-applied finishes, every detail is thoughtfully considered. The outcome is a door that feels as good to the touch as it looks to the eye.

For those who value authentic British craftsmanship, exceptional personal service and timeless design, Longden remains the natural choice.

For more information, call Longden on 01325582583 or visit us at longdendoors.co.uk

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.